RolePlay onLine RPoL Logo

, welcome to Community Chat:Religion

20:03, 11th May 2024 (GMT+0)

US Politics II--return of the shouting (HOT)

Posted by TychoFor group 0
Tycho
GM, 3032 posts
Sun 18 Jul 2010
at 17:23
  • msg #1

US Politics II--return of the shouting (HOT)

The other thread was reaching it's limit, so I'm opening this one to make room.
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:05, Mon 27 Sept 2010.
Kathulos
player, 27 posts
Mon 19 Jul 2010
at 00:06
  • msg #2

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Anybody miss Richard Nixon?
Sciencemile
GM, 1358 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Mon 19 Jul 2010
at 00:33
  • msg #3

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Nope.
Falkus
player, 1091 posts
Thu 9 Sep 2010
at 16:41
  • msg #4

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

http://www.amplifyyourvoice.or...rdering-GLBTQ-people

Once again, I'm at a loss for words.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:45, Thu 09 Sept 2010.
silveroak
player, 675 posts
Thu 9 Sep 2010
at 19:15
  • msg #5

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

The person Randvall was talking to was clearly a bigot but it could well be that randvall himself was momentarilly clueless and didn't catch the reference.
Sciencemile
GM, 1434 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Thu 9 Sep 2010
at 22:00
  • msg #6

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

What's the Q stand for? I've never seen that in the Acronym before.
silveroak
player, 677 posts
Fri 10 Sep 2010
at 00:01
  • msg #7

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

At a guess queer. Though that might seem redundant with Gay Lesbian Bisexual transgendered already covered...
Heath
GM, 4647 posts
Affiliation: LDS
Occupation: Attorney
Fri 10 Sep 2010
at 23:21
  • msg #8

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Keep in mind there's no such thing as a "Tea Party President" or "Tea Party Representative."  It's a movement with many flavors and anyone can start up a tea party and claim to be president, no matter how stupid or biased they are.

For example, a person can claim to be a "President of the Gay Alliance," but that doesn't mean they actually speak on behalf of gays or are even part of any nationally recognized group of homosexuals.

This underscores the need to actually have one collective official group, rather than a million groups around the nation who can say whatever they want and have it attributed to "Tea Partiers."
Sciencemile
GM, 1435 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Fri 10 Sep 2010
at 23:52
  • msg #9

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting


Anybody can call themselves president of the Nazi party doesn't mean that somewhere, somehow the really nice Nazis are being drowned out by imitators.

It seems as if only stupid or biased people count themselves as members from all I've seen.

Except the leaders, they seem to be very smart; they have great practical knowledge of psychology, anyways.

Is it wrong to assume something about the message of a movement based on the sorts of people that movement attracts?
silveroak
player, 678 posts
Sat 11 Sep 2010
at 00:29
  • msg #10

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Just for a point of contrast- hypothetically anyone can call themselves an Imam, and Islam is a somewhat reviled and misunderstood group in the US. Yes moderate Imam's still manage to get into teh occasional news program.
Anyone can call themselves the leader of a tea party movement, they claim to be misunderstood and portrayed negatively, yet somehow the moderate tea partiers never seem to make the news or any media- the closest anyone gets is those complaining about how misunderstood tehy are without actually decrying the people who were recorded making them seem that way.
If the tea parties are really misunderstod where are the more moderate platforms from the more moderate tea partiers?
Sciencemile
GM, 1436 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Sat 11 Sep 2010
at 00:37
  • msg #11

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Although I will look into any "Moderate Tea Party" link that you can provide, if there are any, since I'm not going to criticize their inability to get on the big news; I have a hankering of how that sort of Media works.

My criticism would be, however, that they continue to use such a name despite it being both a fresh concept and having such negative connotations.

The name isn't Sacred, it just doesn't make sense to cling to it if your ideas would otherwise seem legitimate and reasonable.
silveroak
player, 679 posts
Sat 11 Sep 2010
at 11:27
  • msg #12

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Well it does have the advantage of numbrs and if you somehow believed you might be able to organize them into a cohesive group behind your ideas, possibly believing the hype about how misrepresented the average tea partier is...
this is a group that started out as largely disaffected Republicans who believed they were not being represented by the Republican party so the whole 'you aren't representing us' claim is almost a part of the sub culture.
Falkus
player, 1096 posts
Wed 15 Sep 2010
at 22:35
  • msg #13

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Politics is a funny thing, isn't it?

As you may have gathered from previous posts, I don't harbor much like for the Tea Party.

So, surprisingly enough, I am immensely pleased that O'Donnell won the primary in Delaware. Because she just handed the state, and likely the senate, to the Democrats.

So... go Tea Party. Never thought I'd say that.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:36, Wed 15 Sept 2010.
Sciencemile
GM, 1441 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Tue 21 Sep 2010
at 04:28
  • msg #14

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I hereby make a prediction; some couple years from now (whenever the World Trade Center starts getting built, or whatever will replace it), there will be a sense of "public outrage" projected by the Media at the inclusion of an Islamic prayer room for Muslim employees, for the purposes of increasing the Media's Ad revenue.
This message was last edited by the GM at 04:28, Tue 21 Sept 2010.
katisara
GM, 4642 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 21 Sep 2010
at 13:18
  • msg #15

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Sciencemile:
It seems as if only stupid or biased people count themselves as members from all I've seen.


That's because the Tea Party doesn't have their own media outlet (and also likely because of personal experiences and biases on your part). Democrats tend to think Republicans are stupid, and vice versa - mostly because of exposure and a high correlation between 'stupid' and 'loud'.

If it helps at all, I consider myself more closely aligned with the Tea Party than with any other currently active political party.

And part of this is specifically because the Tea Party represents a democracy of ideas you simply don't see anywhere else. If you look at the Republicans, there is a requirement that they toe certain core values. With the Dems, there's a wider space for deviation, but it's still basically the same story. They each cater to their core - and to no one else. With Tea Party, there's no central authority to say 'no, you will not debate, you will not run as a candidate'. Anyone can put their name on the handbill, whether they're pro-Muslim, anti-tax, pro-Choice, pro-Gun candidates, or just plum crazy. Tea Party candidates, at least for the time being, are chosen based on criteria other than the letter behind their name.

It is also a strong lash-back against Republican neo-conservatives, especially strong, overarching government, and specifically against figures like Bush and Cheney. I'd be surprised if anyone here would prefer the Republican party continue fielding candidates like Bush or Cheney for office.
Sciencemile
GM, 1442 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Tue 21 Sep 2010
at 14:21
  • msg #16

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

quote:
That's because the Tea Party doesn't have their own media outlet (and also likely because of personal experiences and biases on your part). Democrats tend to think Republicans are stupid, and vice versa - mostly because of exposure and a high correlation between 'stupid' and 'loud'.

If it helps at all, I consider myself more closely aligned with the Tea Party than with any other currently active political party.


I highly suspect you find yourself closely aligned with the idea of the Tea Party, rather than with what they actually believe.  You know, that whole "small guy standing up against the big guy".

Only it's more like "really stupid guy convincing everybody else to burn the local library down" in reality.

There's certainly no Democracy of Ideas; they're the same ideas that have been going around for a hundred years, some others for thousands of years.

1. That America was founded as a Christian Nation, in the sense that would allow the abolishment of State-Church separation for Christian religions.

2. That Glen Beck is the most intelligent man in America.

These obviously aren't the only beliefs, but these are certainly the only ones I've been hearing lately coming from the messages on Facebook from my friends who are Tea-Partiers.

Just recently I got a vid-post talking about how this "great man" was giving tours at D.C. on the "real America".  It linked to such an offensive thing; some guy giving lectures on buildings constructed decades or more after the death of certain presidents, using them as proof of the founding father's intentions for Christianity to be the foundation of Government.

And pardon my personal experiences towards truth and my biases towards stupidity, but they do tend to help me make an accurate judgment of the stupidity of such statements, whether one considers it biased or not.

Moreso, the people who repeat these statements are being stupid, but the people who start these misconceptions are malevolently cunning and do not seek the well-being of the country or the people who believe their lies.
This message was last edited by the GM at 14:22, Tue 21 Sept 2010.
katisara
GM, 4643 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 21 Sep 2010
at 14:31
  • msg #17

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I'm not sure why you can in the same post say your primary source of information are your friends and facebook, and claim any sort of position of making an 'accurate judgment'.

My friends who are Tea Partiers are extremely anti-Bush, strongly anti-Obama, but overall anti-Government Meddling. They are more likely to follow Stephen Colbert than Glen Beck. They follow Ron Paul, but hate Sarah Palin.

And that's the point. You can't act as though your friends are the majority of Tea Partiers, nor can I act like mine are. They both have their beliefs, and they compete for attention using similar channels. In the end, what they believe will be tested by normal people like everyone else on this forum. Beliefs which are inconsistent or stupid will (in theory) fail, and those which are more inspirational, interesting or maybe just right will succeed.

On the more political tack, I disagree with the Democratic party, but I *strongly* disagree with where the Republican party is going. The Tea Party movement will, if nothing else, cause them pause. Right now they're trying to capture that energy of the Tea party and redirect it back in, but that's foolish, 20th century thinking. The Tea party isn't organized like that. There are no leaders to capture. Until the Reps actually change their IDEAS, they'll never capture the Tea party. And if they capture the ideas of the Tea Party - less government, less interference, more freedom, more individual rights - I think everyone wins.
Falkus
player, 1099 posts
Tue 21 Sep 2010
at 15:10
  • msg #18

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

And if they capture the ideas of the Tea Party - less government, less interference, more freedom, more individual rights - I think everyone wins.

I think you're being rather over optimistic here. The Tea Party is no different than the Republican party. The whole movement is being bankrolled by the Koch brothers. If the Tea Party does win, the only that'll change will be that a different group of billionaires get all the contracts and government money. I guarantee you that you will not see a smaller government or more freedom.
silveroak
player, 684 posts
Tue 21 Sep 2010
at 15:42
  • msg #19

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Keep in mind that Koch industries is the only private corporation which is more beuracratic and paranoid than the Federal Government. BUt I doubt everyone calling themselves Tea Party are financed by the same people. On the other hand leadership has emerged, and will continue to emerge, simply because that's how humans work. some Tea Party groups may not like Sarah Palin and Glenn Beck, but they are certainly the acknowledged leaders of the movement on a national scale.

The bigger question is how things will stabilize out of this- the whole rise of the tea party has destabilized the Republican party, with the potential for gains in Reform and Libertarian parties as well as the possibility of the Tea Party actually becoming a real political party.

With history as a guide there is a good chance that once the Republicans are gone the Democrats have a 50/50 chance of following, not being able to campaign as the 'lesser evil' which is pretty much the current message. Where things go from there is hard to say...
Sciencemile
GM, 1443 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Tue 21 Sep 2010
at 16:19
  • msg #20

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
I'm not sure why you can in the same post say your primary source of information are your friends and facebook, and claim any sort of position of making an 'accurate judgment'.

My friends who are Tea Partiers are extremely anti-Bush, strongly anti-Obama, but overall anti-Government Meddling. They are more likely to follow Stephen Colbert than Glen Beck. They follow Ron Paul, but hate Sarah Palin.


Three facts put heavy doubt on them actually knowing what the Tea Party movement is, also.

1. They "follow" Stephen Colbert rather than Glen Beck?  Stephen Colbert is an amalgamation parody of Fox News Pundits, including Glen Beck.  The distinction is, truly, a matter of your friends mistaking Stephen Colbert's act to be genuine and thinking Glen Beck's the parody, which really doesn't help your argument against my opinion.

2. Ron Paul is against the actual Tea Party movement, you know, the one that started in 2008 to stop Health Care reform.  The Ron Paul Movement started in at least 1988, when he first started running for President, and has absolutely nothing to do with the Tea Party.

3. Most of the people in the Tea Party movement, right up until the end, supported George Bush; people I knew said they loved George Bush and anybody who didn't support the president was unpatriotic are now denying they ever liked him.

Regardless of whether your friends supported him, this is the average mindset of the people I meet in daily life who preach these positions.
--------

I would not say "well, not all Nazis are bad" just because some well-meaning people who share contrary views to the Nazis nevertheless insist on calling themselves Nazis.

I know the history of the Tea Party Movement, I am eveloped heavily in Tea Party culture, both in radio and my every-day life, my Business English teacher started off her first class with a completely unrelated tangent about how stupid she thinks Socialism is.

If your friends wish to call themselves members of a group which on the whole is a collection of people who basically parrot whatever their Media-Pastors spoonfeed them, I'm not going to give them special treatment in judgment.  They don't have to assume the title of Village Idiot.

I don't call myself Catholic and get all uppity when people say I consider someone who protects Child Molesters from prosecution as sacred because "oh, I don't believe in all that".

They could more properly call themselves Libertarians, or heck, part of the Ron Paul movement like all of the other people who are part of the Ron Paul movement and think the exact same things they do.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:44, Tue 21 Sept 2010.
katisara
GM, 4644 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 21 Sep 2010
at 18:29
  • msg #21

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
some Tea Party groups may not like Sarah Palin and Glenn Beck, but they are certainly the acknowledged leaders of the movement on a national scale.


Acknowledged by who? Fox news? Consider the sources. It's strange that Ron Paul, who is closer to the stated Tea party goals, and was put forward as the first Tea Party candidate gets less press time than Glenn Beck - but Ron Paul doesn't work at a TV station which serves as a political tool either.

quote:
1. They "follow" Stephen Colbert rather than Glen Beck?  Stephen Colbert is an amalgamation parody of Fox News Pundits, including Glen Beck.  The distinction is, truly, a matter of your friends mistaking Stephen Colbert's act to be genuine and thinking Glen Beck's the parody, which really doesn't help your argument against my opinion.


With all due respect, I don't think you know a whit about my friends - or what they know about Colbert. Colbert as a character is part of a larger political character. Granted, Colbert himself (the actor) is moderate democrat. But that's why they're only 'more likely to', not actually 'follow' :)

quote:
2. Ron Paul is against the actual Tea Party movement, you know, the one that started in 2008 to stop Health Care reform.  The Ron Paul Movement started in at least 1988, when he first started running for President, and has absolutely nothing to do with the Tea Party.


quote:
Ron Paul believes the Tea Party is not about “left” or “right” like a lot of political pundits make it out to be. It’s about the constitution, and limited government.


http://www.digitalmeetingcente...he-tea-party/851883/


quote:
3. Most of the people in the Tea Party movement, right up until the end, supported George Bush; people I knew said they loved George Bush and anybody who didn't support the president was unpatriotic are now denying they ever liked him.


Source please.
Heath
GM, 4656 posts
Affiliation: LDS
Occupation: Attorney
Tue 21 Sep 2010
at 19:37
  • msg #22

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Glenn Beck specifically said in an interview that he is not, and does not want to be, a Tea Party leader and is not properly considered a leader of that party.
silveroak
player, 685 posts
Tue 21 Sep 2010
at 21:25
  • msg #23

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

http://www.dallasnews.com/shar...dition1.4bf50f3.html

No, Ron Paul is not the tea party leader, or even a tea party leader, he is opposed by the tea party. Which *he* acknowledges is being led by Palin and Beck.
Heath
GM, 4657 posts
Affiliation: LDS
Occupation: Attorney
Tue 21 Sep 2010
at 22:46
  • msg #24

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

That's my understanding to some extent.  Both Ron Paul and Glenn Beck are "proud" (that's the quote in the article you posted) that they helped inspire people who became Tea Partiers, but neither is any kind of leader or head of one.  Paul is a libertarian, and Beck is a conservative talk show host.  The Tea Parties have a variety of types and memberships with some overriding ideologies in common but no cohesive center, which is why the Republican Party wants to solidify them as Republicans.  However, that may mean the Republican party itself has to get back to its conservative roots.  It's an interesting dynamic in the conservative movement.
Sciencemile
GM, 1444 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Wed 22 Sep 2010
at 00:12
  • msg #25

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

quote:
That's my understanding to some extent.  Both Ron Paul and Glenn Beck are "proud" (that's the quote in the article you posted) that they helped inspire people who became Tea Partiers, but neither is any kind of leader or head of one.  Paul is a libertarian, and Beck is a conservative talk show host.


I don't know much about what Ron Paul is doing, but despite what Glenn Beck says he considers himself to be, he did hold a Rally outside the Lincoln Memorial that drew 87,000+ supporters, mostly Tea Partiers.

In so much as Martin Luther King Jr. was a leader of the Civil Rights Movement, Glenn Beck is a leader of this movement.  He draws the crowds, makes the speaches, and the people repeat what he says and carry out the actions he suggests.

quote:
The Tea Parties have a variety of types and memberships with some overriding ideologies in common but no cohesive center


Their cohesive center is one of Dominionism; they desire a Christian Government, with Christian Leaders, and Christian Law.  Their viewpoint is Reformist, but they speak as if it is Restorationist, and pray on people uninformed or misinformed about American History in order to weave this idea that what they want is what was.

And it was what once was, before we decided we decided we wanted Liberty. If we had wanted that, we'd now be part of the British Commonwealth.
silveroak
player, 687 posts
Wed 22 Sep 2010
at 01:51
  • msg #26

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Ironically if we had remained a part f teh Brittish Commonwealth we would probably be showing greater respect for plurality of religion than we do now.
Sciencemile
GM, 1445 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Wed 22 Sep 2010
at 06:34
  • msg #27

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
With all due respect, I don't think you know a whit about my friends - or what they know about Colbert. Colbert as a character is part of a larger political character. Granted, Colbert himself (the actor) is moderate democrat. But that's why they're only 'more likely to', not actually 'follow' :)


Fair enough, I'm still not sure though whether you've said to the contrary that they'd be more likely to follow an amalgamation of all personalities spoken of than any one in particular, which I do not think can be any better than what I said.

quote:
Ron Paul believes the Tea Party is not about “left” or “right” like a lot of political pundits make it out to be. It’s about the constitution, and limited government.


http://www.digitalmeetingcenter.com/ron-pauls-shocking-message-to-the-tea-party/851883/</quote>

Right, but addressing the Tea Party or having a view on the Tea Party does not make you a member of the Tea Party, or I'd be part of the Tea Party.

quote:
Source please.


I concede that this is an argument from personal experience, and is thus poor evidence and reasoning.

I'm sure if I had the time right now I could hunt down video-clips of senators or talk-show pundits expressing extreme devotion to Bush at one date, then in the other date calling him a "stealth liberal" or "not conservative enough" or "I knew he was a bad egg from the start".

I'm not the Daily Show, though, and regardless my argument isn't based on those anyways, and thus isn't a very good one for me to make.
katisara
GM, 4646 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Wed 22 Sep 2010
at 13:12
  • msg #28

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
http://www.dallasnews.com/shar...dition1.4bf50f3.html

No, Ron Paul is not the tea party leader, or even a tea party leader, he is opposed by the tea party. Which *he* acknowledges is being led by Palin and Beck.


None of your claims are supported by the article you included. Some of your refuted claims have never been made by anyone prior (for instance, that Ron Paul is a tea party leader. He is not, nor is he a Libertarian party member - but he embraces the Tea Party and Libertarian ideas, has been put forward as candidates for both (against his wishes), and serves as inspiration for members of both parties.

Is Glenn Beck a Tea Party leader? He is certainly a leader, and he does seem to be claiming followers in the Tea Party (Ron Paul is the same, but has made it absolutely clear he will not be a Tea Party member - he's staying on the Republican ticket. I don't believe Beck has made any such loyalties clear.) However, I don't feel comfortable saying that he's a tea party leader insofar that it implies some sort of set Tea Party organization, cohesive beliefs, some sembelance of internal agreement, and a majority support - none of which is the case. It would be like saying the guy who just set up a church down the street and is packing it in every Sunday is now a 'Christian leader'.
silveroak
player, 689 posts
Wed 22 Sep 2010
at 13:40
  • msg #29

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

No, it would be more like saying a guy who puts on a show called the 700 club with millions of viewers who send in donations is a Christian Leader.
It isn't a formal appointed kind of leadership, but if people are following then whoever they are following is the leader.
cm60854
player, 2 posts
Wed 29 Sep 2010
at 11:52
  • msg #30

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

There are a very large number of political parties in the US, yet only three parties and an independant mange to have federal representation.  As an Australian I've got to ask, how does this happen?  How have two parties managed to almost completely dominate your federal political system?
Trust in the Lord
player, 2020 posts
No Jesus No Peace
Know Jesus Know Peace
Wed 29 Sep 2010
at 13:26
  • msg #31

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Probably because there are only two issues worth discussing......either for, or against.

Just kidding. :)
katisara
GM, 4655 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Wed 29 Sep 2010
at 13:29
  • msg #32

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I believe it's related to how the electoral system here works. It's very all-or-nothing, as opposed to the Australian and British systems. Because it's all-or-nothing, it encourages people to pool their resources and get something they can tolerate, rather than push for something they specifically - it reduces diversity in the electorate.

Tycho explained this very well a while ago, so overall I would defer to him.
AmericanNightmare
player, 3 posts
Wed 29 Sep 2010
at 16:06
  • msg #33

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Last year I joined the TEA Party here in southeast Texas. We have members of all types.. Reps, Dems, all colors, and alot of religions.  Wanna know it's about here.  Money, it's all about money.  Nothing else..  We are tired of paying taxes to a government who waste our hard earned money and gets nothing done.

I like Glenn Beck because he uses people's own words against them.  He doesn't take small clips and turn them out of context like EVERY OTHER NEWS PROGRAM.  No, he puts them out the same way the person who said them did.  I don't like Glenn Beck because he's a mormon, who(mormons) believe anyone who's not mormon is going to hell.  I love Jon Stewart and Stephen Colbert.  They are hilarious, but I go to them for laughs, not political views.

I don't agree with everything my fellow TEA Partiers want, but what we all agree upon is that our government if continued to be ran the same way will not get any better.  I live in Texas, but hate the Bush family, but I'm also smart enough to know that while things got bad under his admin. it got worse under his admin once dems. took over congress.
Sciencemile
GM, 1491 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Sun 3 Oct 2010
at 01:04
  • msg #34

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Here's something interesting that in some part relates to the Koran burning conversation...

http://memory.loc.gov/cgi-bin/...lit%28gw040073%29%29

Was looking up Guy Fawkes day and I came across that; apparently that whole Guy Fawkes thing was about group of extremists trying to plant explosives in parliament and asassinate the non-catholic members.
katisara
GM, 4685 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sun 3 Oct 2010
at 01:22
  • msg #35

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Yeah, Guy Fawkes was not actually a great guy to emulate :P Basically when England was becoming aggressively anti-Catholic, some Catholics thought the best way to stop that was to blow up parliament. Of course, whether he succeeded or failed, it would not have helped his cause, and it would not have been a good thing to do.
Heath
GM, 4711 posts
Affiliation: LDS
Occupation: Attorney
Mon 4 Oct 2010
at 16:51
  • msg #36

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

cm60854:
There are a very large number of political parties in the US, yet only three parties and an independant mange to have federal representation.  As an Australian I've got to ask, how does this happen?  How have two parties managed to almost completely dominate your federal political system?

This is steeped in history, going back to the Federalists and Anti-Federalists.  Originally, the parties broke off from two theories: 1) that the federal government should have more power, or 2) that the states should retain their sovereignty and the federal government's power should be limited.  Our government is based on a collective of sovereign powers (states) that have voluntarily ceded certain amounts of their sovereignty to be a part of a federal government (the United States).

Even though the issues have splintered time and again, it all typically comes back to these two ideas.  Now, however, those who want more power with the federal government (democrats) have also adopted other causes, primarily liberalism and (to some extent) socialistic ideals.  Meanwhile, the other party (republicans) want the federal government to remain small and the power to remain for local governments to make decisions instead of on a giant federal level.  They have also adopted causes, such as limited taxation (which effectively also limits local governmental power), conservative causes, and the support of capitalism and a free market.

Add the electoral system in a republic to this and you have a strong foundation for a two party system.  Third parties sometimes make their way in, but these two parties have espoused enough of the ideals that tend to go together that the third parties can't usually make any real headway.
katisara
GM, 4693 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Mon 4 Oct 2010
at 17:06
  • msg #37

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Of course, half of the reason for the rise of Libertarians, the Tea Party, and perhaps the Green Party, is that the Dems and Reps have become, increasingly, two sides of the same coin. The Republicans say they will shrink government, but when they get into office, they make it bigger. Then the Democrats get into office and do exactly what they promised, and make it bigger again.
Heath
GM, 4713 posts
Affiliation: LDS
Occupation: Attorney
Mon 4 Oct 2010
at 17:21
  • msg #38

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Good point.  Bush ran into this problem in a big way.

He rejected democratic spending measures, and then decided to pass them in a smaller way.  I.e., these were democrat measures using tax dollars to pay for various programs (special interest or otherwise).  This got him into trouble with Republicans, but also with Democrats who said he didn't go far enough.

Then, when the democrats took Congress and Obama took the White House, they pointed at Bush as the problem, and some republicans agreed.  The real hypocrisy, though, was that the democrats in congress wanted Bush to spend much more, and if he had, it would have hurt the economy that much more.

So the political genius behind the democrat strategy was that they made it look like it was Bush's fault for the economy, people believed them, and then they passed something that was Bush x10 (such as the Stimulus Package).  By claiming something was "change" or different, when it was simply a mass augmentation of something that went bad (Bush's spending), they got something that future generations will pay for.  The further genius of it, though, is that the delay in the costs will allow them to blame whomever is in power when things go bad, even though the cause of it is happening today.  (This is essentially a buy on credit scam--interest will come due.)
silveroak
player, 756 posts
Mon 4 Oct 2010
at 18:07
  • msg #39

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I would have to completel;y disagree with that analysis. To begin with the last 3 Republican presidents have raised spending, not just Bush. Reagen paid for it with debt rather than taxes, but he still grew teh government.
Secondly both of the last 2 Republican presidents have driven teh economy into teh ditch. Clinton managed to rescue teh economy but he also did it with expanded government. Bush Jr. increased spending but also cut taxes massively, expecting the increased revenue from the growing economy to meet his demand for money and it didn't happen, so instead we wound up with inflation as he had more money printed.
Republicans like to portray themselves as being for small governemnt, but really they are about different programs- spying on teh US people instead of helping them, big borther over Uncle Sam.
I personally hope we can get to a point where the main choices are Libertarian versus Democrat, then I think we will have both wheels on the right axle, but the tea Party is something else entirely. Bush ran for president making promises to Conservative Christians to help motivat them in voting, then appointed Ashcroft in return. When scandals hit his administration the first time he threw Ashcroft under the bus, which easrned him the animosity of the Christian identity movement, which then started their 'tea parties' in protest, banding together with (and taking over) anti-tax groups, similar to what they had done previously with the taxpayer party.
katisara
GM, 4694 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Mon 4 Oct 2010
at 18:34
  • msg #40

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Indeed, from my understanding, there has not been a 'true' Republican president in my lifetime. Reagan at least had the excuse that he was basically weaponizing the budget.

I am hesitant to attach the economy too closely to any president (for a couple of reasons). However, my understanding is that the economy boomed (short-term, anyway) under Reagan compared to Carter, did okay under Bush Sr., and really only crashed in the last few months of Bush Jr., for reasons I would not attach to him. However, none of the three were any good for our debt.

I'd also be hesitant to say what 'Republicans' are for. It's the big tent - some Republicans are for small government, others aggressively pro-Christian, some for greater government power, a few warhawks. There's not a lot that binds them together. Thanks to Reagan, it's a real stewpot.

I could definitely do with the Neocons losing power though to more Libertarian sentiments. Right now I generally find myself disagreeing with ALL the mainstream political candidates.
silveroak
player, 758 posts
Mon 4 Oct 2010
at 18:39
  • msg #41

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

The ones who really get me are the ones who claim Obama is the antichrist (to actually make this thread about religion for once) Have these people read the job desription? World conquest, and a thousand years of 'false' peace and prosperity for all but the select few who refuse to wear the mark of the beast?
All of that guarunteed by a divine entity, now *that's* what i call a campaign platform. Sure tehre is hell to pay in teh end, but if people are okay with putting problems off for our grandchildren to deal with imagine how easilly they'll accept leaving it to their great^31 grand children.
Tycho
GM, 3079 posts
Mon 4 Oct 2010
at 19:46
  • msg #42

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Heath:
So the political genius behind the democrat strategy was that they made it look like it was Bush's fault for the economy, people believed them, and then they passed something that was Bush x10 (such as the Stimulus Package).

Hmm...so, Democrats tricked everyone into thinking that Bush's spending was actually Bush's fault?  Color me skeptical.

Also, why is it that spending is always "paid for by our grandkids" but tax cuts never are?  Bush's tax cuts cost the country somewhere between 1 and 2 trillion dollars, but republicans never seem to view that as being "paid for by our grandkids."

If you ask me, what is "paid for by our grandkids" is budget deficits, whether caused by too much spending, or by too little revenue.  Deficits don't care which the sources is, it leads to debt either way.  And throughout my life time, Republicans have run up bigger long-run deficits than democrats (and, as an aside the only president to run a balanced budget in my lifetime was a democrat).

I'd hardly every claim that the dems are perfect; there's certainly plenty to complain about, even if you share most of their views.  But I do get rather frustrated with the rather common conservative position that absolutely everything and everything is the fault of the dems (even the stuff the republicans did!).

I've said this before, but I think the main problem with american politics is not that one group of politicians or another are evil, but that we american voters demand dishonest and absurd claims, election cycle after election cycle.  Want to know why politicians lie so much?  Because we punish them for doing anything else.  Want to know why we have such huge budget deficits?  Because any politician that stands up and says "I can't lower your taxes without cutting services you actually use" or "I can't give you more services without raising taxes" gets booed of the stage.  Instead we continue to vote, year after year, for people who promise to fix all our problems without costing us a penny.  Year after year we vote for people who tell us the other side is evil, rather than actually telling us we have to make a sacrifice to fix things (or, if they say that, they never tell us what sacrifices need to be made, so that everyone thinks someone else will have to do it).

This is why I'm not particularly impressed with the tea party movement.  It's not something new, it's just more of the old, but louder and angrier.  It's all the same hate-the-other-guys stuff that we've seen before.  They talk a good game about the budget, but ask them what they're willing to give up to get a balanced budget, and they're like any other politicians, promising that only the other guys will have to suffer.
Heath
GM, 4716 posts
Affiliation: LDS
Occupation: Attorney
Mon 4 Oct 2010
at 22:36
  • msg #43

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
I would have to completel;y disagree with that analysis. To begin with the last 3 Republican presidents have raised spending, not just Bush. Reagen paid for it with debt rather than taxes, but he still grew teh government.

Back to katisara's point, the parties are getting somewhat undifferentiated, which is what is causing things like the Tea Party to be successful.  I don't think your portrayal of Reagan is exactly accurate either.  What Reagan did was lower taxes, which resulted in an increased debt to fund the already overlarge government (thanks in part to Carter and a democrat congress).  However, because people's taxes were lowered, they were able to prosper and create capital.

For reference, the four pillars of Reaganomics were:
1.Reduce government spending,
2.Reduce income and capital gains marginal tax rates,
3.Reduce government regulation
4.Control the money supply to reduce inflation.

This is a pillar of republican belief and does not increase the government, but rather decreases its regulation.  So I think your facts are somewhat wrong.

quote:
Secondly both of the last 2 Republican presidents have driven teh economy into teh ditch. Clinton managed to rescue teh economy but he also did it with expanded government. Bush Jr. increased spending but also cut taxes massively, expecting the increased revenue from the growing economy to meet his demand for money and it didn't happen, so instead we wound up with inflation as he had more money printed.

Actually, this is inaccurate.  Clinton managed to ride on the successful end of the Cold War, which dramatically decreased government defense spending.  He got elected just in time to wait for those things (thanks to Reagan and Bush), and then took credit.  Meanwhile, he passed things that killed the economy a few years later.  If you compare his spending to Reagan and Bush, you will see that Clinton spent more and increase government regulation if you simply take out Cold War spending.  He also passed things like fair housing acts that required lenders to grant loans to those who are not necessarily able to pay for the loans (or manage their money).  Well, fast forward six or seven years and you see what that did to the housing market once the program became fully realized and they started all defaulting on loans.

So I stick by my analysis.  You are tossing blame at presidents without backing it up with support.  Look at the true cause of the problems and you will find that the last two recessions are caused primarily by Carter and Clinton, once their deferred policies became fully realized.  (And I don't think anyone stands up for Carter's extreme tax rates.)  W. Bush had a part to play in this latest one, but that was only when he started spending and regulating like a democrat (as I mentioned earlier), and which supports katisara's point.

So look at what's happening now.  Obama passes a huge stimulus that will inject the economy like credit card spending.  Years from now we will feel the impact of that (just like with Clinton and Carter), and then, as I said, the democrats will blame the republicans for what Obama really got us into.

quote:
Republicans like to portray themselves as being for small governemnt, but really they are about different programs- spying on teh US people instead of helping them, big borther over Uncle Sam.

Back this up with support.
The truth is that Republicans tend to believe that the federal government should stick to its primary role of providing for the national defense, international relations, and governing interstate commerce.  So yes, you are right to the extent they focus on these issues, but the problem is that your assumption is inaccurate.

Republicans are not necessarily for "small" government.  They are for a government with limited powers.  In other words, don't have the government take people's money and give it to other people.  Don't expand government powers.  Rather, keep the federal government's role focused.  This is consistent with my previous post.
Heath
GM, 4717 posts
Affiliation: LDS
Occupation: Attorney
Mon 4 Oct 2010
at 22:45
  • msg #44

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tycho:
Heath:
So the political genius behind the democrat strategy was that they made it look like it was Bush's fault for the economy, people believed them, and then they passed something that was Bush x10 (such as the Stimulus Package).

Hmm...so, Democrats tricked everyone into thinking that Bush's spending was actually Bush's fault?  Color me skeptical. 

That's not what I said.  What I said was Bush rejected Democrat spending and submitted a less expensive package.  Then democrats hypocritically accused him of creating an economic crisis when what they demanded would have been that much worse.  But they don't bring that point up...
quote:
Also, why is it that spending is always "paid for by our grandkids" but tax cuts never are?  Bush's tax cuts cost the country somewhere between 1 and 2 trillion dollars, but republicans never seem to view that as being "paid for by our grandkids."

Tax cuts are different.

If you pay a stimulus package (Obama's package), then there are two results.  Either you tax more (and thus limit capital to invest in the private economy) or you print money (and thus inflation rises and the stimulus is diluted).  These are both losing propositions.

If you give a tax cut, the money stays with the private sector to improve the economy.  Therefore, a tax cut is an investment in the economy and therefore does not have the same impact on kids and grandkids.  We also don't borrow at the same rate for tax cuts, whereas a stimulus is causing us to borrow from China and others and making the dollar worth less overall.

Think of it like this:  a stimulus package is a credit card and some day you have to pay the interest; a tax cut is an investment, and if the government handles it correctly, it will pay off and result in a net gain.

quote:
And throughout my life time, Republicans have run up bigger long-run deficits than democrats (and, as an aside the only president to run a balanced budget in my lifetime was a democrat).   

And if you read your history book, you will see that he (Clinton) has Reagan and Bush to thank for that, as I mentioned in my previous post.  They cleared the way for a balanced budget, then he said, "Yahoo! I got a surplus" and he went out and increased spending, which Bush then had to deal with.

You may not recall this, but we were in a recession before Bush was able to enact his first budget--yet he was still blamed for it.

W. Bush is also a unique situation due to the terrorist attacks and funding for the wars.  Clinton didn't have anything like that.  His worst problem was trying not to get caught with the intern. ;)
Heath
GM, 4718 posts
Affiliation: LDS
Occupation: Attorney
Mon 4 Oct 2010
at 22:46
  • msg #45

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Here's a link to Reaganomics:
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reaganomics
silveroak
player, 761 posts
Mon 4 Oct 2010
at 22:47
  • msg #46

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Right, and thats where they get the defense of marrige act and warrentless wiretapping from- limited powers in government.
Has anyone even looked at the fact that the 'natural' cycles of stock market crashes occur ebcause teh feedback mechanism has too high of a gain (universal cause of control system instability) which can be offset by *raising* capital gains taxes from stock purchases while lowering income taxes on dividends?
No, of course not, because that would break ideology.
Also why is it that if it is always Democrats causing teh recessions it happens after 6 years of Republican rule, but the 'Republican created' recovery hapens in about 3 years of Democratic rule. This even happened after carter, who was only in office for 4 years following a Republican...
Heath
GM, 4719 posts
Affiliation: LDS
Occupation: Attorney
Mon 4 Oct 2010
at 23:05
  • msg #47

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
Right, and thats where they get the defense of marrige act and warrentless wiretapping from- limited powers in government.

Defense of Marriage = Passed under Clinton in 1996 (and all it really says anyway is that, for federal laws, they won't recognize marriage except as between a man and woman.  There wasn't any expansion of power per se.)

Warrantless wiretapping = For national security, not an expansion of governmental powers.


What I am talking about in expanding government powers is where the federal government tries to assert powers over an AREA that it does not normally assert.

For example, historically, family and educational issues have been localized.  However, the federal government has become more involved.  This usually happens by invoking the interstate commerce clause.  Similarly is health care.  This is one of the key challenges to Obamacare--the fact that it is not one of the enumerated powers of federal government.  Even if he eventually slides it by the courts, that is a perfect example of the federal government expanding its AREA of power.
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:11, Mon 04 Oct 2010.
silveroak
player, 762 posts
Tue 5 Oct 2010
at 01:53
  • msg #48

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Passed under Clinton by a Republican house and Congress durring an election year where they clearly intendd to make an issue out of it if he vetoed it.

Or of course tehre are local politics, like the Arizona law violating the constitutional rights of Americans in it's effort to get at illegal aliens....

BUt hey, I guess it's still keeping to the 'area' of crime if we just criminalize all the behavior we don't like, don't worry about the constitution or any mamby pamby rights...
katisara
GM, 4696 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 5 Oct 2010
at 02:01
  • msg #49

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

That's interesting, because I would tend to include under 'increasing government powers' the increase in the scope or reduction in the controls against the use of government power. So warrantless wiretapping is indeed an 'expansion of government power'. I don't see Bush as a classic Republican.
silveroak
player, 764 posts
Tue 5 Oct 2010
at 02:15
  • msg #50

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I don't see any of the current Republicans as a classis Republican (looks like we're stuck with New Coke). From where I sit teh last of those disapeared when McCain sold out durring his presidencial bid to the hyper-conservative 'base' he had run against to win the nomination.
Defining moment of that campaign was McCain getting bood off stage by the Republicans at his own rally for saying that Obama was not a muslim or a foreigner but a patriotic American with a difference of opinion.
Now we just have the new Republicans who feel that Obama is the great enemy and people who actually launched attacks against our country are a mere nuisance in comparison (and yes, I have heard Republicans actually say this)
Sciencemile
GM, 1498 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Tue 5 Oct 2010
at 03:39
  • msg #51

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I've heard Democrats say the same thing about Bush (and I've heard Larouche Youth members say it about the both of them)
katisara
GM, 4697 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 5 Oct 2010
at 11:41
  • msg #52

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Indeed. Right now at least, politics seems dominated by the extremes. If only someone started rallying to level-headed moderates.
silveroak
player, 765 posts
Tue 5 Oct 2010
at 12:23
  • msg #53

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

You mean John Stewarts Rally to Restore Sanity on Oct 30 in Washington on the Wahington Mall?
katisara
GM, 4700 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 5 Oct 2010
at 13:16
  • msg #54

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

(Although I prefer Colbert's rally myself.)

Actually, if anyone is going that way, I could do with a ride :( It bothers me to no end that I'm close enough to take the train, but I won't have the car and I will have two kids in tow, and it being the weekend when the commuter trains don't run, I'm having trouble making it.
silveroak
player, 766 posts
Tue 5 Oct 2010
at 13:37
  • msg #55

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

It's a bit out of the way for me- I live in Kansas. Wish I could go though.
I had a concept for a sign that would work for both rallies- a picture of Glen Beck with the words "Fear the Insanity"
This message was last edited by the player at 13:38, Tue 05 Oct 2010.
katisara
GM, 4702 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 5 Oct 2010
at 13:40
  • msg #56

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I was going to print out a Longcat sign. That sort of sums up my political leanings as of late.
RubySlippers
player, 160 posts
Parallelist
Opinioned
Wed 6 Oct 2010
at 02:41
  • msg #57

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I'm tired of the arguement the Health Care Reform is an expansion of the government into health care. The government can: regulate medicare, interstate insurance, drug companies, employers taxes and medicaid. The free market is being used as it was for decades.

The only issue is can they tax a person for not having insurance since there are no other penalties, and I note many lower to lower middle income people will get subsidized premiums and out of pocket costs. Now that part might get struck down. But that will not affect much of the law going into effect. But the Courts decide such things in the end if they decide the individual mandate is fine its a new precedent.

I'm considering suing if the law defunds the Medicaid expansion to sue the state to get on it based on the superior Federal income requirement in the law if the funding is gone, the income qualification as the higher level standard is still the law. I intend to fight them on that if the law is not touched in that area. If they get stuck using the current formulae to consider funding then fine, they will have to dig up the money.
AmericanNightmare
player, 36 posts
step right up
and feel the fire
Wed 6 Oct 2010
at 03:15
  • msg #58

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
Now we just have the new Republicans who feel that Obama is the great enemy and people who actually launched attacks against our country are a mere nuisance in comparison (and yes, I have heard Republicans actually say this)


Where was this?  That's a ballsy statement.  One I agree with besides "mere nuisance"  I'd say radical terrorist are a real threat, but Obama (not just him but his advisors) are the biggest threat to our country.
Sciencemile
GM, 1502 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Wed 6 Oct 2010
at 04:11
  • msg #59

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

@AmericanNightmare

It's probably not because they're Republicans so much that they're into some NWO conspiracy theory or another.
Tycho
GM, 3081 posts
Wed 6 Oct 2010
at 07:16
  • msg #60

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Heath (msg #44):

Heath, I think your partisan glasses are a bit too dark.  You call tax cuts an investment because it puts money in the private sector but dont do the same for stimulus spending; even though it also puts money in theprivate sector.  you look only at the ggod parts of tax breaks; and only at the adparts of stimulus spending.  Not surre if intnetion "framing" of thedebate, pr if you are really so stuck in partisan thinking that you cant look at both fairly.  BOTH are bought on credit, BOTH lead to deficits, BOTH transfew money from govt to private sector.  The main difference is the govt gets something with stimulus spending, sa roads or parks etc.

The main problem, I think, is that of your four pillars, only the fum parts ever get done. its all well and good to cut taxes if it comes with lower spending, but reps only seem to cut taxes, but not do the hard partof reducing spending.  Its all cakes, no veg.  Dems can be bad at this too, spending but not coming up with ways to pay for it.  But Id sa theyre a bit better at paying for there progrmas than reps.  Hence "tax and spend liberals."

The important thing is thattax cuts arent freee (at least npt these dyas.  drops from seventy percent may be).  Cutting taxe without cutting spending is just as much «buying on credit» as is stimulus spending.  Th only wy to think otherwise is not being objective wen looking at the two.
Tycho
GM, 3082 posts
Wed 6 Oct 2010
at 07:16
  • msg #61

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Heath (msg #44):

Heath, I think your partisan glasses are a bit too dark.  You call tax cuts an investment because it puts money in the private sector but dont do the same for stimulus spending; even though it also puts money in theprivate sector.  you look only at the ggod parts of tax breaks; and only at the adparts of stimulus spending.  Not surre if intnetion "framing" of thedebate, pr if you are really so stuck in partisan thinking that you cant look at both fairly.  BOTH are bought on credit, BOTH lead to deficits, BOTH transfew money from govt to private sector.  The main difference is the govt gets something with stimulus spending, sa roads or parks etc.

The main problem, I think, is that of your four pillars, only the fum parts ever get done. its all well and good to cut taxes if it comes with lower spending, but reps only seem to cut taxes, but not do the hard partof reducing spending.  Its all cakes, no veg.  Dems can be bad at this too, spending but not coming up with ways to pay for it.  But Id sa theyre a bit better at paying for there progrmas than reps.  Hence "tax and spend liberals."

The important thing is thattax cuts arent freee (at least npt these dyas.  drops from seventy percent may be).  Cutting taxe without cutting spending is just as much «buying on credit» as is stimulus spending.  Th only wy to think otherwise is not being objective wen looking at the two.
silveroak
player, 770 posts
Wed 6 Oct 2010
at 15:12
  • msg #62

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

It was in an off line conversation I had- what they claimed was that they were a nuisance *compared* to Obama, not that they were not a real threat, but apparently in their opinion taking down a couple of buildings full of people paled in comparison to establishing government programs to help them as a threat to our freedom and safety.
Falkus
player, 1146 posts
Wed 15 Dec 2010
at 23:53
  • msg #63

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

http://www.salon.com/news/opin...4/manning/index.html

So much for the land of the free.

You know, I'd sooner live in China than the US. At least China doesn't pretend that it's citizens have rights and freedoms.
Lightseeker
player, 11 posts
We understand darkness
because of the light
Thu 16 Dec 2010
at 01:41
  • msg #64

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting


I find that funny in the extreme, but then again I had to give up stuff to get here.  And just as something to think on, all the other parts mentioned that are regulated, don’t demand an absolute purchase of the product.  Income requirements for instance are only a necessity if your company is over a certain size and/or you have some many follow employed workers (Barket, 2001).  Other services are something that most people use, so they take them for granted, but are not mandatory.  I don’t have to pay for natural gas, since I don’t use it.  That’s a choice that I am willing to make, but in the case of the health care, I am taxed for using it and fined for not using it.  I know this because I read the entire bill.  If you haven’t I strongly suggest you, because so far the news hasn’t covered half of it.
silveroak
player, 928 posts
Thu 16 Dec 2010
at 02:59
  • msg #65

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

That was a soldier, subject to military justice, not a citizen. as much as I support Assange in publishing I also don't have any problem with this. He betrayed the trust of his country and his fellow soldiers, and the need for harsh punishments for that within a military environment are pretty clear cut. at the same time the article was extreemly overhyped- *nearly* solitary confinement as a form of torture? I know plenty of people who *voluntarilly* spend less than an hour a day arround other people.
Falkus
player, 1147 posts
Thu 16 Dec 2010
at 03:20
  • msg #66

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I also don't have any problem with this

Do you have any conception of what solitary confinement is like? For seven months in a row? That's pure torture. Hell, it's murder. That sort of treatment turns people SUICIDAL.

He betrayed the trust of his country and his fellow soldiers, and the need for harsh punishments for that within a military environment are pretty clear cut

No. No they're not. Have you read the American constitution? Note the Eighth Amendment. The ban on Cruel and Unusual punishment?
This message was last edited by the player at 03:23, Thu 16 Dec 2010.
Lightseeker
player, 12 posts
We understand darkness
because of the light
Thu 16 Dec 2010
at 03:34
  • msg #67

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Solitary confinement isn’t cruel and unusual punishment.   And simply being confined can turn People suicidal (e.g. Warner, 2001).  I’ve been through solitary confinement, it’s not that bad. I was in it for six months straight.  I’ve already been to a therapist, because when I got here it was mandatory given my background, and the guy ran a bunch of tests and said I was fine.   So I have to disagree its not cruel or unusual.  The Supreme Court has also ruled it isn’t either See Madison VS U.S, 2000.   If he had done the same thing in plenty of other countries he’d be facing far worse.
Falkus
player, 1148 posts
Thu 16 Dec 2010
at 04:26
  • msg #68

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

A lot of psychologists disagree.

http://www.cnn.com/US/9801/09/solitary.confinement/#1

If he had done the same thing in plenty of other countries he’d be facing far worse.

Ah, of course. Other people are worse, so that justifies anything we do.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:26, Thu 16 Dec 2010.
katisara
GM, 4798 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 16 Dec 2010
at 14:05
  • msg #69

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

We are a nation of laws. Those laws bind us, the military, and Mr. Manning. Should Mr. Manning be tried and punished for any crimes he's committed? Yes. And should it be by military law? Yes.

Meanwhile, the military must follow its own laws. If solitary confinement has been outlawed, they shouldn't be storing Mr. Manning in solitary confinement. If law requires he have a trial already, he should probably have his trial already.
silveroak
player, 929 posts
Thu 16 Dec 2010
at 14:07
  • msg #70

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

So you link to another article selectively quoting one psychologist. Sure that's evidence.
Any information about how long a person has to be in solitary for such symptoms to set in? Or How much contact is required to prevent them? What you have is liek a quote fro someone talking about sleep deprivation causing halucination (which it does after 3 nights of no sleep) and saying that this makes waking someone up early in the morning cruel and unsussal punishment.
Apoplexies
player, 2 posts
Thu 16 Dec 2010
at 14:36
  • msg #71

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

It varies, individuals with a high threshold for low sensory stimulation can be placed in solitary confinement for prolonged periods of time, where people used to high levels of stimulation  begin to suffer ill affects more quickly (e.g. Marcus, 2001;2002; 2003; Whitefield & lyal, 1998).  It should be noted that ill affects consist of depression, suicidal thoughts, increased aggressiveness, etc.  Hallucinations are not considered by all to be damaging, as many neural psychologists have  suggested based on findings that these are attempts by the brain to self stimulate; these are also more common under sleep deregulation, which can occur in sensory depredating situations, but are not necessitated by it (See Philips, 2008 for a review).

In other words, a person can face sleep deprivation in sensory depriving situations, but this heavily linked to personality attributes, and sensory habituation; as little as three minutes of stimulation, even self-stimulation (i.e. singing, touching, tapping on a wall), have been demonstrated both neurologically and through self-report to keep  undesired symptoms from occurring.  This is true even if the person is heavily sleep deprived (Decker, 2000; Walter, 2007).   Sleep deprivation and sensory deprivation are two of the most heavily studied topics in the realm of neurochemistry and neural cognitive science; I’ve only begun to scratch the service with what is above.

Now, taking a different approach, the documents being referred to where classified.  This means that they were private property of the government (New York VS Carrolton, 1988).  Given this it can be said that the parties involved were handling stolen property, property, all parties new this as some of the documents are marked classified.  It does not matter if some of the information, or speaking hypothetically, if all the documents contained information that existed in other forms.  If the individual is holding information, in whatever form, then they are committing a crime.  This is in addition, to any other issue related to the seriousness of distribution, possible reckless endangerment as a result of distribution, etc, etc.
Tycho
GM, 3164 posts
Fri 17 Dec 2010
at 08:22
  • msg #72

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Not to derail the current conversation (please feel free to carry on with it), but I saw something in a letter to the editor the other day that has been bouncing around in my head and I wanted to see what you guys thought of it.

As you probably know, a judge a ruled against the Health Care law passed earlier this year, and everyone expect it to end up in the supreme court.  The major objection that opponents of the law have is with the mandate to buy insurance.  All this has been shouted about over and over, so nothing new yet.  What got my attention the other day was someone suggesting the that problem with the law was mostly one of branding/marketing (and also of the details of implementation).  Calling it a "mandate" to buy it comes off very differently then giving a tax break for buying it, even though the effects in each case are pretty much exactly the same.  Technically, I think the mandate is actually set up as a tax that you can avoid if you buy insurance, rather than a fine if you don't, but it's been presented the other way around.  The thing that really jumped out at me, though, was someone making the comparison with the income tax deduction for mortgages.  Basically, if you've bought a house and are paying a mortgage, you get a very sizable deduction to your income tax.  In fact, I've been told many times it's only really worthwhile to do itemized deductions if you've got a mortgage (which I can't really verify, because I don't have a mortgage, and thus have never done itemized deductions. Add to that the fact that I'm now living in the UK, and only have to pay US income tax if I make over something like $80 over here because of tax reciprocity between the US and UK, and you get the fact that I'm far from an expert on the mortgage deduction).  Anyway, the question becomes this:  Is the mortgage deduction an effective "mandate" to buy a house?  Has the government overstepped its power by "forcing" me to entering into an agreement with a bank, and buy a home, going so far as to "fine" me if I don't?

It sounds a bit comically, and to a degree, it is, but at the end of the day, many people pay higher taxes because they don't have a mortgage.  Call it a break for those who do have mortgages, or call it a fine on those who don't, the effect is the same either way.  To my knowledge, there isn't a major movement pushing to have the mortgage deduction ruled unconstitutional.  Is the difference between health care and home ownership largely one of how they've described the system?  Would it have been less controversial if Obama and the dems had described it as a "tax break for people with health insurance" from the start, rather than a "mandate" to buy insurance?

There is a difference between the ways the two policies are implemented, which is probably worth pointing out.  The mortgage deduction is applied to income tax, whereas the health care "fine" is a new tax introduced just for this purpose, and not directly related to income.  Had the system been implemented such that you loose $5k of your deductions (or whatever the "fine" is) or something along those lines (well, it'd have to be slightly different because a $5k deduction doesn't lower your taxes by $5k, but hopefully you can see where I'm going with this), would there be less objection to it now?  Those with lower incomes already get assistance in buying insurance in the health care law, so the fact that some people don't pay $5k (or whatever) in taxes presumably wouldn't break the system.

What do people think?  Is there anything to this idea that the failure is mostly one of marketing/branding of the health care law?  Is the mortgage deduction effectively a mandate forcing us to buy homes?
Apoplexies
player, 7 posts
Fri 17 Dec 2010
at 12:10
  • msg #73

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Tycho (msg #72):

That would be great, the only problem is, and I can say this, because a friend of mine read the entire bill, this individual actually works as a secretary for one of the congressman from Carolina, the wording of the bill doesn’t allow for that.  There really aren’t any specifications for any major tax breaks in it.  There is some miner ones, but nothing worth being overly happy with.  As for what you said about mortgages, it’s true; several of my relatives have them, and have gotten better tax returns when going itemized.  That’s my ten cents worth.
Tycho
GM, 3165 posts
Fri 17 Dec 2010
at 12:41
  • msg #74

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I know (or, at least have been told) that the wording doesn't include a tax break.  But that's sort of the point:  If they had, instead of calling it a "penalty tax" on everyone who doesn't get health care, called it a "tax on everyone and everyone...but with a tax break for people who have insurance" would that have made a difference?  The effect would be exactly the same (i.e., people without insurance would have to pay the government, those with it wouldn't have to), but one is a "mandate," the other is just an "incentive."  Exact same effect, but is one "model" constitutional and the other not?
Apoplexies
player, 8 posts
Fri 17 Dec 2010
at 13:06
  • msg #75

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Oh, well that changes things, technically, yes, first because it violates the Tenth amendment, but most people don’t seem to care about that and the Fed has had a track record of violating that one for decades.  I’m not speaking of any one side in this regard.  Second, yes, because it violates article II, which states that the government shall not force upon any purchases.  In this case, you will tax people for not purchasing it, punishing them, and rewarding people that do.   You see it’s not a complete tax, since those that have it don’t have to pay the tax.   The difference in a mortgage is that you get a return on it at the end of the year, but you’ve still had to pay on it during the year, and the return doesn’t completely equal what you’ve paid. So, you are still paying money to the Fed, even if you have a mortgage, it’s just less, because you are paying somebody else, who gets taxed for the mortgage.  So, from a Federal standpoint the same amount of money is coming in. those this idea was proposed once before back in the eighties, I’ll try and dig up sources later, and a few economists pointed out a few problems with it, but I can’t remember what those were at the moment.  I should mention that if the bill was declared by the courts to be constitutional, then it would be at the very least something better than what is being proposed now.  The sad thing, is the there have been a number of reports on how most of the problems with the current insurance system could be fixed, without introducing a new system (e.g. Barber, et, Al. 2008).
katisara
GM, 4803 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 17 Dec 2010
at 15:19
  • msg #76

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I would agree though that yes, taking it off federal income taxes as a deduction makes more sense than adding it just as a 'health care tax'. I say this in part because people who have no money to be taxed (such as college students) will suffer more under the latter than the former, and that doesn't make sense.
katisara
GM, 4807 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 17 Dec 2010
at 21:46
  • msg #77

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Just have to vent...

Congress has 13 bills they have to pass every year to fund normal government funding. Every year, same thing. It's basically the only repeating duty that Congress is obligated to perform.

This year they failed to submit all but one until AFTER they were already due (10/1). The final document is a foot tall, including $10b in earmarks, and a whole lot of contentious line items, like Guatanamo Bay, the health care bill, and funding for Iraq. Because of this (warning, surprise ahead), some people didn't like the bill and refuse to sign it.

So after a full year of not doing their jobs, now almost the entire federal government is looking at a period of unpaid furlough, for an unknown period of time. Sure, they're likely to be paid back retroactively, but even so, we're talking about putting hundreds of thousands of people out of work for an indefinite period, because Congress didn't bother doing the one job they're actually paid to do.

And this isn't the first time it's happened either. I can remember at least two other times in the past four years that this sort of thing came up.

Say what you want about Obama, at least he actually turns up for work every day.
RubySlippers
player, 163 posts
Parallelist
Opinioned
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 00:57
  • msg #78

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Tycho (msg #72):

First on the mandate to buy that is very likely unconstitutional that does not affect the rest of the law. The government can tax businesses, regulate interstate markets (insurance, drug companies etc.) and have the primary standing for Medicaid regulations as the Federal authority of the volunatary program. And how it was passed is not in the constitution they can decide internal mechanics of the two houses as they wish if both consent. It was just a new approach to the passing of a law.

Second if the mandate is axed and I see that likely the government has other weapons. They could say ok states you mandate the law with penalties that hurt to not be insured or we cut off all discretionary Federal dollars and cut off money for current project not demanded in the constitution - the state could then opt not to. Or they could pass regulations to say if you don't get insurance and can withing fair guidelines transitional breaks or the like it will cost MORE to get later say add 1% each month to premiums when you do decide to get into the system while blocking current medical problems from being covered for six months of a non-routine nature (diabetes fine, cancer your out of luck) and negate charity care laws for these persons. If they end up say 36 months and then decide to get it premiums will be 36% higher for you that to go into the system. And other measure like that that are allowed in the discretionary points of the law.

I just don't see with all the interests that now benefit from the law like hospitals which want this to balance their budgets and make it easier to handle a stable financial base. Right now in Florida if your poor enough and the bar is modest the hospital can't bill you at all the hit is not good if the care is costly. And most other providers don't bother billing either at that point. That is passed into the system. The money is going to matter when they use the lobbiests to keep the law and noone can seny that here.

For me there is another pair consideration the entire system is so broken and biased against the consumer that its necessary to do this, that ability to protect and secure a market for fairness is also legitimate. They can break up monopolies for less than this industry. I also do see this as a jobs bill if each dollar in economic impact is five times per dollar Florida for example could see over the first ten years $150 billion of economic stimulation in the health care industry and related areas of reform (IT jobs, education) and in the ripple effect across the state.

All in all the bill is not going anywhere far at most the mandate goes away and they will need to find other ways to get people into the system, and its good for my state in jobs and a healthier more productive workforce among the lower income people.
Apoplexies
player, 15 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 01:34
  • msg #79

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

And all that would be great, if the bill was actually going to do those things, but it doesn’t look like it will.  Section III, sub article for is going to deny hospitals funds, as only approved finances are going to be given to a hospital, on the bases of regional population, not regional use.  This means that a hospital that see’s more patients, but is in a small population zone won’t receive the funding that it necessity would mandate.  This is the major one there, there several smaller others, such as rationing of the number of specialists allowed at any given hospital.  Article IV, of the second section is great, as it then puts a decreased cap on the amount of money nurses could receive, without changing their hours, bet you didn’t know that was there did you?  I’m still reading through, got in brail in today’s mail.  I’m still reading through it, and it looks like it’s one full of stuff that doesn’t belong and two rather quickly thrown together.  I mean the Henderson bill that was debated during the Carter administration didn’t feel this rushed, but I digress.  Oh, as far as business and interstate regulation is concerned, the Federal government has rules that they have to follow (See Himerton, and Smith, 2004 for a review).  It can be kind of tricky to understand, as there are a lot of loop wholes in it, but essentially, the Federal government isn’t supposed to make demands on the entire health care system of any state, or hamper their abilities in regards to conducting basic civil processes in relation to such an affair.  This is in part the basis for the reason why it’s going before the Supreme Court; it is however, interestingly enough something that the TV news channels aren’t mentioning.  I heard it in the associated press, as well as in the Washington Post.  In short, the issue is going to have to go before the Supreme Court either way.  If they had a better bill, I think that there wouldn’t be as much fuss about it, just my opinion there, but there are points, where the bill is clearly lacking.  For instance, as far as it stands, I can’t find anything regarding to monitoring of the Feds end of the regulation part, which is supposed to be there, but it could be located elsewhere.  I’ll let you know when I find it.
Tycho
GM, 3167 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 11:25
  • msg #80

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
I would agree though that yes, taking it off federal income taxes as a deduction makes more sense than adding it just as a 'health care tax'. I say this in part because people who have no money to be taxed (such as college students) will suffer more under the latter than the former, and that doesn't make sense.

I think under the current system, people with income below a certain level get subsidies for health care (don't recall at the moment just how that works, but I do remember it being considered a key part of the bill).

But to bring things back to the original question (to be honest, I had enough debate about the merits and flaws of the bill itself back when they were trying to get it past), what do people think about the mortgage deduction?  Is it a "mandate" to buy a home?  Is the government telling me that if I don't enter into a private agreement with a bank, then I should be "fined" as a penalty (through a higher income tax).  Is it an overstepping of government power to try to "make" me buy instead of rent?

I know it's a bit cheeky to put it that way, and I'm guessing most people won't actually see it as a problem, but to a degree that's the point.  The government already has systems in place where if you have to pay more taxes if you don't do X, Y, or Z.  Is the healthcare version all that different?  Is it just because it's been described differently that some people see it as such an overstepping?
katisara
GM, 4810 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 12:21
  • msg #81

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I would say that, in general, if I have to pay something anyway (like taxes), and you say 'you don't have to pay as much taxes if you buy this', I don't see it as really mandating buying that. I would be paying taxes anyway. I've accepted that, it's part of life. If I didn't get a house, it's not like I could say 'I wouldn't be paying these darn taxes if it weren't for those pesky lawmakers!'  I almost certainly would, one way or another.

However, if the lawmakers actually make and enforce a law that serves me a fine because I didn't (or did) do X, I would say that's a requirement. If I get a speeding ticket, they are requiring me not to speed. It's not like I was going to pay $200 anyway to the city, and I just get a discount for not speeding. No, it's a specific penalty that is not otherwise required. I can certainly say 'if it weren't for that pesky cop, I wouldn't be paying this $200', because it's true. This is despite the fact that my city uses speeding tickets to shore up its budget deficit - so yes, if no one sped, they WOULD increase my taxes, and I'd be paying it one way or another.

I will pay my fair share. But don't make me pay extra when I fail to meet yet another law.

And yes, a lot of that is psychology. The emotional penalty for getting something taken away or being punished is heavier than the emotional bonus from something added. It's human nature. Unless Obama is actually an android (I've had my suspicions), he should have realized that 'fining people for not supporting this idea' will piss people off while 'giving people a tax break for supporting my idea' is, at minimum, a little less insulting.
Apoplexies
player, 17 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 12:39
  • msg #82

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

there are a few points that I want to bring up, because there is more to this bill then just the part about buying insurance.  If it were just hay if you don’t buy health insurance, then you are going to be taxed more heavily then if you don’t, then the fuss wouldn’t be there, or at least there wouldn’t be as big of a fuss.  Here we have something that Congress is famous for, I’m not pointing at any one party, because certain members of both parties have been guilty of this, there are pages and pages and pages, of stuff here that goes into hospital regulation, mandates for doctors, etc, etc.  I had to stop reading because my fingers got tired.  That probably sounds a little weard if you’ve never felt brail.  That’s when you wade through it, I think the real problem.  As an aside I think we should put a limit on the Number of years someone can serve in Congress, what do the rest of you think?

Oh, thanks for pointing out the error.
This message was last edited by the player at 13:06, Sat 18 Dec 2010.
Tycho
GM, 3168 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 12:58
  • msg #83

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I think your post get cut off in the middle, Apoplexies.

Katisara, it's sounding a bit like you're saying that to a degree, describing the situation differently would have made a significant difference?  That calling it a "tax break for those who buy insurance" rather than "a tax on people who don't" might have avoided some of the anger aimed at the law?   Do you think it's too late to "re-brand" so to speak?  Could people change their mind about the law if the dems just start describing it differently?
Apoplexies
player, 18 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 13:11
  • msg #84

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

They could have done so earlier in the bill’s history, but it’s probably too late now.  It’s already gone to the point of becoming a catch phrase.  I mean most people have had it stuck in their minds that this bill is bad, even if they don’t really know, or understand what it’s about.  Even if one side tries to re-package it, their political opponents, and there have been Democrats that have apposed this bill as well, will immediately point out that they are just trying to push the same bill in through different language.  In short, business will continue as usual.
Tycho
GM, 3169 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 13:16
  • msg #85

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #77):

Yeah, the trouble is that democracies end up with the types of government they deserve.  Suckers like us keep voting for the people who point at the other side and yell "Evil!" rather than for people who say "I'll work with the other guys to get the hard stuff done."  Americans always say they want bi-partisanship, but then always vote for the most partisan candidate they can find, it seems.  A number of the republican who got elected in the most recent election stated openly that they wanted to shut the government down.  The republicans more or less purged moderates from their party the last few years, and I just read an article saying that the democrats seem to be doing the same in the other direction.  sigh.

The politicians will get better when we voters stop rewarding them for acting like children.
silveroak
player, 940 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 14:03
  • msg #86

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

More signifigantly than that most Americans don't even know the policies of teh group they are voting for. Do you think Republicans could have won back in November with a proclamation of "We're going to stick it to first responders to save teh tax cuts on the wealthiest 2% of Americans?" Obviously they believe in their policies enough to make teh dramatic statements after the election and stick to what they are saying, but they also know enough not to campaign on the truth.
And unfortunately nobody is pointing out what teh truth is, except for more political hacks from teh other side who bend and distort what they are reporting, so that an 'expose' on Acorn is filled with 'evidence' that is ultimately inadmissable in court and gets the people who shot the video sentanced to jail, but it makes the president look like he's mafia so it makes it up on Fox News.
Apoplexies
player, 19 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 14:07
  • msg #87

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Actually that was pretty much the rallying cry of Democrats in my state, it didn’t work.  And if you look it from a purely tax perspective, (see Richards and Stine, 2008; GOA, 2009), the wealthy already pay more here then anywhere else.  Sometimes I wonder why more of them don’t apply for citizenship elsewhere.
Tycho
GM, 3170 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 14:17
  • msg #88

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Can you give a bit more info on that Richards and Stine reference, Apoplexies?  I'm pretty sure the income top tax rates in much of europe are higher than in the US.

And when you say "that was pretty much the rallying cry of Democrats in my state," which message are you referring to?  Wasn't quite sure which part of which message you meant, so wasn't entirely sure what you were saying the rallying cry was.
silveroak
player, 941 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 14:22
  • msg #89

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Probably because they pay even more elsewhere.
Personally I think taxes should be linearized and incorporate welfare into the equation. Something along the lines of:

tax debt=(total income-50000)*.4
at least to start with. If this does what past conservative economic data has indicated in the past and move us towards where the average income is $250,000 per person then we can start sliding the numbers toward (total income-80,000)*.25 so long as it continues to pay the cost of running the government (which would hypothetically generate an average income of $1.6M)

But my point was that the parties depend on ignorance rather than making the case for their policies.

Which also leads to a lot of hate speach and finger poointing because having an anemy to defeat motivates people to vote.

Which brings out the baser nature of politicians and turns them into the monsters we need to vote against.
Tycho
GM, 3171 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 14:25
  • msg #90

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

If we're thinking about tax reform, remember to check out the Tycho's hairbrained schemes thread. :)
Apoplexies
player, 20 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 15:04
  • msg #91

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Sorry, another post came up while I was replying to silveroak.  As for the article it’s

Richards, A. and Stine, D. (2008).  Who is taxed in America, Journal of Business Economics. Vol. 105, 1004-1012.

And yes some Europeans have higher income taxes, but there are several specific taxes that people over a certain earning per job have to deal with; increased property taxes in all of the states for them; etc, etc.  It’s not just Federal taxes that they have to wrry about it’s state taxes as well, and if they own, or heavily involved in a business, look out.  We are rapidly becoming the nation with the highest business tax in the world and people wonder why foregn business don’t want to come here.  People think it’s expensive labor, but that’s not it at all.  If they lowered the business tax, our economy would be better off.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:08, Sat 18 Dec 2010.
Tycho
GM, 3172 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 15:41
  • msg #92

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Ah, gotcha.  It's not so much "we tax the wealthy more than other countries," but "we tax businesses more than other countries."  That seems entirely possible to me.  Does the paper take into account VATs in other countries as well?
Apoplexies
player, 22 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 17:52
  • msg #93

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Not sure, I’d have to go back and relisten.  The article looked at wealthy individuals and businesses.  I do have in my notes, that those wealthy individuals that are associated with businesses pay more then they would else where.  For instance, Bill Gates could pay twenty percent less taxes if he lived in any European country and fifteen percent less if he was living in Canada.  This still taking into consideration that is still a U.S. citizen and still owns business in America.  I have to make notes, as these articles come to me through the library of Congress, and I have to eventually send them back. I’m not quite finished with this one, so haven’t sent it back yet.  Oh, in case they didn’t use the acronym, refresh my memory for what VaTs is.  Right now the surgical technique is the only thing that seems to going through my mind.
Tycho
GM, 3173 posts
Sat 18 Dec 2010
at 19:39
  • msg #94

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

VAT is value added tax.  It's sort of like a sales tax, and I think most european countries have them.  The VAT here in the UK is going to be 20% in the new year, so that's a pretty hefty tax that rich folks in the US aren't paying.

The figures give for Bill Gates are very difficult for me to believe.  First of all, Bill Gates isn't a business, so the corporate tax rates don't matter to how much tax he pays (it does matter to what microsoft pays, but that won't change if Bill moves anywhere, only if microsoft does).  He pays income tax (which is lower for him in the US than in most western countries), and capital gains tax, which I think is 15%.  There are some places with no capital gains taxes (though in such places you usually have to include capital gains as part of your income and pay taxes on that), but most western nations have it, and at higher rates.

Also, as a US citizen, Bill has to pay tax on his income no matter where he lives.  There is tax reciprocity with many countries, but usually only up to a certain amount (I think here in the UK it's $80k), so he'd be paying double taxes on anything above that.

Property taxes might be hitting Bill pretty hard, but I'm guessing that's not Bill's main tax burden.

He's not paying VAT on the stuff he buys, and is paying a comparatively low tax on the fuel he uses.

Overall, I'm just now seeing how he could save all that much in taxes by moving to another country.  Like I said, Microsoft may be able to save on taxes by moving overseas, but that's not the same as Bill Gates saving money by moving overseas.
Apoplexies
player, 23 posts
Sun 19 Dec 2010
at 00:05
  • msg #95

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

All right, I’ve relistened to everything and will attempt to reiterate things as clearly as possible.  The article was essentially a study determining two things, one if wealthy individuals were taxed more here then elsewhere and if organizations were taxed more here then elsewhere.  They two researchers were attempting to determine if in general Americas form of taxation was a hindrance to commerce and partially responsible for the economic problems that we are currently facing.  Note, that I will not type up the full outcome of the structural Equation Model that they ran, because I find it annoying enough when I have to do it for my adviser.  I shall hit the highlights.

An attempt was made to consult the General Accounting Offices of several major nations, as well as a through consulting of tax laws were consulted for each nation selected.  These nations included: the U.S. Canada, Australia, China, South Korea, Japan, and the nations comprising the European Union, both individually and together.  There are some new alterations in regards to inter country commerse that weren’t always in place in Europe, even after the formation of the EU.  The results may or may not surprise you.

Within the United states those wealthy Americans connected with business actions (i.e. owners, major shareholders, heads of large companies, etc), are taxed more heavily than entertainers (i.e. sport figures, film stars, etc.), even when income was found to be equivalent.  While these people paid the same in income tax, those in business settings are required to pay additional taxes beyond that required for individuals engaged in business settings.  Shareholder taxes, interstate income tax, etc.  Many of these forms of taxation do not exist in Europe or Canada (see the amounts Bill gates would save elsewhere in a previous post).   This then leads us to the level of taxation on business themselves, which naturally is significantly more than that of any individual.

  In regards to international business, or thos businesses whose HQ is not within the united States, only Japan is higher on taxation, but the level of difference here is relatively small, only .353 with regards to the F value.  The level of internal taxation however, within the United States currently exceeds that of any other nation surveyed.  The order of difference while still being moderate with regards to the Asian markets was on the cusp of being in the large category with regards to Canada, Europe, and Australia; with the difference between U.S. and Australia being the greatest.

While the others raised some questions as to why entertainers should be allowed to dodge the taxation bullet as much as they did, their greatest concerns were in regards to business taxation.  The authors believe that the form of taxation that both the Federal and states are engaging in is a significant force in why America is hurting as much as it is.  It is to me something worth considering, although I am willing to believe that other factors played a significant role.  Hopefully, this is clear, although, I’m not always the best at conveying information.  I have also tried to space this out and employ colored texts to make this a little easier to follow.
Tycho
GM, 3174 posts
Sun 19 Dec 2010
at 11:28
  • msg #96

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Sorry man, I'm still not seeing it.  It's still sounding like you're equating corporate taxes with taxes that individuals pay.  You can say that those "associated with business" pay more than actors or sports stars, but you haven't told me why.  Income tax is income tax, so they'd both pay the same tax on their income.  Capital gains taxes are lower than the top tax rate (15% capital gains to something like 35% for income, if I recall correctly), so if someone made all their money off stocks and investments, they'd pay less tax than if they just got paid a very big salary.  Capital gains taxes and income taxes do exist in all the countries you mention (I think, not sure about all the EU states individually, or the former soviet states), and I think most if not all of them have higher rates for both.

Are you saying the state income taxes push the total tax burden over what they would pay if they lived elsewhere?  The highest state income tax I know of is MA, which is 5.3%.  There may well be a top rate higher than that somewhere in the US, but I'd be surprised if it were significantly more.  So even with Federal and State income tax combined, the top rate is usually under 40%, which is less than most EU states.

I understand what you're saying the result in the paper, I'm just not seeing how they're reaching that result.  It could well be the case, but it just doesn't seem to add up to me.  Again, business may be taxed more in the US than in other countries, but that's not the same as wealthy people being taxed more.  It seems particularly hard to believe when you're saying it's higher than all the countries in the EU.  The lowest income tax bracket in Denmark is higher than the highest tax rate in the US (35% top rate in US, 36.5% lowest rate in denmark--goes up to 51%), and denmark has a 25% VAT.  Sweeden's top rate is nearly 60%, with a 25% VAT, and a 31% payroll tax.  Without being pointed to some huge tax that I'm missing, I just don't see how rich people in the US are paying more taxes than people with the same income in Sweeden, Denmark, or similar countries.

Again, it sounds like either you or the authors are confusing the taxes that corporations pay with those that individuals pay, when they're actually two separate issues.  To my knowledge, there's no tax on individuals for "being associated with a business."  The business might have to pay a tax, but that's different from the individual having to pay a tax.
Apoplexies
player, 24 posts
Sun 19 Dec 2010
at 12:45
  • msg #97

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Let me do some checking and get back to you on this one.  Not sure where the error is.
silveroak
player, 942 posts
Sun 19 Dec 2010
at 17:53
  • msg #98

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

The short answer is that it's complicated. For example most states have different income taxes based on whether you are a resident of the state or not, which depending on the state can mean actually living there or whether you derive most of your income from there. So for example Bill Gates lives in Washington state, and pays income tax there based on return from his investments (microsoft) and at least used to also pay them from his sallary (again Microsoft) which he could have done from say Oregan or Vancouver (Canada) if he had moved to Oregan he would have lower state taxes on his investement income from his investments in Washington, but would also have to pay income tax on his investment income from Microsoft in Oregon. If he lived in Vancouver he would have to deal with Canadian taxes, and have the lower tax rate in Washington.
Additionally there are laws in effect which tax income earned abroad (including money earned by Microsoft) which only actually gets attached when the money comes back into the US. So if you make $1M in France where it gets taxed in Farnce you can bring it back to the US for reinvestment and get it taxed again or you can reinvest it in France, or elsewhere in the EU with no additional tax penalty. The US tax code is frankly a mess and individual income tax is the least part of it.
Also it should be noted that depending on the type of company generally corporate income gets taxed 3 times- sales tax, tax on earnings, and tax on distribution to investors. However if the investors live abroad the rules on that may be different...
Apoplexies
player, 25 posts
Sun 19 Dec 2010
at 23:12
  • msg #99

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting


They are, but they are a bit complicated.  I only know that because as a mediator I need to know it.  Correction, I need to have a working understanding of it, complete knowledge is near impossible.   That’s meant to be a joke, and well some laws are about to change anyway, like how much can be taxed by international funds, and the statue of limitations on defaulted credit cards.   Now you know what I do for a living.  I’m however, not a lawyer, even though most people expect me to be one.  As near as I can tell there are two separate studies, one related to business, and one related to the wealthy.  This I am certain of.  I am certain that the findings on U.S. having extremely high business taxes, because several other reports published previously have said this.  Some of those studies were published in the United States, some were not.  As for the first study on the wealthy, I am going to scrap it, because there procedure is so small that I couldn’t replicate this study if I tried and it’s something that the peer reviewers should have pointed out; they didn’t.  Now, with several hours listening to tables and charts out of the way, I’m on to do something different.
Tycho
GM, 3175 posts
Mon 20 Dec 2010
at 19:08
  • msg #100

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Ah, okay.  I can accept the argument that business face high taxes in the US.
RubySlippers
player, 164 posts
Parallelist
Opinioned
Wed 22 Dec 2010
at 14:20
  • msg #101

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Apoplexies (msg #79):

I think on the Health Care Law thereis one thing noone considered with the number of states fighting this on the medicaid impact costwise, the states just refusing to do anything to support this. They could just tell the Federal Government to take a long walk on a short pier and tell them to try and make them expand services to the poor. In 2014 they can likely see a Republican stronger entrenched Congress that would not move to penalize them and a court order only works if there is enforcement powers and they alone can't do that. Or they might opt out leaving the Elderly and sickest citizens in a state program and pass off everyone else onto the Federal program of subsidized regular insurance.

I did the math for myself I earned last year around $10,000 so my ANNUAL premiums for a $1000/month policy would be $200 and my out-of-pocket costs capped at 6% of the bills under the laws best subsidies [2% of income/94% out-of-pocket covered by the government]. As a Busker ,sidewalk performer and proud, I work another twenty or so hours a year I paid for my Health Care premium. The rest they would get on ability-to-pay small bill I'd pay and anything huge they would likely write off since they are getting MOST of their money from the 94% the government is required to pay. I could handle that I don't need Medicaid. So could many people below the 133% of the poverty line. So why should states not consider this even for poor pregnant women and children as an option to try? Medicaid is voluntary they could opt out and its legal.

My only problem on my income and noting I'm disabled and do the folk music performing to support myself in a very modest way doesn't allow me basic medical care for my diabetes and other related problems so I'll take Medicaid. I'd PREFER to work a bit harder and pay for the insurances under the subsidized rates though. Frankly I would rather see as in most nations taxes pay for this from payroll or other sources, pooled together and see everyone gets access to a plan using the freemarket with government oversight for the poor falling through the cracks with medical issues.
Apoplexies
player, 38 posts
Wed 22 Dec 2010
at 14:44
  • msg #102

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to RubySlippers (msg #101):

I’m afraid I’m not entirely sure what you’re replying to and so I’ll respond the best I can.  I personally don’t have a problem with the insurance part of the bill, which is only about ninety pages long, give or take.  I think the two major problems with the bill are one that it goes against another law that dictates that the government will not attempt to manipulate the entire action of any one state’s medical services.  Congress never dealt with that law first off all.  Second, Texas and Georgia have been in discussion to keep parts of it, I don’t recall what parts, but the whole dammed system is like a bunch of children fussing over who gets the ball.  At this point, to me, it looks like the Court is going to have to step in, making a ruling, and the bill will have to go back for revisions.  Your idea sounds like a good one to me.  As somebody with a disability as well and having to purchase expensive medication, it would help me out some.
Tycho
GM, 3185 posts
Wed 22 Dec 2010
at 20:53
  • msg #103

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Rubyslippers, I'm not sure I follow what you're suggesting.  It sort of sounds like you're saying the states should just ignore the law, stop paying for medicare, and telling their citizens to go ask the federal government for insurance?

It sounds like you feel like someone should be subsidizing your insurance, but it's not clear to me who you think it should be.  Can you clarify it a bit for me?
RubySlippers
player, 165 posts
Parallelist
Opinioned
Thu 23 Dec 2010
at 13:58
  • msg #104

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

No the states have no penalty in the law for non-compliance, in 2013 the Congress and Presidency could very well move Republican enough to make a law forcing compliance (cutting Federal funding the normal means) and no court can force an action without someone backing them up. If a group of states decided to tell the Feds to go to hell what exactly could they do?

And the costs under the new law if low income in the Medicaid window is low, I noted my numbers and I just need to Busk more to pay for care. If the bill is huge medical providers like now would write it off they are going to get 94% of their money at the most generous subsidy.

So my idea is for states to cover the elderly as they do now under Medicaid/Medicare shared programs in a new state level program, drop out of Medicaid and just tell those on it to get the insurance under the Fed program. The cost would be 2% of the premium rate for a %1000 a month policy under SSI in Florida $13.80 a month. Out-of-pocket costs would be convered 94% under the law I can't see medical providers going out of their way to get the patiants share. And the state could mandate they not go after a patiant on Medicaid or under 150% of the poverty line for the patiants share IF the insurance is there. The Feds would then have the ball in their court as to what to do but this would provide the option and I for one see it as legitimate.

If the patiant still needs help paying premiums charities and local counties could do that, they do now for unpaid care they just need to shift that money in the case of counties. And even the homeless could get care in the program what is 2% of a poor homeless persons income? $0, a few dollars a month at most?

And I will note this would be legal the Medicaid system is optional, the states don't have to be in it. But they need a sensible option if they replace it, the Feds just offered it and I'm pointing it out here.

And the law pays for the subsidy for low income out of taxes, I pay taxes as do you so its legitimate. Its in the law I'm not making this up if your single earning just over the 133% of the poverty line and under $43,000 (and change) your subsidizing peoples insurance premiums and out-of-pocket costs. I'm just saying add all the rest from $0 to 14,404 of income not in Medicaid but in regular insurance like the rest get. Just because the Congress didn't PLAN for this they would have to regulate them in most likely or look like crap, so might the states but if they are going to get crippled by the costs they have a sound case. - We provided for the elderly, made these laws to protect poor patiants we just are dropping Medicaid for the better care the people will get under regular insurance and even the poor should be expected to pay something - medical providers also get to make more stable income. -

And the government can tax and move money around anyway they want this is perfectly Constitutional to do.
Tycho
GM, 3186 posts
Thu 23 Dec 2010
at 16:05
  • msg #105

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I'm apologize if I'm being slow, but I'm still struggling to understand this plan.  Are you saying the states opt out of medicaid, because low-income people will be subsidized under the new health care plan?  And then on top of that, the people should just not pay the fee involved with that, and say "whatcha gonna do 'bout it, government?"

My initial thoughts are:
a)  legal or not, is it ethical?
b)  if the states opt out of medicaid, and pass the bill onto the federal government, won't the government say "fine, but you're on your own for medicare now too," which is a bigger bill anyway, if I recall correctly (which I might not in this case)?  Would it end up being penny-wise, pound foolish in the end?
c)  If this is just pushing the states bill onto the federal government, it seems like it should be (which isn't the same as 'will be') hard to get the republicans on board.  They're pushing the "reduce the debt, solve things at the state level, big government is bad!" line pretty hard these days.  Turning around and just shoving all the problems on the federal government wouldn't seem to fit too well into the ideology they've been pushing.  Not that they couldn't try to spin it (maybe as a "starve the beast" thing), it seems like a bit of a hard sell to me.
d)  in the end, what does it really benefit anyone?  In the end, someone has to pay for the health care you want for pennies.  Is making people all over the country pay for your meds really all the different from making people all over your state pay for them?

Again, I've probably misunderstood exactly what you're proposing, so all of those points might not be valid, but they're what came to mind as I was trying to figure it out.
Apoplexies
player, 41 posts
Thu 23 Dec 2010
at 23:49
  • msg #106

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

quote:
and the government can tax and move money around anyway they want this is perfectly Constitutional to do.


No, they can’t.  There is a document called the Federal Taxation Guidelines, which came out originally in the 1950s, which details exactly what Congress can and cannot do in regards to taxation and the handling of funds.  The government has had a pretty good track record of following this document.  And as I have already said, this bill is in violation of a previous standing law.  You cannot just make a new law without providing provisions for the old law that the new one countermands.  That’s a problem folks, whether you like the bill or not.  Oh, if the states simply said they wouldn’t take the bill Congress can stop all Federal founding, a club they’ve already threatened some states with since this began.  Given that many states are having financial troubles of their own, it’s a pretty serious threat.
Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk
player, 13 posts
For the Emperor!
Sun 9 Jan 2011
at 15:43
  • msg #107

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Reviving this topic to discuss the political implications of the Giffords shooting:

Though his rhetoric is aimed at conservatives I think this man has said it best:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iq38Nnf4pOw

No one can be exempted, a culture of violence breeds violence, and all must be mindful of what is said. The same way we do not condone the use of certain foul words and racial epithets in public discourse we should all condemn those who advocate violence against our own people. To do otherwise is to however tacitly state that this man, crazy or sane, was right to do as he did and should be lauded for it.
Tlaloc
player, 68 posts
Sun 9 Jan 2011
at 16:09
  • msg #108

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Not blaming the actions of a schizo on political rhetoric and requesting speech restrictions is not condoning these horrid actions.  Your words play to the politicization of this tragedy.
silveroak
player, 972 posts
Sun 9 Jan 2011
at 16:22
  • msg #109

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

He went to a political function, shot a polician, ranted about politics, and may have had an accomplice. How is this not about politics? It's not like when Reagan was shot by a man simply seeking fame. The man may have been unhinged, but it was in a very political manner, and was well fed by partisan rhetoric.

Of course the real test would be if some of the victims famillys sued Fox News for wrongfull death.
Tlaloc
player, 69 posts
Sun 9 Jan 2011
at 17:11
  • msg #110

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

It is the whole "shooting" aspect that sets this apart.  Tell me silveroak, what was the political viewpoint held by the nine-year old girl that made her a target?  This was a violent outburst and not a targetted assassination.

The man was unhinged as you say but having a political viewpoint is human.  Attributing a shooting spree to merely his political views is reducing the tragedy to the talking points you favor.  Which you then prove by talk of suing Fox News.  You are an excellent example of the coming calls for some kind of limiting, mostly conservative rhetoric, by people who would limit political speech they do not agree with.  Good job.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:11, Sun 09 Jan 2011.
silveroak
player, 973 posts
Sun 9 Jan 2011
at 17:44
  • msg #111

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Do you actually read the news or just listen to Fox defend itself?
From http://www.huffingtonpost.com/...g-news_n_806397.html

quote:
Rep. Gabrielle Giffords remained hospitalized Sunday as investigators sought to understand what motivated a gunman to carry out an assassination attempt on the Democratic lawmaker in a rampage that killed six people.


The fact that non-political collateral damage occured does feed the outrage but it does not mean that his motivations were not political in nature. In fact from *every* report it is clear that Giffords was the primary target.

also please explain to me how a single deranged madman with a Glock 19 managed to shoot 19 people before reloading? The glock magazine only holds 15 bullets.
Tlaloc
player, 70 posts
Sun 9 Jan 2011
at 18:55
  • msg #112

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
Do you actually read the news or just listen to Fox defend itself?
From http://www.huffingtonpost.com/...g-news_n_806397.html


The fact that you use HuffPo as a source is either really funny or really sad.  I am going to go with the latter.  Good thing you stuck to unbiased sources of news unlike those people who go to Fox!  I have not seen Fox "defend itself" as I don't believe they believe they need to.  Why do you think they do?

If you actually looked at the myriad of contradictory views this tool held you will see a mind that couldn't hold a coherent thought.  If you and your HuffPo friends see a link to Fox News that is a major leap and not at all logical.

quote:
The fact that non-political collateral damage occured does feed the outrage but it does not mean that his motivations were not political in nature. In fact from *every* report it is clear that Giffords was the primary target.


Okay.  So you discount the many reports of his unbalanced nature?  He may have thought that shooting up the place was a political statement, and you seem to agree with this, but normal people do not see putting a bullet in the head of a politician as a valid means of making a political statement.

What seems to be fine in many people's opinions is using this tragedy to present some truly disgusting displays of political opportunism.

quote:
also please explain to me how a single deranged madman with a Glock 19 managed to shoot 19 people before reloading? The glock magazine only holds 15 bullets.


Bullets can exit the body and wound others.  If he shot into groups of people that was probably the case.
Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk
player, 14 posts
For the Emperor!
Sun 9 Jan 2011
at 19:41
  • msg #113

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
He may have thought that shooting up the place was a political statement, and you seem to agree with this, but normal people do not see putting a bullet in the head of a politician as a valid means of making a political statement.


At least not anymore, and not in this country. I personally would like to keep it that way, how about you?
Tlaloc
player, 71 posts
Sun 9 Jan 2011
at 19:49
  • msg #114

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk:
Tlaloc:
He may have thought that shooting up the place was a political statement, and you seem to agree with this, but normal people do not see putting a bullet in the head of a politician as a valid means of making a political statement.


At least not anymore, and not in this country. I personally would like to keep it that way, how about you?


I am not sure your point is clear to me.  Are you saying that:

a) Normal people DO see putting a bullet in the head of a politician as a valid political statement and that you WOULD like to keep it that way?

Or

b) Normal people DO NOT see utting a bullet in the head of a politician as a valid political statement and that you WOULD like to keep it that way?

I did not want to respond before I gained some clarity.
Tycho
GM, 3199 posts
Sun 9 Jan 2011
at 20:01
  • msg #115

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Surely this is something we should all be able to agree on.  It's not a political, left-right issue.  Shooting people because you disagree with them is wrong.  Full stop.  We can all agree to that, I would like to think.  All this blame of the left or the right or any other group can be put to bed if everyone just says "yes, this guy was wrong to do what he does.  I reject it fully, and condemn the action in no uncertain terms."  AND then not tack on the usual "and it's those other guys fault over there!" that everyone seems to always add to make it into something more.

Once we everyone agrees to that, and we can all see that no one thinks this person was an accepted member of "the other side" we can move on to what, if any, action needs to be taken to prevent future similar attacks.  But first lets do the easy thing, and all agree, without caveat or extra jibes at political rivals, that this guy was unhinged and wrong to do as he did.
Tlaloc
player, 72 posts
Sun 9 Jan 2011
at 20:03
  • msg #116

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Tycho (msg #115):

Can only agree Tycho.
silveroak
player, 974 posts
Sun 9 Jan 2011
at 21:33
  • msg #117

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

1) I agree that shooting someone is not a *valid* political statement.
2) I do believe that it was the shooter's *clear* motive to have a political impact.
3) aside from his list of favorite books (which does not mean he agrees with all of them), his rantings are consistantly consistant with right wing principles.
4) since 1990 *all* political lunatics within the US to engage in violent political actions have been of the right wing variety.
5) The rhetoric from the right, especially from the tea party and Fox News, has become increasingly violent in it's imagery.
6) Nobody has made a call for censorship, this is a right-of-center response to people pointing out that those engaging in vitriolic diatribe of a political nature may have some responsibility for point 4, and may increase teh incidence of violence by appearing (to at least some disturbed portion of the population) to be endorsing violent activity.
7) a suggestion of wrongfull death is not a criminal suit, but a civil suit which would result in a fine against Fox News if the courts decided they had any legal liability. If you trully believe they are blameless then you should welcome such a suit since with a standard of evidence based on the preponderance of evidence if they are not fined it would strongly validate their claim of non-responsibility.
TheMonk
player, 320 posts
LDS, buddhist, theist,
zen, hippy, bastard
Sun 9 Jan 2011
at 21:36
  • msg #118

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

>If you believe they are blameless

I should support frivolous lawsuits?
silveroak
player, 975 posts
Sun 9 Jan 2011
at 21:50
  • msg #119

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I for one do not believe it is frivolous.
Wrongfull death is defined as
quote:
the death of a human being as the result of a wrongful act of another person

now basing it on a malicious act of slander would admittedly be making case history, but that does not inherantly make it frivolous.
Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk
player, 15 posts
For the Emperor!
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 00:26
  • msg #120

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

What silver oak said.
TheMonk
player, 321 posts
LDS, buddhist, theist,
zen, hippy, bastard
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 00:47
  • msg #121

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Thought I'd replied to this...

But if the position is taken that Fox is not wrong, cannot have performed an illegal act, then any case against them is pointless and a waste of time and energy... frivolous.
silveroak
player, 976 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 00:51
  • msg #122

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

And so cases should only go to court if you agree with them? Fox news is certainly not seen as blameless at this point. If they end up in court they are able to defend themselves definitively, as opposed to simply trying to rally the troops of their already followers with more of the same. If I were suspected of murder, or any other crime, then I would rather face my accuser in court than be ambushed in the papers. Of course I can understand why Fox might not feel the same way, being more in the role of the ambusher and facing the possibility the case might go against them.
Tlaloc
player, 73 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 04:02
  • msg #123

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
1) I agree that shooting someone is not a *valid* political statement.


Okay.

quote:
2) I do believe that it was the shooter's *clear* motive to have a political impact.


Really?  What do you base that on?  His aggravation at the gold standard no longer being used or his obsession with mind control?  Clearly those two topics are now at the forefront of our political debate considering Giffords clear support of printing money and mind control.

quote:
3) aside from his list of favorite books (which does not mean he agrees with all of them), his rantings are consistantly consistant with right wing principles.


Yes. Mein Kampf and the Communist Manifesto are the touchstone of right wing principles.  Good one.

quote:
4) since 1990 *all* political lunatics within the US to engage in violent political actions have been of the right wing variety.


Wrong.  Joseph Stack was a registered Democrat.  John Patrick Bedell was a registered Democrat.  One flew a plane into an IRS building and the other tried to shoot up the Pentagon.  So please drop that particular talking point as it holds no water.

quote:
5) The rhetoric from the right, especially from the tea party and Fox News, has become increasingly violent in it's imagery.


Wow, do you even research any of this before posting?  I could take you through the hate-filled Bush years but here is the DailyKos scrubbing their website of anti-Gifford rhetoric two days before the shooting:

http://yesbuthowever.com/daily...0210/comment-page-1/

And here is where the DailyKos put a target on Giffords in 2008 for being a Blue Dog:

http://proof-proofpositive.blo...incite-shooting.html

Not to mention the rhetoric and imagery from the Olbermann's and Schultz's on MSNBC but you wouldn't know that because you are focused on blaming people who are not to blame but just have a different view than you.

quote:
6) Nobody has made a call for censorship, this is a right-of-center response to people pointing out that those engaging in vitriolic diatribe of a political nature may have some responsibility for point 4, and may increase teh incidence of violence by appearing (to at least some disturbed portion of the population) to be endorsing violent activity.


Then you should have been watching the news this Sunday morning.  Several people were talking about standards and penalties for violent rhetoric.  What does that sound like to you?  I am sure that violent rhetoric would be Fox News and HuffPo and the sweet sounds of truth would be MSNBC and the DailKos.

quote:
7) a suggestion of wrongfull death is not a criminal suit, but a civil suit which would result in a fine against Fox News if the courts decided they had any legal liability. If you trully believe they are blameless then you should welcome such a suit since with a standard of evidence based on the preponderance of evidence if they are not fined it would strongly validate their claim of non-responsibility.


Why would I welcome a suit that accomplishes nothing and is based on a false premise?  Is that what the courts are there for in your mind?  What a joke.  It would serve no one, especially the ones truly affected by this tragedy, and only serve to fill the pockets of lawyers.

I know you are now all in on this argument but the lunatic's writings in no way show he was a slave to the voices coming from Fox News or anyone else.  He was just a severely demented individual.
Tlaloc
player, 74 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 04:10
  • msg #124

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #122):

Okay silveroak, let's add Obama to that lawsuit:

"If they bring a knife to the fight, we bring a gun, because from what I understand, folks in Philly like a good brawl. I’ve seen Eagles fans." - Philadelphia, June 13th, 2008

Sounds like the man wants to kill Republicans to me.  Or Blue Dogs.  Who can say how people will take that kind of talk?  Clearly he should be blamed.  If a court finds him not guilty then all sort of talk of killin' and shootin' should be fine in your eyes.
silveroak
player, 977 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 04:18
  • msg #125

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Seriously?
So you can dig up a web site that shows an incidence of violent left wing rhetoric. It is on Fox new Daily, which, in case you hadn't noticed, is a broadcast channel, not some webb page you have to have the link to even find the example of.
And you really go entirely based on party of registration? Becasue 'destroy the IRS' has been a pretty consistantly right wing mantra for teh past 4 decades, but hey why judge a man by hat he was giving his life for compared to what piece of paper he signed 12 years earlier, right?

the idea that if you can dig up an obscure reference of someone on the left doing something it justifies any excess of teh same thing on teh right is simply absurd. "Well teh wethermen bombed building back in teh 1960s and they were liberal so it's okay if we blow up all the planned parenthoods"- not that anyone is saying that specifically but it is simply an extreem variation on the same concept- that any singular example by anyone you can vaguely associate with "the left" justifies massive overesponse in kind. That is the kind of extreemism of position which people are talking about.
Tlaloc
player, 75 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 04:29
  • msg #126

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #125):

Absolutely serious.

"Destroy the IRS" is not a right-wing mantra.  Small government, spending within the means of the government and fair tax laws have been the mantra of the right-wing.  Bushitler, kill Cheney, and destroy the right-wing Taliban has been the mantra of the left and it was played out on a regular basis on ABC, CBS, NBC, NPR, MSNBC, and CNN for years.

I am not the one blaming a news channel or some idiot's website for this tragedy.  You are.  Don't lose sight of the fact that you are the one who believes this unbalanced piece of sh*t is the product of Fox News.  You have selectively used this tragedy to push your personal bias.  I am only showing you the disgusting stupidity of trying to do so.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:29, Mon 10 Jan 2011.
Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk
player, 16 posts
For the Emperor!
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 04:52
  • msg #127

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
Don't lose sight of the fact that you are the one who believes this unbalanced piece of sh*t is the product of Fox News.


WRONG! I do too, and so do a lot of other people, as evidenced by the very news channels you just quoted's coverage of the event.

FOX has crossed a line.

Post edited by GM for content in violation of forum's constitution.
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:54, Tue 11 Jan 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 76 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 05:05
  • msg #128

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk (msg #127):

The fact that you are on silveroak's side is definitely no proof of validity.  I am sure he is wishing he had better allies.  What is really funny is that you believe the other channel's hatred of Fox News, the ratings leaders, is "evidence" of Fox News' motivating this man to kill.  Sad.

But yes, I actually find your accusation fun.  The neo-fascism, the foot soldiering, the bombast, the bellicosity... you make it sound like an all out party!  Not to mention that it is you that is making the accusation.  Badge of honor and all that.

What those who wish the world where Fox News is no more really wish for is the world of yesteryear, where they didn't have to hear the discordant sound of opposition.  Of voices that couldn't find air time on the Big Three.  Damn those Center-Right opinions that make up a majority of the US population!
This message was last edited by the player at 05:06, Mon 10 Jan 2011.
silveroak
player, 978 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 05:09
  • msg #129

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I am not saying he is the undisputed sole product of Fox news. Again you overstate my point to lambast me. What I am saying is that Fox & the conservatives have been far more extreem and teh result has been shown in the fruits. This man did not just pick a random crowd to start shootin random people- his clear target was a politician, whom he has approached before with hostility, though also apprently with incoherancy.
My point is that when you go broadcasting a constant stream of hatred and vitriol in millions of homes you need to be aware that some of those people are actually taking what you say seriously, and litterally, and that you do have an ethical responsibility to monitor your own speach at minimum. Fox News is negligent at best and criminally negligant at worst in allowing their rhetoric to get to teh point where in teh past two years it has sparked numerous violent outbreaks- from the shootings in Liberal churches in texas, to teh assasination of George Tiller by one 'Lone Gunams' To the current assasination attempt, to the attacks on Democratic congresspersons offices when teh ehalth bill passed. Using intimidation as a political tactic is no longer mere rhetorhich for Fox News, the result have manifested in actual violence for 2 years now and they continue to justify their extreemism by claiming 'well hey the other guy is doing it to" which is like comparing an angry punh in the arm from my daughter to a blow on the chin from Mike Tyson- sure they both threw a punch but it just ain't the same thing. People are dying while Fox News *litterally* picks the targets then denies any responsibility.
Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk
player, 17 posts
For the Emperor!
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 05:36
  • msg #130

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Say what you will, I still believe that I am not in error when I state that FOX is neither fair nor balanced, especially when they give airtime to people almost as unbalanced as the gunman himself.
katisara
GM, 4844 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 13:55
  • msg #131

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk (msg #127):

Moderator post: Personal attacks are a violation of this forum's constitution. Please edit the offending post to remove personal attacks.

Thank you.

Tlaloc
player, 77 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 14:56
  • msg #132

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
I am not saying he is the undisputed sole product of Fox news. Again you overstate my point to lambast me.


I overstate your point?  Read on:

quote:
What I am saying is that Fox & the conservatives have been far more extreem and teh result has been shown in the fruits.


In no way have you made any connection between this guy and Conservatives.

quote:
This man did not just pick a random crowd to start shootin random people- his clear target was a politician, whom he has approached before with hostility, though also apprently with incoherancy.


Apparently he was coherent enough for you to link him to Conservatives and Fox News.  How you accomplish this I know not.  So you seem to think he was crazy but that Fox News pushed him to it.  Perhaps he listened to Stained Class by Judas Priest as well.

You also have yet to explain the man's love of Mein Kampf and the Communist Manifesto.

quote:
My point is that when you go broadcasting a constant stream of hatred and vitriol in millions of homes you need to be aware that some of those people are actually taking what you say seriously, and litterally, and that you do have an ethical responsibility to monitor your own speach at minimum. Fox News is negligent at best and criminally negligant at worst in allowing their rhetoric to get to teh point where in teh past two years it has sparked numerous violent outbreaks- from the shootings in Liberal churches in texas, to teh assasination of George Tiller by one 'Lone Gunams' To the current assasination attempt, to the attacks on Democratic congresspersons offices when teh ehalth bill passed.


Can we safely say I was not overstating your point?

quote:
Using intimidation as a political tactic is no longer mere rhetorhich for Fox News, the result have manifested in actual violence for 2 years now and they continue to justify their extreemism by claiming 'well hey the other guy is doing it to" which is like comparing an angry punh in the arm from my daughter to a blow on the chin from Mike Tyson- sure they both threw a punch but it just ain't the same thing. People are dying while Fox News *litterally* picks the targets then denies any responsibility.


You have now entered conspiracy theory and no longer hold any validity.

Both the left and the right use militaristic words in their rhetoric.  I have the Obama quote talking about bringing a gun to fight the GOP.  In fact, many of Obama's Union supporters have assualted people and yet they don't seem to make it into your equation.  Rahm Emanuel stabbed a knife into his steak at a press dinner and screamed the names of Senators, Congressmen, and press members who he felt were his enemies and added "Dead!".  He became the darling of the Democrats.  That doesn't fit your equation.  The DailyKos and his Net Roots movement use targets on districts and they don't seem to make it into your equation.  Democrats go on a rampage and you conveniently turn them into Conservatives.

You see what you wish to see and you hear what you want to hear.  You and other like-minded individuals are using this tragedy as a political tool to rant against your much-hated political enemies.  It is a simple procedure:

1) Find tragedy.
2) Blame Tea Party/Fox News/Bush/GOP/Conservatives/Cheney
3) Scream it from every other news source and website you can find.
4) Repeat.

Been there.  Done that.  As Dieter was fond of saying "This story has grown tiresome."  Continue this rant without me.
silveroak
player, 979 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 15:53
  • msg #133

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Do you even read what I write or do you look for the points you want to nitpick? I already said that yes both sides have used violent language, the difference is in degree. Pointing out instances of Democrats using violoent language does nothing to disprove that point.

Secondly Mein Kamph *is* a right wing work, that demonstrates nothing. As for the Communist Manifesto there are two explanations that spring to mind, contradictory thought they may be to each other:
1) know your enemy
2) There are many who believe that Marx was in fact a Capitalist lampooning Communist idealogy. It is possible he reads teh text in this way.

as to a connection with Fox Nes no I have not drawn a line of connections, niether is it my contention that Fox News hired him as a hit man to take out a specific target. However his target was one targeted by Fox news and Sarah palin in particular.

Fox News asked for people to make congressmen affraid to leave their offices if Healthcare passed, and the offices were vandelized and rocks thrown through them. They called George Tiller "Tiller the Killer" and suggested someone should take him out, and somebody did. This is the third time- more if you count some less solid connections, that Fox has called for vilence and violence has been the result. It's harm to claim rhetoric and innocence of intent with that kind of track record.

The fact is that when Fox and friends shoot their mouths off people wind up dead.
Tlaloc
player, 78 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 16:14
  • msg #134

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
Do you even read what I write or do you look for the points you want to nitpick? I already said that yes both sides have used violent language, the difference is in degree. Pointing out instances of Democrats using violoent language does nothing to disprove that point.


It does prove that it is on both sides.  What you don't seem to be getting is that there is no degree of difference.  Only your perception of it.

quote:
Secondly Mein Kamph *is* a right wing work, that demonstrates nothing. As for the Communist Manifesto there are two explanations that spring to mind, contradictory thought they may be to each other:
1) know your enemy
2) There are many who believe that Marx was in fact a Capitalist lampooning Communist idealogy. It is possible he reads teh text in this way.


When in doubt, redefine.  Mein Kampf was written by Hitler the Socialist.  Left-wing all the way.  As I said, you're all in on this fantasy so I don't expect you to back down.  However, as more is coming out, I believe you have some retractions to make although I won't hold my breath.

quote:
as to a connection with Fox Nes no I have not drawn a line of connections, niether is it my contention that Fox News hired him as a hit man to take out a specific target. However his target was one targeted by Fox news and Sarah palin in particular.


Um, her district was targetted, not her.  They wanted to take her job, not her life.  If the mere image of a gun sight on a map is enough to make the insane kill then you would agree that we should ban violent video games?  Take violence out of RPGs?  I mean, who knows who might just "go off"?

You just can't admit that this lone nutcase decided to take out a Congresswoman all by himself.  This nutcase with a history of this anti-social behavior.  This nutcase who is described by a former classmate as a "left-wing pothead".

quote:
Fox News asked for people to make congressmen affraid to leave their offices if Healthcare passed, and the offices were vandelized and rocks thrown through them. They called George Tiller "Tiller the Killer" and suggested someone should take him out, and somebody did. This is the third time- more if you count some less solid connections, that Fox has called for vilence and violence has been the result. It's harm to claim rhetoric and innocence of intent with that kind of track record.


Sources?  Any connection between the killer and Fox News?  You claim a track record and offer no proof of one.  Sorry if I don't take your word for it considering the connections you are making between Fox News, Conservatives, and a lunatic who seems so unhinged that I doubt he could hold a coherent ideology.  But YOU see the connections!

quote:
The fact is that when Fox and friends shoot their mouths off people wind up dead.


No facts.  No validity.

I am pretty sure the irony of criticizing the overheated rhetoric of your political opponents while at the same time calling them accomplices to murder is lost on you.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:14, Mon 10 Jan 2011.
silveroak
player, 980 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 16:57
  • msg #135

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Do you just forget all history that doesn't fit your world view?

Let me begin with the simple point- regardless of what 8you* might believe, in most people's identification of right and left mein Kamph is on the extreem right. see http://www.huppi.com/kangaroo/L-hitler.htm which thoroughly debunks your idea that Hitler is somehow equivelent to a modern democrat.

regarding protests of "Obamacare":
http://www.mrc.org/timeswatch/.../20100322024343.aspx
http://www.sodahead.com/united...ces/question-926989/
http://www.thefirstpost.co.uk/...ism-stupak-obamacare

as for Tiller
http://www.bradblog.com/?p=7192

enough of a history lesson?
Tlaloc
player, 79 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 17:38
  • msg #136

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
Do you just forget all history that doesn't fit your world view?


No.  I just don't allow others to alter it to fit their prejudices.

quote:
Let me begin with the simple point- regardless of what 8you* might believe, in most people's identification of right and left mein Kamph is on the extreem right. see http://www.huppi.com/kangaroo/L-hitler.htm which thoroughly debunks your idea that Hitler is somehow equivelent to a modern democrat.


Of course this debunks the idea "that Hitler is somehow equivelent to a modern democrat".  Too bad I never say any such thing.  Hitler was a socialist who moved to fascism.  Period.  But that was another argument.  The fact that the shooter liked this book shows that he was interested in Hitler and Fascism and perhaps was motivated by dreams of wielding that type of power of life and death.



Your first link is a joke.  There was never any proof that any of these incidences occur.  You need to get with the times on that one.  I don't see any proof of Obamacare "violence".

Your next link is proof?  Of what exactly?  Did you even look at it before you linked it?  I am starting to see how you come about your opinions.

The third merely repeats the debunked accusations made in the first.

Now if you are going to do it, do it right!  Here is a list of left-wing hate:

http://www.ctvbc.ctv.ca/servle...=BritishColumbiaHome
http://www.ktla.com/news/landi...ally,0,7135717.story
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/...office_n_467264.html
http://www.newser.com/story/68...ea-radio-towers.html
http://www.hummerguy.net/humme...nites-fear-in-denver
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Wr_4ZWEFOjQ
http://www.usatoday.com/news/p...-office-attack_x.htm
http://www.wsmv.com/politics/17770884/detail.html
http://seattletimes.nwsource.c...webbushoffice11.html
http://www.savethegop.com/?p=5005
http://www.statesman.com/news/...08/24/0824kibby.html
http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/...116QVQ.DTL&tsp=1
http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/...07/07/BAP211L5HD.DTL

See?  Throw out a couple if you wish.  I can still find ACTUAL left-wing violence that has actual facts attached to it.

Even if I can, I would not blame the liberal media for inciting it.  These tools are responsible for their crimes.

quote:
as for Tiller
http://www.bradblog.com/?p=7192

enough of a history lesson?


So O'Reilly does not have the freedom to call Tiller a murderer?  Why?  I don't think I ever saw the part where O'Reilly tells anyone to murder the doctor.  He is merely pointing out what he sees as an atrocity.  While it might be offensive to some it is still protected speech.

I guess the next time you wish to give a history lesson it would be wise to include some actual history eh?
silveroak
player, 981 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 17:48
  • msg #137

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

The point is that all six facts that you claimed did not exist did in fact exist.
1) O'Reiley called for a Holy War on Tiller
2) Tiller was shot by a man who believed he was doing God's work
3) Fox News called for intimidation of lawmakers who voted for "Obama care"
4) The offices of several senators who voted for Obama's healthcare bill were vandalized immediately after it passed.
5) Fox News targeted the congresswoman with images and fired off machineguns in Rallies to defeat her in the election.
6) the congresswoman was shot.

I am not saying there is a need for restriction ontheir speach, but do you maybe think they are taking the theme of "Republican revolution" a bit to far?
silveroak
player, 982 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 18:07
  • msg #138

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc
player, 80 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 18:17
  • msg #139

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
The point is that all six facts that you claimed did not exist did in fact exist.
1) O'Reiley called for a Holy War on Tiller


Say what?  Where does O'Reilly call a "Holy War".  All I see from your link is you using the term "Holy War" becasue the DailyKos guy does.  If you have this mythical link where BO calls for an actual "Holy War", I would love to see it.

So "fact" 1 falls.

quote:
2) Tiller was shot by a man who believed he was doing God's work


This is an actual fact.  However it does nothing to prove what you are trying to sell.

quote:
3) Fox News called for intimidation of lawmakers who voted for "Obama care"


Do you have an actual fact to back up this "fact"?  It would be nice.

quote:
4) The offices of several senators who voted for Obama's healthcare bill were vandalized immediately after it passed.


Did you check out my links to the vandalism at GOP offices?  No?  I guess it only exists on one side then right?

quote:
5) Fox News targeted the congresswoman with images and fired off machineguns in Rallies to defeat her in the election.


Fox News fired off machineguns?  Wow.  Any source or link or basis in reality for this?  I already proved that the sights were on a map, not the Congresswoman.  Really reaching.

quote:
6) the congresswoman was shot.


That is a very sad fact.  Made even more sad by the fact that you and your ilk are hickjacking this sad event in order to push a political agenda.

I even got an email for a petition to stop the hateful rhetoric.  I sent them back a scathing response and told them to fire whomever thought it wise to put my Libertarian ass on their email list.  It must have been my support for Hillary.

quote:
I am not saying there is a need for restriction ontheir speach, but do you maybe think they are taking the theme of "Republican revolution" a bit to far?


No.  You are just calling them accomplices to murder and suggesting they be dragged into court.  No big deal huh?

Republican Revolution.  Here is the WSJ calling it "The Obama Revolution":

http://online.wsj.com/article/...569611695588763.html

And here is HuffPo repeating it:

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/...lution_b_178947.html

Yeah.  That revolution word thing can make people shoot people.

You are, in fact, calling for speech codes.  I don't agree with hate speech laws and I certainly am not going to agree that the use of the word revolution incites people to kill.  How about we adopt a revolutionary concept?  Let's hold the shooter accountable for the killings and not your most-hated news organization.  Sound good to you?
Tlaloc
player, 81 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 18:20
  • msg #140

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #138):

Title's fine.  Everything else is crap.
silveroak
player, 983 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 18:28
  • msg #141

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Where did I call them accomplices to murder?
I have not claimed that, and if you have gotten that from what I have written you need to take a course in remedial English.
I have said that their hatefull rhetoric is irresponsible and a contributing factor, and negligant to the harm it causes. It is one heck of a leap from that to 'accomplice' which would require they actually *inteded* the violence to occur, whcih I never asserted, and directly consipred with te actor to accomplish that end, again which I never claimed. asking for proof of claims I did not make does not strengthen your argument which seems to be 'conservatives can do no wrong and anyone who says otherwise is anti-american'. Now please, if this is not your claim feel free to correct my understanding of your position.

Now O'Reiliey may not have used teh words Holy war, but he did compare Tiller to Nazis, and accused him of a variety of otehr criminal and inhuman acts: http://themoderatevoice.com/33...oreillys-cable-show/
It is worth noting that while Phil Klines indictments of Tiller wound up with not one charge being found to be worth the courts time, his methods in going after him were determined to be illegal, but Phil Kline is a tangent to the main point here.

And the point is that in a nation of 250 million people there are a lot of lunatics, and feeding tehir delusions with descriptions of your political opponents as being Nazis and enemies of the people and using imagery that suggests they might need killing is flatly irresponsible.
Tycho
GM, 3200 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 18:53
  • msg #142

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

MODERATOR POST
Please, everyone, calm the posts down.  You're drifting well into discussing each other here, which is not what the forum is for.  Attacking each other is not allowed, not matter how frustrating you find each other.
END MODERATOR POST
Tlaloc
player, 82 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 18:56
  • msg #143

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #141):

Scratch the term accomplices.  You are however indicating that Fox News holds some responsibility for this shooting.  Even before the guy's politics, if they can even be called that, and motivations are even known.  Where is your responsibility in knowing the facts before leveling blame?

quote:
asking for proof of claims I did not make does not strengthen your argument which seems to be 'conservatives can do no wrong and anyone who says otherwise is anti-american'. Now please, if this is not your claim feel free to correct my understanding of your position.


Boy, you made me laugh at that one!  It is funny that you always blame me ("you are misrepresenting me!") for what you do on a regular basis ("you are saying 'conservatives can do no wrong and anyone who says otherwise is anti-american').  No one can say you don't possess a sense of humor.

No Conservative did any wrong here.  Attempting to link this atrocity to Conservatives is not anti-American, it is merely not nice.  I have dismantled every point you have made and you have offered up no supporting facts to make any of the claims you are making.

Once again, to use this crime to push your ideology is not nice to say the least.  I'm climbing out of the mud now.  Enjoy.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:02, Mon 10 Jan 2011.
silveroak
player, 984 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 19:32
  • msg #144

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

1) I did not say "you are claiming" I said you *appear to be* claiming that position, and invited you to make your actual position more transparent.
2) I have offered up supporting facts, a few of which you have even acknowledged as facts, though you may dispute the conclusions drawn from them. Though in fact you have disputed conclusions I did *not* draw from them and acted as if this had somehow defeated my points, which you did not even address.

so let me break this down:
we agree that Fox News is not responsible for what this man did.

Please read that again in case you missed it, I have continually reitterated this point and you keep attacking my points with the assertion that I have said the opposite.

Where we disagree is in two points on your post, specifically:
1) "before his politics, if they can even be called that, and motivations are know." The man left a youtube video entitled 'final thoughts' and documented well (if with a notable lack of coherancy) what his politics and motivations are. The fact that a few points do not seem consistant with the others in the way you believe he should be thinking does not discount this fact. His motives are well documented, by him, prior to the fact.
2) "Fox News did nothing wrong". I agree that they are not responsible, but that is not the same thing as saying they bear no responsibility, or that they did nothing wrong. To some degree we all bear some responsibility. My diabetic testing supplies are made by a company which sponsors Fox News, which in turn painted a target on the victim. I am not claiming that they intended she be shot, but they did litterally paint a target on her.

Durring the British occupation of China people would 'run amok' running through the streets killing people until they were themselves killed. It was ultimately a form of protest, suicide, and lashing out at society rolled into one. It dod not occur before the British invasion or afterwards. The fact is that while it is easy to say "he was nuts, it's not anybody's fault" the fact is that insanity is a itself a response to environment, and how they contribute to that environment is their responsibility as much as any industrial manufacturer's contribution to our ecological/chemical environment. If a company dumps chemicals which results in a probable increase of 5%in the instance f cancer we hold them responsible. If Fox news is increasing the incidence of insanity in the country- well legally they are still protected by the first amendment, at least within certain constraints, but it is still a far cry from 'did nothing wrong'.
Tycho
GM, 3201 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 19:43
  • msg #145

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

(just for extra clarity, this is NOT a moderator post)

Please people, calm down.  Those of you "on the left" who are requesting more civility in the political discussion should certainly be acting more civil here (you can't expect the other side to give you what you're unwilling to give it).  Those on the right should be acting more civil if for no other reason than to prove the other side wrong. ;)

The discussion has gotten very heated, and very tribal.  Each side is focused so intently on what the other is doing wrong (in their eyes) that they have no interest in examining their own side for possible fault.  Both sides are using the "Oh yeah?  Well look what you guys did!" line of argument, in which one side attempts to deflect fault from themselves by pointing out the faults of others.  Not the way forward, in my opinion.

To reiterate something I said earlier:  this is something we should all be able to agree on.  This shouldn't be a big argument.  We all think this guy was wrong shoot people.  That's a nice starting place on which to build.  Let's work on that, neh?

A selection of things that came to my mind while reading through the last few posts:

1.  We don't know enough about the killer to much about his political motivations yet.  Let's not jump to conclusions.

2.  What books a person has on their shelf doesn't necessarily reflect what they support.  I'm an atheist, but I have a bible on my bookshelf.  I'm quite convinced by evolution, but have a book about creationism on my shelf (as a result of discussion here, as it happens).  I think Charles Dickens' writing style is insufferable, but I have at least one of his books on myself.  Having "mein kampf" on your shelf doesn't make you a nazi, nor does having the communist manifesto on your shelf make you a marxist.  Again, lets not jump to conclusions.  We've got the guy, he's not going anywhere, so we've got time to wait and see what turns. up.

3.  The politicians on the right didn't want this to happen AND no one is saying they did.  Again, that's a point of disagreement that shouldn't be overlooked.  Saying their speech was irresponsible is not the same as saying they wanted or expected this to happen, or that they're accomplices.

4.  Saying people should tone down there speech isn't censorship.  Making rules that limits what they can say is censorship.  For example, my moderator post above IS censorship.  This post asking people to play nice ISN'T.  There is an important difference between the two that shouldn't be overlooked by either side.  For what it's worth, I'm in favor of all sides toning down the rhetoric, but am not in favor of passing any laws to enforce this.

5.  While "the left" may (or may not) be wrong to link this event to political rhetoric on the right, I don't think it's entirely fair to call them doing so pure political opportunism.  My reason for thinking so is that this isn't something out of the blue that no one expected that they've leaped on.  This is something they've been predicted would happen for a while now.  Giffords herself even commented on the type or rhetoric being used, noting that it could be interpreted in the wrong way and lead to violence.  The left may be guilty of confirmation bias, but I don't think it's fair to say their guilty of pure opportunism here.  From there point of view, it's a case of "we told you this would happen, and now it has."  They may be incorrect to draw a link, but I think it's fair to say they actually believe there is one, rather than just making one up to hurt their opponents.

6.  Whenever this kind of thing happens, the reaction I always want to see from "the other side" is one of not acting defensive.  Just say you're appalled by it, say it was wrong, and then don't add the jab at the other side or try to play the victim.  So far (somewhat surprising to me, I must admit) Sarah Palin has actually done just that.  Some of her aides have gone on the defensive, but to her credit, as far as I know Palin herself hasn't made any statements about it beyond sending her condolences to the families of those affected.  If she keeps it up, I'll be begrudgingly impressed.

7.  I think it needs to be said that the level of rhetoric has changed over the last year or two.  The idea that no one meant for their to be links or hints of violence isn't accurate, I don't think.  Talk of things like "second ammendment solutions" and the option of secession aren't just political metaphors or turns of phrase that all politicians use.  The talk of specifically violent revolt/revolution was the highest in the last couple years that its been at any point in my lifetime.  Despite the fact that most TeaPartiers are just retirees that don't want to pay taxes, there were some who were talking about being ready to kill and die to stop the liberals from "taking over."  The thing that's important to note, though, is that much of the most heated talk came not from politicians, or even media pundits, but from the people themselves.  What I saw going on was more of the politicians and pundits talking about violent revolution and uprisings because it was getting them votes.  They weren't leading the masses, they were following them.  And, to a degree, encouraging them.  That's what I didn't like, and continue to not like.  I want a politician who's willing to say "Ya know what, as much as I disagree with the other side, it's not right to fantasize about killing them.  As much as I want to beat them in an election, I don't want to turn the election into an apocolyptic, end-of-days scenario where if we don't win we think we have to resort to other methods.  And, most of all, I'm not going to tell you that that kind of thinking is okay just to get your vote."  But unfortunately anger is an easy emotion to harness, and whipping the people into a frenzy is a good way to get them out to the polls.  But for those odd wackos in the crowd, it's also a good way to get them to do something crazy.  Like I said, we haven't seen enough info to know if that's the case with this guy.  I wouldn't be surprised to find out he had never heard of sarah palin, to be honest.  But on the other hand, I wouldn't be surprised if he had been influenced by some of the rhetoric being tossed around, either.  I stress that I'm NOT saying that people making over the top political statements want people to act violently, nor that they expect them to act violently, nor that they cause them to act violently.  But they can encourage someone who is already predisposed to act violently to do so rather than discourage them.  If you're sitting in the pub with your friend who just got dumped by his girlfriend, and he says "ya know, maybe I should go kill her," there are right things to say, and wrong things to say.  Saying "well, you'd probably get away with it, and nobody really likes her anyway," isn't the right thing to say, even though it might be what he wants to here.  Similarly in the political realm.  Even though many people on the right wanted politicians to stand up and promise them a fight to the death, it's not the right thing to do.  It's not about censorship, its about keeping things reasonable.

8.  Which brings me to the "well, yes, but the left use the same rhetoric too!" issue.  To a degree, yes, and we should oppose that too.  All politicians, of all stripes, whether left, right, or otherwise, should avoid the kind of "eliminate the enemy" talk that has become common place lately.  It's one thing to say you disagree with the other side, and don't want them to have power.  It's a rather different thing to say you want a country that doesn't have them in it at all.  Again, its wrong for both sides to use that kind of talk, and both sides do use it.  That said, however, I think the context is different.  The people on the left aren't showing up at political rallies with guns, they aren't calling for violent overthrow of the government, and they aren't threatening secession if they don't get their way.  Perhaps there are some fringe groups that are doing these things, but (and this is the real point), politicians and pundits on the left aren't seeking to be seen as part of that fringe.  The left is struggling to appeal to the center, much to the frustration of the more extreme members of its base (and I think that's probably not a bad situation, really), while those on the right seem to be tripping over one another to appear the most extreme.  In other words, there are wackos and extremists in both ends of the political spectrum, but right now at least, those on the right are much more likely to be gaining encouragement from their politicians than those on the left.  I think that's an important difference that people need to keep in mind when saying "oh, well so-and-so did it too!"  There's a time and a place when telling someone "no one really liked your ex, and you probably wouldn't even get caught if you did kill her!" is a joke, and there's a time and a place when it's really, really bad idea.  Its not just the words used that matter, but the audience, and the context as well.

9.  Is there any good reason not to dial back the firey, eliminationist rhetoric at this point?  Wouldn't we all be better off with more calm, rational, reasoned discussion from our politicians and pundits?  Shouldn't politics be a lot more boring, and a lot less fire-and-brimstone?
Tycho
GM, 3202 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 19:48
  • msg #146

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

MODERATOR POST
Please note the big red letters!  It means you're being censored for real! ;)

I asked you guys not to talk about each other.  Calling each other idiotic or "less than honorable" is not debating the issue, it's name-calling.  Please adjust the posts to remove that kind of thing.  If you guys want to poke each other with verbal sticks, I'll bump the meta-discussion thread.

END MODERATOR POST
Tlaloc
player, 83 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 22:47
  • msg #147

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Tycho (msg #145):

Post edited in accordance to your moderator wishes.

Now to your post.

I am in full agreement with most of your non-moderator post as I am the one who orginally called out the use of this crime to point finger and make political hay.  The rest of my time is debunking those who did so I was not going "Oh yeah, well your guys did that!".  I was showing silveroak that bad behaviour is on both sides but only I said that those crimes were the sole responsibility of the ones committing them.  I would not, and did not, point to Obama's use of gun imagery as a call to shot GOP members.

In your efforts to be fair, be fair in your representation of my point.

Your point 1 is spot-on.

Point 2 misrepresents what I was doing.  Others called this a clear case of right-wing rhetoric while I was showing that his favorite book list was not really standard right-wing reading.

Point 3.  I took back the accomplices statement.  But, to be clear, if you are using this event to criticize the rhetoric of Palin or Fox News or others with whom you disagree, then you’re either:

a) Asserting a connection between the rhetoric and the shooting, which based on evidence to date would be what we call non-factual or disinformation.

or

b) You are not.  In which case you’re just seizing on a tragedy to try to score unrelated political points, which I find contemptible.

I don't think it is beyond the scope of a HOT thread to ask: Which is it?

Point 4.  Calling for the fines and lawsuits stifle free speech.  And this is where this kind of finger-pointing and false hand-wringing gets us:

http://thehill.com/blogs/blog-...hreatening-lawmakers

This bill would make it a federal crime to use language or symbols that could be perceived as threatening or inciting violence against a federal official or member of Congress.  Yep, no one talking about censorship here.

Point 5.
quote:
The left may be guilty of confirmation bias, but I don't think it's fair to say their guilty of pure opportunism here.


I think it's perfectly fair.  They blood wasn't even dry nor did they know his politics before this meme was created.  As it comes out it seems that this turd had a history with Giffords dating back to 2007:

http://motherjones.com/politic...email-phone-message#

Pure, unadulterated opportunism.

Point 6. Sarah Palin has done nothing wrong.  If you think sitting back and letting others paint her as the one who incited this crime is impressive then you and I disagree on that.

Point 7.  The level of rhetoric has NOT changed.  Are you, or anyone else, seriously telling me that the Bush years didn't happen?  Kill Bush signs, movies about killing Bush, calling him a war criminal, a monkey, Hitler, etc.  Really?

How about during the Clinton years?  How about during the Reagan years when the President was considered one of the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse?

For those who see a change you have either not lived long enough or choose not to remember the bile and venom other Presidents and politicians have put up with.  It is a part of the territory.

Point 8.
quote:
Which brings me to the "well, yes, but the left use the same rhetoric too!" issue.  To a degree, yes, and we should oppose that too.


To a degree?  They absolutely do.  Although you try to walk the middle of the road it seems you are drifting to the left.  Oppose rhetoric if you think that will do anything but rhetoric didn't kill those people, a lunatic did.

Point 9.  I calmly talk politics with friends, family, and perfect strangers all the time and have no problem with civility.  And that is about as much as I can control.  I do not back down though when people attempt to steer a tragedy towards their personal, political ends.  And that is what my beef with silveroak and the other guy was about.

Know that I bear them no ill will and would speak the words I wrote to their face.
silveroak
player, 985 posts
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 23:18
  • msg #148

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

From http://www.washingtonpost.com/...AR2011010904478.html
quote:
In the same safe, authorities found a 2007 letter to Loughner from Giffords, using congressional stationery to thank him for attending a "Congress on Your Corner" event in Tucson. Saturday's shooting took place at another such event, where Giffords was meeting constituents outside a supermarket.

"He specifically targeted the congresswoman. We have eyewitness testimony and documents to prove that," Pima County Sheriff Clarence W. Dupnik said on CNN early Monday. "He's a very troubled individual."


I think that he targeted the congresswoman, and as a political objective (to the degree that categorization of realms of influence and infromation still amde sense to him) is well established.

as to a connection between publicly aired hate speach and the attack, i think it is necessary to recognize that 'a connection' is not a bianary yes or no criteria, but covers a range from "something Glen Beck said was included in his rantings" to "His insanity was caused by watching Fox News 24/7 while tripping on acid" to the radically absurd concepts like him being hired by Fox news- which i agree would be delusional, though I disagree they would get to the same level that this individual was at.
I do think it is a near certainty that in the absence of groups like the Tea party and Fox he would not have had the same focus on Giffords that he did wind up having with that as a part of his background as he descended into insanity. What the alternative would have been is of course an open question- maybe he just would have shot somebody else. That however does not change what did happen.
To me the most haunting aspect of this is the description of why it was so hard to get his mental health issues addressed- apparently when anybody approached his parents to try and discuss it they would turn and walk away without a word and were described as displaying similar behavior to their son...
Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk
player, 18 posts
For the Emperor!
Mon 10 Jan 2011
at 23:33
  • msg #149

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

   Used to be with a reaction like that they all would have been in the back of a fast cruiser on their way to a mandatory mental evaluation. This may not have been a bad idea.
Tycho
GM, 3204 posts
Tue 11 Jan 2011
at 20:14
  • msg #150

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
The rest of my time is debunking those who did so I was not going "Oh yeah, well your guys did that!".  I was showing silveroak that bad behaviour is on both sides but only I said that those crimes were the sole responsibility of the ones committing them.

Well, that's sort of what I was talking about.  The idea that bad behavior or person X makes it wrong to point out bad behavior of person Y doesn't make much sense to me.

Tlaloc:
Point 2 misrepresents what I was doing.  Others called this a clear case of right-wing rhetoric while I was showing that his favorite book list was not really standard right-wing reading.

So, how was I misrepresenting what you were doing?  Were you asserting that he couldn't be right-wing because of his books?  That he was less likely to be?  If so, that seems to be saying that you can tell what his political views are (or aren't) from the books I his shelf, which I don't think is necessarily possible (especially if only two books are mentioned).  If that's not what you were doing, I don't see the relevance of pointing out what books he had on his shelf.  If you're not asserting that it tells us something, why mention it?

Tlaloc:
But, to be clear, if you are using this event to criticize the rhetoric of Palin or Fox News or others with whom you disagree, then you’re either:

a) Asserting a connection between the rhetoric and the shooting, which based on evidence to date would be what we call non-factual or disinformation.

or

b) You are not.  In which case you’re just seizing on a tragedy to try to score unrelated political points, which I find contemptible.

I think you're drawing a stronger line here than exists.  "Asserting a connection" can mean "influenced" or "encourage already wacko tendencies" not just "made him do it" or the like.  And if someone believes the rhetoric influenced or played a part, even if they don't have proof of it, may be asserting a prediction.  Jumping to conclusions isn't good, but it's not the same as lying (disinformation) or political opportunism.

While I agree that many on the left have rushed to judgment, and may well end up being proven wrong, I do actually think they believe that there is a link, rather than just making one just to take advantage of the situation.  To me, calling someone an opportunist implies that they don't actually believe what they're saying, they're only trying to score points.  Whether they're wrong or right, I think those claiming a link actually believe what they're saying.  Mostly because they've been predicting this kind of thing for months.  Being wrong and being opportunist aren't the same thing, and being too quick to leap to conclusions isn't the same of being opportunist either.

Tlaloc:
Point 4.  Calling for the fines and lawsuits stifle free speech.  And this is where this kind of finger-pointing and false hand-wringing gets us:

Yep, and as I said, I'm opposed to legally forcing good manners on lawmakers.  I didn't claim no one was talking about censorship, and made clear that I disagree with those who are.  We shouldn't make the error, though, of assuming that everyone who would like to see more civility in politics wants to achieve that through legislation of censorship.

quote:
The left may be guilty of confirmation bias, but I don't think it's fair to say their guilty of pure opportunism here.

Tlaloc:
I think it's perfectly fair.  They blood wasn't even dry nor did they know his politics before this meme was created.

As I said, there's a difference between being incorrect, and being an opportunist.  While they may well turn out to be wrong, I'm pretty convinced that those asserting links actually believe that the links exist.  And again, I think that because they've been asserting that something like this would happen for some time now.  They may be wrong to expect such a thing, but they did expect it, and it's not opportunist to think that they've just been proven correct (it is, however, premature for them to do so, but again, that's not the same as opportunist), and redouble their efforts to get a change because of it.

Tlaloc:
  As it comes out it seems that this turd had a history with Giffords dating back to 2007:

http://motherjones.com/politic...email-phone-message#

Pure, unadulterated opportunism.

I'm not sure how this shows opportunism.  Evidence that those asserting a link between right-wing rhetoric and the shooting may be wrong?  Sure.  But being wrong isn't opportunism, in my view.

Tlaloc:
Point 6. Sarah Palin has done nothing wrong.  If you think sitting back and letting others paint her as the one who incited this crime is impressive then you and I disagree on that.

Amongst politicians, sitting back, and not insulting your opponents very much impresses me.  Politicians who go on the attack as soon as anyone says anything bad about them are ten-a-penny.  Those who don't feel the need to tack on a jab at a political opponent when making a public statement are far more rare.

Tlaloc:
Point 7.  The level of rhetoric has NOT changed.  Are you, or anyone else, seriously telling me that the Bush years didn't happen?  Kill Bush signs, movies about killing Bush, calling him a war criminal, a monkey, Hitler, etc.  Really?

How about during the Clinton years?  How about during the Reagan years when the President was considered one of the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse?

For those who see a change you have either not lived long enough or choose not to remember the bile and venom other Presidents and politicians have put up with.  It is a part of the territory.

The level of the rhetoric may not have changed, but the type of rhetoric has, to a degree.  Yes, every president will be compared to hitler, and rude signs will be waved about.  I don't dispute that.  What is different about the recent rhetoric, in my view, is two things:
1.  the focus on armed revolt, revolution, killing/dying for political causes, etc.  That's fairly new, or at least the amount of people talking about that kind of things is new.  It's not just angry people shouting at each other and calling people names, it's people actually talking seriously about armed revolt.  Its people bringing weapons to political rallies.  It's people actually telling people to start intimidating politicians with acts of violence.
2. The fact that people making such claims are more embraced by those in positions of power.  There have always been crazies and wackos, but they've normally been treated as fringe groups.  Now politicians are doing their best to get those people on their side, and are appealing to that kind of thinking.

And this isn't just selective memory.  Threats of violence against politicians has increase significantly in the last 2 years.  Long time politicians have been saying they're feeling less safe.  People have been saying the rhetoric was going too far well before this event.  Heck, there was even a rather large political rally not too long ago basically just for that purpose (the John Stewart thing).

Yes, rhetoric has been heated in the past, and incivility has been high, but things really do feel different to me, and many others so it seems.  It's not a "oh, in the good ol' days when everyone was nice to each other" thing, it's more a "whoa, okay, I know politics ain't bean bag, but maybe we're taking it a bit far here," thing.  I guess for me, perhaps the difference between now and in the past, is mostly that in the past, it always seemed like the people shouting were just shouting.  When politicians start talking about secession and "2nd amendment solutions" and people start showing up at political rallies with guns, and talking about "watering the tree of liberty with the blood of tyrants" it starts to seem like they're a bit more serious about actually doing something beyond just shouting.

Tlaloc:
To a degree?  They absolutely do.  Although you try to walk the middle of the road it seems you are drifting to the left.  Oppose rhetoric if you think that will do anything but rhetoric didn't kill those people, a lunatic did.

Yes, I agree that a lunatic did.  And I certainly don't know if rhetoric played any role in this case.  But it's just as much a leap to conclusions at this point to say that it played no role in my opinion.  I won't be too surprised either way, to be honest, but I'm not going to say I know one way or the other yet, as you seem to be doing.

Tlaloc:
Point 9.  I calmly talk politics with friends, family, and perfect strangers all the time and have no problem with civility.  And that is about as much as I can control.  I do not back down though when people attempt to steer a tragedy towards their personal, political ends.  And that is what my beef with silveroak and the other guy was about. 

Let's look at this angle:  If, by some chance, it turns out this wacko was influenced by right-wing rhetoric, would that change your view at all?  Would it still be wrong of those on the left complaining about right wing rhetoric to do so if it turns out that this guy thinks he's starting a right-wing revolutionary war to get rid of liberals (to be clear, I am NOT asserting that he is, this is purely hypothetical here)?  If not, then I don't think it's opportunist for them to complain now.  They may well end up with egg on their face for being wrong, and they're certainly guilty of snap judgment, but that's different from opportunism.  Calling them opportunists is an attack on them, not too different attacks on right wingers, I'd say (both are asserting motives that aren't actually there).  By all means, argue that they're rushing to judgment, and argue that they don't have sufficient evidence to back up their claims, but as soon as you go the next step to making it a personal attack on their character, we're just back to the "my side is good, your side is evil" political bickering that I at least would like to see less of.  We're far to quick to go from "I disagree with what you're saying" to "you're a horrible person" in these kinds of discussions, which isn't helpful in my view.
Tlaloc
player, 84 posts
Tue 11 Jan 2011
at 22:15
  • msg #151

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tycho:
Well, that's sort of what I was talking about.  The idea that bad behavior or person X makes it wrong to point out bad behavior of person Y doesn't make much sense to me.


But that wasn't the point.  The point was that bad behaviour of person X,Y, or Z has nothing at all to do with this tragedy.

quote:
So, how was I misrepresenting what you were doing?  Were you asserting that he couldn't be right-wing because of his books?  That he was less likely to be?  If so, that seems to be saying that you can tell what his political views are (or aren't) from the books I his shelf, which I don't think is necessarily possible (especially if only two books are mentioned).  If that's not what you were doing, I don't see the relevance of pointing out what books he had on his shelf.  If you're not asserting that it tells us something, why mention it?


You are misrepresenting what I was doing by completely missing the point of bringing up the books in the first place.  Nothing.  NOTHING.  At all was known about this lunatics political leanings and here we have people ranting about "right-wingers" and the "rhetoric of right-wing hate".  I brought up the books to show the stupidity of doing so based on nothing.  Those books pointed twoards a more left-leaning ideology.  Should I blame it on the left?  Which, of course, I do not.

quote:
I think you're drawing a stronger line here than exists.  "Asserting a connection" can mean "influenced" or "encourage already wacko tendencies" not just "made him do it" or the like.  And if someone believes the rhetoric influenced or played a part, even if they don't have proof of it, may be asserting a prediction.  Jumping to conclusions isn't good, but it's not the same as lying (disinformation) or political opportunism.


But it is political opportunism and the spreading of disinformation.  You may not like the strong words but that it is exactly what was going on.  Sugarcoat this any way you wish but you are going against the very measured words you wrote above by defending these horribly misguided statements.

quote:
While I agree that many on the left have rushed to judgment, and may well end up being proven wrong, I do actually think they believe that there is a link, rather than just making one just to take advantage of the situation.  To me, calling someone an opportunist implies that they don't actually believe what they're saying, they're only trying to score points.


Bingo!  That is exactly what I am saying.

quote:
Whether they're wrong or right, I think those claiming a link actually believe what they're saying.  Mostly because they've been predicting this kind of thing for months.  Being wrong and being opportunist aren't the same thing, and being too quick to leap to conclusions isn't the same of being opportunist either.


So they predicted a person who is a "liberal pot-head" and who believes in mind control through grammar would kill a Congressperson?  I don't believe I saw anyone predicting that nor does this fit any prediction given by anyone.  The quickness of this accusation of influence and its laser-like pointing at only the right-wing is opportunism at its very worst.

quote:
Yep, and as I said, I'm opposed to legally forcing good manners on lawmakers.  I didn't claim no one was talking about censorship, and made clear that I disagree with those who are.  We shouldn't make the error, though, of assuming that everyone who would like to see more civility in politics wants to achieve that through legislation of censorship.


Then you missed the call for lawsuits and court proceeding on this.

quote:
I'm not sure how this shows opportunism.  Evidence that those asserting a link between right-wing rhetoric and the shooting may be wrong?  Sure.  But being wrong isn't opportunism, in my view.


Going after political opponents before you know the first thing about the shooter IS political opportunism.  As I told silveroak, when the depths of this freak's insanity comes out there should be some serious apologizing but I won't hold my breath.

quote:
Amongst politicians, sitting back, and not insulting your opponents very much impresses me.  Politicians who go on the attack as soon as anyone says anything bad about them are ten-a-penny.  Those who don't feel the need to tack on a jab at a political opponent when making a public statement are far more rare.


She doesn't have to insult.  She has to stand up to the idiots who are blaming her district map, which the DNC used as well by the way, for a lunatic shooting people.  People should be very angry at this appalling display of political opportunism.

Considering your statement you must be extremely disappointed with the left-wing right now.

quote:
The level of the rhetoric may not have changed, but the type of rhetoric has, to a degree.  Yes, every president will be compared to hitler, and rude signs will be waved about.  I don't dispute that.  What is different about the recent rhetoric, in my view, is two things:
1.  the focus on armed revolt, revolution, killing/dying for political causes, etc.  That's fairly new, or at least the amount of people talking about that kind of things is new.  It's not just angry people shouting at each other and calling people names, it's people actually talking seriously about armed revolt.  Its people bringing weapons to political rallies.  It's people actually telling people to start intimidating politicians with acts of violence.


The left has been screaming about revolution all through the Bush years.  It is hardly new except that you now see it from the other side.  As I have shown with my links, the left is, and has been, doing that for years.  How about ACORN terrorising Goldman employees at home?  How about SEIU thugs beating a black man?

quote:
2. The fact that people making such claims are more embraced by those in positions of power.  There have always been crazies and wackos, but they've normally been treated as fringe groups.  Now politicians are doing their best to get those people on their side, and are appealing to that kind of thinking.


Don't start your statement with "the fact" when you are not stating a fact.  You don't like the Tea Party so you have marginalized them as the fringe.  Your bias against them is apparent so I understand why you take this position.

You have gone from "let's send our best to the victims" to being another person who is pushing the belief that this insane criminal is the result of Fox News and right-wing rhetoric.  Good job.

quote:
And this isn't just selective memory.  Threats of violence against politicians has increase significantly in the last 2 years.  Long time politicians have been saying they're feeling less safe.  People have been saying the rhetoric was going too far well before this event.  Heck, there was even a rather large political rally not too long ago basically just for that purpose (the John Stewart thing).


Perhaps if Congress had worked on the economy instead of their left-wing agenda while alienating the independents they would be more popular.  That's it!  The new meme will be that they brought this on themselves by pursuing their socialist agenda!  Brilliant.

That is a brutal and unfunny joke that demonstrates the lack of logic in your position.  But people ARE unhappy with politicians and violence against politicians is as old as history.  It does happen, it will happen, and it gets worse during troubled times.  Once again you link something with something else based on your prejudices.

As for that wonderful Jon Stewart thing, I especially loved how he had a person on stage who condones fatwas and death to those who insult Islam.  What a wonderful message of sanity huh?

quote:
Yes, I agree that a lunatic did.  And I certainly don't know if rhetoric played any role in this case.  But it's just as much a leap to conclusions at this point to say that it played no role in my opinion.  I won't be too surprised either way, to be honest, but I'm not going to say I know one way or the other yet, as you seem to be doing.


You actually have said.  But hey, at least you start with "I don't know" before arguing exactly that point.

quote:
Let's look at this angle:  If, by some chance, it turns out this wacko was influenced by right-wing rhetoric, would that change your view at all?


No.  It would not.  No marching orders were given and no assassination was called for by anyone.  This is a product of a delusional mind.

Would you be up for asking every lunatic who does something like this what motivated them and then would you support a call to either tone down the talk that inspired their madness?

We could tone down left-wing rhetoric, right-wing rhetoric, Jodi Foster movies, hip-hop songs, Islam, Christianity, and a whole host of other things people fixate on.  But that won't stop the lunatics.  As I said, this is just an attempt to go after right-wing speakers and politicians.

quote:
Would it still be wrong of those on the left complaining about right wing rhetoric to do so if it turns out that this guy thinks he's starting a right-wing revolutionary war to get rid of liberals (to be clear, I am NOT asserting that he is, this is purely hypothetical here)?


Yes.  It would still be wrong since no one is telling people to kill other people.  Military metaphors are rampant throughout our culture.  Do you want some "bullet" points outlining them?

quote:
Calling them opportunists is an attack on them, not too different attacks on right wingers, I'd say (both are asserting motives that aren't actually there).


Being responsible for your own political opportunism and being responsilbe for the death of a nine year-old girl are two completely different attacks don't you think?

quote:
We're far to quick to go from "I disagree with what you're saying" to "you're a horrible person" in these kinds of discussions, which isn't helpful in my view.


As I said, blaming anyone, and blame is what is being thrown about here, for the death of human beings for speaking your political mind is low.  Very low.  And to do so before you know anything about the shooter is a good indicator that facts and logic are not what is moving you.

I did not engage in this back and forth to be helpful.  I engaged in this because I believed it was disgusting to bandy about blame in such a callous and cold-hearted manner.  I find it sickening as you can plainly tell and intend to remain that way.

If you wish for me to bow out of this I will do so.  Your game, your rules.
silveroak
player, 989 posts
Wed 12 Jan 2011
at 03:51
  • msg #152

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

There is always Jon Stewarts point last night "If nothing else we should tone down the rhetoric so those who are actually insane actually stand out."
Tycho
GM, 3205 posts
Thu 13 Jan 2011
at 20:26
  • msg #153

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tycho:
The idea that bad behavior or person X makes it wrong to point out bad behavior of person Y doesn't make much sense to me.

Tlaloc:
The point was that bad behaviour of person X,Y, or Z has nothing at all to do with this tragedy.

In which case...why bring up the bad behavior of someone else?

Tlaloc:
I brought up the books to show the stupidity of doing so based on nothing.  Those books pointed twoards a more left-leaning ideology.

Yes, and I said I disagree, because having books about X don't make you a necessarily a supporter of X.  The "don't jump to conclusions" thing cuts both ways, in my opinion.  If it's wrong to just assume he's a right-winger because he shot a democrat (and it IS wrong to assume that), it's also wrong, in my opinion, to assume he's a left-winger because he's got the communist manifesto.

Tlaloc:
Sugarcoat this any way you wish but you are going against the very measured words you wrote above by defending these horribly misguided statements.

I don't recall having defended any statements.  If anything, I've said people are leaping to conclusions, exhibiting snap judgment, and that there's a good chance that they'll end up being proven wrong (a chance that looks to be growing as we learn more).  I haven't defended any statements.  To the extent that I've "defended" anyone, it's only in so far as disagreeing with your accusation of political opportunism.  It's more of an appeal to accuracy position, than a "those people's actions were right" opinion.

Tycho:
To me, calling someone an opportunist implies that they don't actually believe what they're saying, they're only trying to score points.

Tlaloc:
Bingo!  That is exactly what I am saying.

Okay, that's good to know.  At least we're dealing a substantive disagreement, rather than just a semantic one, which is somewhat refreshing.

That said, your claim is a pretty big one:  those claiming a link between this attack and right-wing rhetoric aren't just wrong, but they know they're wrong, and are saying it anyway.  Since you've made your view of leaping to conclusions about people without proof, I'm sure you have some evidence to back up this claim.  Can you share it with us?

Tlaloc:
So they predicted a person who is a "liberal pot-head" and who believes in mind control through grammar would kill a Congressperson?

No, but they were predicting that someone crazy would get weird ideas and start shooting people.  As I've said numerous times now, I'm NOT saying this case proves them right (in fact, its looking more and more like it won't), but they have been expecting someone to listen to right-wing rhetoric, go a bit nuts, and starting shooting democrats/liberals/etc.  I'd say the prediction of outcome is pretty well matched, even if the expected cause turns out to be well off.

Imagine an analogy:  you live by a bar, where people frequently go, get drunk, and then drive home.  You think "all these people keep driving home drunk!  One of these days they're going cause an accident!"  Then you hear of a car crash, late at night, not too far from your home.  You might think "I bet it was those people driving drunk!"  Even if you turn out to be wrong, it's not an entirely unreasonable assumption to make, given your expectation that they were going to cause an accident sooner or later.  You shouldn't just assume it without any other information, but you'd probably be forgiven if you did.

It's somewhat similar for the people who leaped to conclusions about this guy.  It's wrong that they didn't wait for more info before accusing people, but it's likely because that's what they were expecting, not because they know it's not true but are just evil.

Tlaloc:
Then you missed the call for lawsuits and court proceeding on this. 

No, didn't miss them.  In fact, if I recall, I made a comment saying that I was opposed to them.  Like I said, though, we shouldn't assume that everyone who wants more civility in politics wants to achieve that through laws.  This seems like something we agree on (well, the not making laws part at least, not sure if you're in favor of more civility or not), but you keep trying to tell me I've missed something, or didn't see this or that.  Why?  To make it extra clear: I am opposed to making new laws or rules to govern what politicians can or can't say.  I'd like them to be more civil and responsible with their speech, but I'd like them to do it voluntarily (or at worst due to pressure from their constituents) rather than because some laws forces them.

Tlaloc:
Going after political opponents before you know the first thing about the shooter IS political opportunism.

That seems to be our main point of disagreement.  I think it's leaping to conclusions, snap judgment, and generally a bad thing to do, but it's not the specific bad thing of political opportunism.  As you agreed above, calling political opportunism implies that they don't actually believe that this guy had anything to do right wing rhetoric.  That's a non-trivial step further than just not knowing anything about him.  It's possible to be wrong without being an opportunist, in my opinion.

Tlaloc:
Considering your statement you must be extremely disappointed with the left-wing right now. 

Some of it, certainly.  But extreme disappointment with politicians and pundits is more or less the norm for me, unfortunately.  I'm extremely disappointed with politicians of one stripe or another on a more or less daily basis.  At the moment I'm fairly disappointed with all the politicians and pundits, of all political persuasions, that are spending more talking about what's bad about their opponents than on what we can do to make things better.

Tlaloc:
The left has been screaming about revolution all through the Bush years.  It is hardly new except that you now see it from the other side.  As I have shown with my links, the left is, and has been, doing that for years.  How about ACORN terrorising Goldman employees at home?  How about SEIU thugs beating a black man?

As I said, there are always fringe groups shouting crazy things.  Yes, I'm sure there were plenty of leftist groups calling for revolution during the Bush years, but they weren't considered main stream, and they didn't really have much political clout.  The politicians didn't seek out their vote, and didn't play to their revolutionary ideas (note: when I say "revolutionary" here, I mean it in the literal sense, as in violent overthrow of the government).

As for ACORN and the SEIU, why is your first reaction to point out the bad behavior of other groups?  Do these acts somehow make other bad actions acceptable?  More to the point, though, such action wasn't promoted or endorsed by politicians.  In fact, dems were pretty quick to throw ACORN under the bus when that pimp video came out.

That's sort of my point.  In the past (by which I mean, the last couple decades), when groups on either end of the political spectrum said something or did something that was going too far, politicians tended to distance themselves from them, and try to deny any link to them.  Now it seems like some politicians are embracing some of the more out there ideas (secession, violent revolution, "second amendment solutions", etc.), and are saying more and more over-the-top things to get the support of these people.

Tlaloc:
You have gone from "let's send our best to the victims" to being another person who is pushing the belief that this insane criminal is the result of Fox News and right-wing rhetoric.  Good job.

I don't believe I've pushed that belief.  If my posts say otherwise, please point it out to me, because I've been trying to say "wait, we don't know what, if anything, caused this, so lets not jump to conclusions."  If I've made a typo, or otherwise been unclear, please point it out, so I can amend it.  Or maybe you misread or misunderstood something I wrote?  Go back and have a look, perhaps it's a communication problem?  On the other hand, if you feel that you can make such claims about me simply because I disagree with you on a few things, well, let me know that too I guess.

Tlaloc:
But people ARE unhappy with politicians and violence against politicians is as old as history.  It does happen, it will happen, and it gets worse during troubled times.

I'd agree with this, and it seems like something we might be able to build on.  If violence gets worse during "troubled times" when people are unhappy with politicians, doesn't it make a bit of sense that people trying to make people feel angrier and more unhappy about particular politicians is only going to make things worse, and increase the chance of violence?  And if you add in frequent positive references to violence (note, not just metaphors, but allusions to actual, literal violence), won't that only increase the odds of someone deciding to take their anger out on a politician?

If (1) being angry/unhappy makes people more likely to commit acts of violence, and (2) it's possible to make people more angry/unhappy via political rhetoric, then in seems to follow that political rhetoric can lead to an increased chance of violence.  That doesn't mean all violence is the result of political rhetoric, nor even that any violence is, really.  But it does seem a rational argument for opposing that type of political rhetoric, no?

Tlaloc:
As for that wonderful Jon Stewart thing, I especially loved how he had a person on stage who condones fatwas and death to those who insult Islam.  What a wonderful message of sanity huh?

Didn't say it was wonderful, but no, I hadn't heard that.  Please elaborate.

Tycho:
I'm not going to say I know one way or the other yet, as you seem to be doing.

Tlaloc:
You actually have said.  But hey, at least you start with "I don't know" before arguing exactly that point. 

You're putting words in my mouth here, which I'd rather you not do.  Let me be very clear: I don't know one way or the other if political rhetoric played any part in this shooting.  I DO NOT know.  I AM NOT asserting any link between political rhetoric and this case.  Please do not claim that I've said otherwise unless you can point me to the place where I did, so that I can fix the typo or clarify it.  I've gotten the impression that you feel it's not appropriate to make claims about people without the evidence to back it up, so please give me that courtesy.

Tlaloc:
No.  It would not.  No marching orders were given and no assassination was called for by anyone. 

So, in your view, as long as you don't say "go do this", you're not responsible for any actions that anyone takes in response to things you say?  I tend to disagree.  Words can influence people, even when you're not using the imperative.  As Gabriel Giffords said, words have consequences.  Its possible speak in an irresponsible manner, even when you're not telling someone to do something, and even if you don't want them to do something.

Tlaloc:
Would you be up for asking every lunatic who does something like this what motivated them and then would you support a call to either tone down the talk that inspired their madness?

I would certainly like us to try to understand what motivate people in every situation like this.  As for whether we should tone them all down, it depends on what it was, and how much affect it would have, and what the cost of toning it down would be.  I would be all for toning down of both left wing and right wing rhetoric, because I think the cost of doing so is fairly minimal (even negative), and the benefits much greater.  Toning down Jodi Foster movies wouldn't have much effect, I wouldn't guess.  Toning down Christianity and Islam, yes, certainly!  I'd very much like to see extremists in both religions back off quite a bit.  (I feel that I should probably repeat here my opposition to laws to enforce this--I'm talking about voluntary reduction in rhetoric, not enforced reductions).

Tlaloc:
Military metaphors are rampant throughout our culture.  Do you want some "bullet" points outlining them?

It's not the metaphors that particularly bother me, and more the literal allusions to real, actually violence.  "Second amendment solutions" is a euphemism, but its not a metaphor.  It's not a code for "vote them out of office," it means "shooting people."  Likewise for talk of secession.  Likewise for talking about "watering the tree of liberty."  These aren't metaphors, they're references to real, actual, honest-to-goodness violence.  Those are the kinds of things I'm bothered by, not so much metaphors or analogies, and the like.

Tlaloc:
Being responsible for your own political opportunism and being responsilbe for the death of a nine year-old girl are two completely different attacks don't you think?

Does that make one of them okay?  Though it's the political standard, I don't agree with the "well, they did something worse!" defense of actions.
Tlaloc
player, 85 posts
Thu 13 Jan 2011
at 22:58
  • msg #154

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tycho:
In which case...why bring up the bad behavior of someone else?


The statement was made that the worst offenders are the right-wing and that is a falsehood.

quote:
Yes, and I said I disagree, because having books about X don't make you a necessarily a supporter of X.  The "don't jump to conclusions" thing cuts both ways, in my opinion.  If it's wrong to just assume he's a right-winger because he shot a democrat (and it IS wrong to assume that), it's also wrong, in my opinion, to assume he's a left-winger because he's got the communist manifesto.


I didn't assume he was.  I was calling him a nutcase.  You missed the point.

quote:
I don't recall having defended any statements.  If anything, I've said people are leaping to conclusions, exhibiting snap judgment, and that there's a good chance that they'll end up being proven wrong (a chance that looks to be growing as we learn more).  I haven't defended any statements.  To the extent that I've "defended" anyone, it's only in so far as disagreeing with your accusation of political opportunism.  It's more of an appeal to accuracy position, than a "those people's actions were right" opinion.


You defend the opinion that the dialogue has gotten worse (it hasn't) and that rhetoric might have played a part in this atrocity (it didn't).

quote:
Okay, that's good to know.  At least we're dealing a substantive disagreement, rather than just a semantic one, which is somewhat refreshing.

That said, your claim is a pretty big one:  those claiming a link between this attack and right-wing rhetoric aren't just wrong, but they know they're wrong, and are saying it anyway.  Since you've made your view of leaping to conclusions about people without proof, I'm sure you have some evidence to back up this claim.  Can you share it with us?


The fact that they are saying amazingly the same thing on all fronts.  It is a coordinated message parroted by many a voice.  If you claim to be an intelligent person then how can you make statements that someone is attributing to a killer's world view when you have absolutely no evidence.  Obviously a conscious prejudice is at work.

I don't think the argument is stupid.  I think it is calculated.  But hey, they can correct me if I am wrong and claim stupidity.

quote:
No, but they were predicting that someone crazy would get weird ideas and start shooting people.  As I've said numerous times now, I'm NOT saying this case proves them right (in fact, its looking more and more like it won't), but they have been expecting someone to listen to right-wing rhetoric, go a bit nuts, and starting shooting democrats/liberals/etc.  I'd say the prediction of outcome is pretty well matched, even if the expected cause turns out to be well off.


You are darned right it won't prove them right.  The prediction being made was that a right-wing wacko would start killing people.  So how does this incident prove them right?  You are willing to ham-handedly smash this situation into a prediction it does not fit.

quote:
Why?  To make it extra clear: I am opposed to making new laws or rules to govern what politicians can or can't say.  I'd like them to be more civil and responsible with their speech, but I'd like them to do it voluntarily (or at worst due to pressure from their constituents) rather than because some laws forces them.


What you are missing is the political motive behind the call for more "civility".  How civil is it to point a finger and accuse someone, anyone, of being the reason a whacko slaughtered innocent people?  It is a leap of logic that can only be made by jumping over the bodies of the dead.  It is appalling and if you really stood for civility you would denounce the notion immediately.  But hey, you kinda see the point in using slaughtered people as political pawns if it is done in a misguided manner.

Becasue that is what you are doing when you immediately jump to the conclusion that mere political metaphors are the reason a nine year-old girl is lying dead.

In the spirit of berevity I would just say that I am disgusted with anyone who made the snap judgement to tar and feather their political opponents by immediately crying out and pointing the finger of blame.  If these people actually did jump to conclusions as you say then they should have no problem taking their words back and admitting their error.  There is your test between "oops!" and political opportunism.
silveroak
player, 990 posts
Fri 14 Jan 2011
at 03:23
  • msg #155

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

It's not a conspiricy, it's a cascade.
For years it has been predicted that the right wing rhetorhic would provoke someone into attacking liberals. actually that part *has* been proven in other cases, witness the shooting of Tiller, the executions in a liberal chruch in Texas, and the violence and vanadalism against the offices of Democratic supporters of the Health Care Reform Act.
Now on top of this established expectation teh detective in charge of the investigation made comments that it would be better if the political rhetoric were toned down. This *impled* a connection to a standard analytical expectation.
Which is hardly idiocy, though it admitedly might be considered a bit reflexive.

When you have a known opponent who has been watching you through a gun scope for months and you hear gunshots, you tend to return fire where you expect the bullets will be coming from. In this case we are talking rhetorical barrages, not litteral, but the same principle holds.

and we still can't say it played *no* part, though it doesn't appear to be the major driving motivator, at least from teh current round of released evidence which, who knows, maybe something else will come out by the end of the week.
Tycho
GM, 3206 posts
Fri 14 Jan 2011
at 18:06
  • msg #156

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
You defend the opinion that the dialogue has gotten worse (it hasn't) and that rhetoric might have played a part in this atrocity (it didn't).

Ah, okay.  I can probably live with that, though it didn't seem like that's what you were saying before.  If that's all you mean, though, fair enough, as long as we keep the proper emphasis on "might" in the above, and not try to imply that I've said "did."

Tlaloc:
The fact that they are saying amazingly the same thing on all fronts.  It is a coordinated message parroted by many a voice.

That seems an odd explanation to me.  The fact that so many people leaped to the same conclusion so quickly after the attack seemed to indicate to me that they all believed it.  It was too quick to be orchistrated centrally, in my view.  It was prejudice at work, I'd agree, but not the calculating, planned-out kind (which is pretty rare, really), and more the knee-jerk, believe what you're expecting before you have evidence type.

Tlaloc:
I don't think the argument is stupid.  I think it is calculated.  But hey, they can correct me if I am wrong and claim stupidity.

I'd say there are other options, such as simply being too quick to judge, simply incorrect, etc.  But if the only two options are "evil" and "stupid," I'd say "stupid" is the safer bet 99% of the time.

Tycho:
No, but they were predicting that someone crazy would get weird ideas and start shooting people.  As I've said numerous times now, I'm NOT saying this case proves them right (in fact, its looking more and more like it won't), but they have been expecting someone to listen to right-wing rhetoric, go a bit nuts, and starting shooting democrats/liberals/etc.  I'd say the prediction of outcome is pretty well matched, even if the expected cause turns out to be well off.

Tlaloc:
You are darned right it won't prove them right.  The prediction being made was that a right-wing wacko would start killing people.  So how does this incident prove them right?  You are willing to ham-handedly smash this situation into a prediction it does not fit.

Hmm...go back and read that quote from me again.  Why ask me "how does it prove them right?" if I made it very clear that I wasn't saying it did?  Why say I'm "ham-handedly" trying to make it fit something, when we both agree that they predicted some crazy person would shoot a democratic politician, and we both agree that they had expected it to be a right-winger influenced by political rhetoric, and both agree that some crazy person did shoot a democratic politician, and we both agree that there's not any evidence that he was a right winger?  You seem to keep trying to imply that I'm saying he was a right winger, despite my repeated statements to the contrary.  Please, just listen to what I actually do say, and don't assume things beyond that because you feel I'm "from the left."

Let's be clear on this prediction thing.  You seem to agree that people have been expecting a right-winger to go nuts and start shooting people.  We do agree that someone did go nuts and start shooting people.  What I'm saying is that because they expected a right-winger influenced by rhetoric to do this, when someone did, they leaped to the conclusion that it was a right-winger influenced by rhetoric.  I'm not saying it's okay that they leaped to that conclusion, and in fact I've said a number of times now it's not a good thing for them to have done.  What I'm saying is that what their guilty of is leaping to conclusions based on their expectations, not on cold, calculated opportunism.

To be honest, if you think about the claim you're making, that they knew this person wasn't a right-winger when they made their statements, it doesn't really make much sense.  If they knew he wasn't a right-winger, and that the evidence wouldn't indicate that he was, publicly stating that he was would only make them look a bit silly in a few days time.  If they were cold and calculating enough to plan a massive campaign to get this idea out there in mere hours after the shooting, surely they would have been able to think "wait a minute, won't we look a bit foolish in a few days time when everyone else finds out what we already know?"  To me, the very fact that they're now starting to look like they were wrong makes the claim of calculated and planned misinformation rather hard to believe.  If they're so clever to be pulling all the puppet strings of so many people so quickly, how could they also be so dumb to not think a few days into the future?  Just doesn't add up to me.  Bias and over-confidence in ones own beliefs seems like a far more likely candidate to me than political masterminds intentionally spreading misinformation so quickly.

Tlaloc:
What you are missing is the political motive behind the call for more "civility".  How civil is it to point a finger and accuse someone, anyone, of being the reason a whacko slaughtered innocent people?

Depends on if you're convinced they actually are that reason, I suppose.  And, remember, different people said different things.  While I'm sure some people went so far as to claim rhetoric was "the" reason this happened, I didn't happen to see or hear anyone saying it.  Mostly what I saw was people saying or implying that it "influenced" the person.  Still seems likely to be shown to be false, but it's a rather different thing to be wrong about.  I'd agree that people who said rhetoric was "the reason" this happened weren't being civil (and if you recall my first post on this topic, I reminded people on the left to be civil to others since that's what they were calling for), but I don't think "lets tone down the rhetoric before this happens again" is particularly uncivil.

Tlaloc:
But hey, you kinda see the point in using slaughtered people as political pawns if it is done in a misguided manner.

I haven't said that, nor implied it.  Like I said in my last post, you've shown a great distaste for blaming people for things they haven't done.  I'd like to hope that applies to your own words, not just that of those you disagree with.

Tlaloc:
Becasue that is what you are doing when you immediately jump to the conclusion that mere political metaphors are the reason a nine year-old girl is lying dead.

I didn't immediately jump to that conclusion, and in fact have spent most of my time in this discussion saying that we shouldn't jump to conclusions.  Again, please stop making up my position for me, and instead just read what I write.  It'll probably lower both of our blood pressures a bit.

Tlaloc:
If these people actually did jump to conclusions as you say then they should have no problem taking their words back and admitting their error.  There is your test between "oops!" and political opportunism.

I'd agree that there's plenty of people who should apologize, if no further indication of influence of rhetoric shows up.  I'd say it's not a good test for whether or not its opportunism, however.  Politicians aren't very good at apologizing, unfortunately, and pundits even worse.  Some will likely admit their error, but many will probably want to move on from it as quickly as possible.  Isn't the right way to go about it, but it tends to be how these things go, unfortunately.  Without putting too fine a point on it, I didn't noticing you taking back any of your words and admitting error in response to some of the things in my last post, and I'm not expecting you to do so after accusing me of "see[ing] the point in using slaughtered people as political pawns if it is done in a misguided manner," either.  When people say the wrong thing and get called on it, they usually just drop it, or try to change the subject.  Again, it's not the ideal, but I wouldn't call it evidence of political opportunism, either.

As I see it, we have three main disagreements:

1.  You think "the left" didn't even believe the things they were saying, and I think they did.

2.  I think the tone of political speeches has changed of late, and you think it hasn't.

3.  You don't think speech can influence levels of violence against politician (with the possible exception of actually saying "go do X"), and I think they can (which isn't the same as saying they did in this particular case).


The first one I covered above.  The second I'm not sure how we can settle.  I think much of the country agrees that the tone has been different recently, but I'm not sure how we can objectively test it.  Any ideas?

On the third, I laid out an argument in my last post.  I'd be curious to hear your thoughts on it.  Why are you so convinced that what people say has no impact on the way other people behave?
Tycho
GM, 3211 posts
Tue 18 Jan 2011
at 19:48
  • msg #157

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

http://douthat.blogs.nytimes.c...overheated-rhetoric/

An interesting blog article from Ross Douthat, conservative commentator at the NYtimes.  I don't usually agree with Douthat often, and I'm not sure if I do this time either, but it's certainly given me something to think about.  Is it possible that the heated, apocalyptic rhetoric of american politics is due to the fact that americans don't really disagree all that much, and perhaps even aren't all that interested in politics unless its framed as an existential threat?
Tlaloc
player, 93 posts
Wed 19 Jan 2011
at 06:00
  • msg #158

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Here is the most accurate depiction of the events in Tucson:

http://iowahawk.typepad.com/io...1/01/csi-tucson.html

Enjoy.
Falkus
player, 1165 posts
Wed 19 Jan 2011
at 12:08
  • msg #159

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

. . .

Dude.

Not funny.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:09, Wed 19 Jan 2011.
Falkus
player, 1191 posts
Tue 1 Mar 2011
at 23:34
  • [deleted]
  • msg #160

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

This message was deleted by the player at 17:39, Thu 10 Mar 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 176 posts
Tue 1 Mar 2011
at 23:42
  • msg #161

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Falkus (msg #160):

Oh yes, this invalidates the entire Tea Party movement.  Good show.
Falkus
player, 1192 posts
Wed 2 Mar 2011
at 01:41
  • [deleted]
  • msg #162

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

This message was deleted by the player at 01:41, Wed 02 Mar 2011.
Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk
player, 28 posts
For the Emperor!
Wed 2 Mar 2011
at 01:54
  • msg #163

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
In reply to Falkus (msg #160):

Oh yes, this invalidates the entire Tea Party movement.  Good show.


Matthew 12:37

Bingo, right in one.
katisara
GM, 4876 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Wed 2 Mar 2011
at 13:47
  • msg #164

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I don't think that this represents the "little guy" (or that it's necessarily a mainstream tea party position), but I think the idea may have merit. I would expand it beyond 'must own land'. But I think the idea of 'you should have a stake in this nation before you start guiding it' is a good one.
Falkus
player, 1193 posts
Wed 2 Mar 2011
at 23:27
  • [deleted]
  • msg #165

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

This message was deleted by the player at 17:39, Thu 10 Mar 2011.
silveroak
player, 1097 posts
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 00:48
  • msg #166

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Depends on the requirements for citizenship...
Tlaloc
player, 177 posts
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 02:05
  • msg #167

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Falkus (msg #165):

So why is this Judson Phillips a prominent leader?  Anyone can call themselves a Tea Party member and there is no central leadership.  In fact, Tea Partiers themselves have quite spirited debates amongst themselves about what they believe and how they would go about acheiving it.  It is not a lockstep party like the Democrats, Republicans, or the Progressives.

So point me out some bad apples.  Shall we mine the internet for quotes from the fringes?  I got a ton of Green quotes about how you should have to prove your ability to pay for children before being "allowed" to have children.  Or how about the Progressives and their quotes on the inability of most people to handle the "big" issues in their lives?

How come the Progressives and Greens have so many bad apples?
silveroak
player, 1098 posts
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 13:41
  • msg #168

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Progressives are a party? I have heard the label more applied to people Republicans don't like more than it being any kind of organization...
And which bad apples are you talking about amongst Greens? And are they an actual organization, or just people you have decided that label should apply to? tea party leadership is admittedly a low bar- you have to call yourself a tea party and have people following you. But that is still a higher Bar than the Glen Beck "I found this insane quote and decided to attribute it to a group I don't like and call it typical" style slander.
katisara
GM, 4877 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 14:21
  • msg #169

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Indeed, the Tea Party is unusual in that its structure is not centralized and hierarchical. You become a leader by leading, not because of dealings in smokey rooms. On the one hand, it makes it a more democratic party - on the other, your kooks with a loudspeaker suddenly get hailed as 'party leaders' because there's no party roster to say otherwise.

And no, I don't consider citizenship having a stake in a country. My understanding is Tycho is a citizen of the US, but he lives and works in a foreign country. I don't believe he owns land in the US, or has any investments tied up here. Nothing against Tycho, but what stake does he have? That he still follows American sports teams? If the US went belly up, what would Tycho lose?
Tlaloc
player, 178 posts
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 14:31
  • msg #170

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #168):

The Progressive Party has is spread out much like the Tea Party movement.  There is an official Progressive Democrat group that prides itself on connection to the Progressive party of the past.

There is also an official Green Party.

That being said I am not going into a stupid quote battle.  Already did that and proved my point.  You can take any movement and find a member whose words do not reflect the majority of that movement's members.  I would rather debate the merits of the official platform of said group.  It would be different if all, or majority, of the members where spouting off craziness.

Boy, you really don't like Glenn Beck do you?  You bring him up constantly.
Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk
player, 29 posts
For the Emperor!
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 17:32
  • msg #171

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
Boy, you really don't like Glenn Beck do you?


Neither do I. If he didn't have a show on FOX he would be in a mental institution.
Tlaloc
player, 179 posts
Thu 3 Mar 2011
at 19:16
  • msg #172

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk (msg #171):

I don't get to watch him much but he seems to piss off all the right people.
silveroak
player, 1099 posts
Fri 4 Mar 2011
at 15:01
  • msg #173

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

The point is that saying "I can find a fringe quote too" misses the point. First of all these are tea party *leaders*, not just some guy who has a wierd idea that has been tangentally assosciated with the tea party. Which means they have tea party followers. They are represenative, to a degree, of the tea party.
Which comes down to one of teh major flas in teh tea party- it does not exert any kind of control over it's leadership,either top down or ground up, to make certain it follows a theme or concensus. Any lunatic with an agenda that can whip up a following can be part of the Tea Party. I could go find some frineds and starta pro-Obama tea party chapter and be considered a leader in the tea party. Inevitably this will lead to problems with teh Tea Party itself as it becomes fragmented and loses any defining characteristics. At this point in time the fringe is spreading to teh right, but it is fair to critique it according to what it's leaders say. It is certainly worth noting that teh problem may be as much administrative as idealogical, but if you can find a *leader* in the green or Progressive parties making similarly outrageous remarks that will certainly say more than simply a member of the parties.
As for Glen Beck I do find it especially repugnant to try and claim that over 30% of teh country is actively trying to destroy the same country simply because you have a difference of opinion with them, and believe he is more closely connected to the reality of Jack Chick comics than the real world.
Or does Jack Chick also tick off the right people?
Tycho
GM, 3274 posts
Fri 4 Mar 2011
at 15:01
  • msg #174

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
And no, I don't consider citizenship having a stake in a country. My understanding is Tycho is a citizen of the US, but he lives and works in a foreign country. I don't believe he owns land in the US, or has any investments tied up here. Nothing against Tycho, but what stake does he have? That he still follows American sports teams? If the US went belly up, what would Tycho lose?

I'd agree for the most part, though, if the US goes (nearly) belly-up, and jacks up its taxes higher than those in the UK, I'll have to pay the difference back to uncle sam, so I do have some stake.  Also, it's the only country which I'm allowed to vote in, though that's a bit circular given the original point.  But yes, over all, I think it could be argued that a non-citizen living in the US would have at least as much stake in the country that I do, as a citizen not living in the country.
Tlaloc
player, 180 posts
Fri 4 Mar 2011
at 15:42
  • msg #175

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #173):

Who said, in response to a non-Union worker being shot during a strike, "I’m saying if you strike a match and you put your finger in it, you’re likely to get burned."  That would be Richard Trumpka, Head of the AFL-CIO.

At another strike he said, "kick the shit out of every last worker who crosses the picket lines".

And now he is also in charge of the Democrat Get Out the Vote Campaign.  His duty is to "energize an army of tens of thousands who will return to their neighborhoods, churches, schools and voting booths to prevent a Republican takeover of Congress in November and begin building a new permanent coalition to fight for a progressive agenda."

Army?  Fight?  This thug is in charge of one of the largest Unions in the country.  Dare I say that this DB has thousands more "followers" than Judson Phillips who runs a blog and isn't promoting thuggery.

That's Unions invalidated.  So, let's move onto the Progressives, the Greens, the Democrats (oops, already done considering the Unions own them), etc.  Hell, I could just use Obama's quotes to invalidate the Democrats.

quote:
As for Glen Beck I do find it especially repugnant to try and claim that over 30% of teh country is actively trying to destroy the same country simply because you have a difference of opinion with them, and believe he is more closely connected to the reality of Jack Chick comics than the real world.
Or does Jack Chick also tick off the right people?


Don't you dare put down Jack Chick!  That man is a visionary!  I have quite a collection of his works.  I really do.  You never know what new thing is going to send you straight to Hell.  So yes, Jack Chick DOES tick off the right people I guess if you are ticked off.

Look at what you wrote about Glenn Beck.  Now look at what you write about the Tea Party or Republicans or Conservatives.  How do they differ in concept?  The way you portray the Tea Party is similar to how you protray Glenn Beck's portrayal of those who don't hold his opinions.  At least from some of your writings.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:32, Fri 04 Mar 2011.
silveroak
player, 1100 posts
Sat 5 Mar 2011
at 02:46
  • msg #176

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

1) I think saying that demonstrating that unions ar ethugish is a far cry from 'totally invalidating' them. as opposed to the leaders of a group promoted as being grass routes giving statements which suggest, inessence that 'commoners' should not be allowed to vote. Now if you had the head of the AFL-CIO making statements that profit is king or that collective bargaining is for patsies who can't bargain individually, that would be in the same category of effect. Not saying his remark is justified, just applying context.
2) The what I what said? I'm not even the person who remarked that it 'totally invalidated'  the tea party. I think you may have a skewed view of what my view is of your heros. The tea party si incohesive and prone to fringe 'infection' Glen beck is a lunatic with a microphone, the Republican party is a collection of groups who have made a devil's bargain with each other and have abandoned core principles in favor of political gain. The Democrats have been spineless and unprincipled. And all of the above have the potential to change, good or bad. What I object to most is when politics becomes about name calling and deception rather than discussion of differences of perspective. because ultimately taking that approach changes one's own perspective till the one seeking monsters becomes the monster they accuse others of being.
Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk
player, 30 posts
For the Emperor!
Sat 5 Mar 2011
at 21:37
  • msg #177

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

And here is one of YOUR elected representatives actually out and out proposing bringing down the country if she wasn't elected. So that's the tea party invalidated by your own standards.

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/...ed-2nd_n_614003.html

"I'm thinking about killing Michael Moore, and I'm wondering if I could kill him myself, or if I would need to hire somebody to do it. ... No, I think I could. I think he could be looking me in the eye, you know, and I could just be choking the life out. Is this wrong?" ~ Glenn Beck

So by that same reasoning I just invalidated Glenn Beck, for the same reason.

I can keep this up all week.
katisara
GM, 4881 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sat 5 Mar 2011
at 22:15
  • msg #178

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I'm sorry, reading the article, I'm not sure where the problem is.
Tycho
GM, 3275 posts
Sun 6 Mar 2011
at 13:24
  • msg #179

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I think the problem would be that it seems to imply a sense of "well, we'll try to win through an election, but if that doesn't work, we'll just have an armed revolt and get our way like that."  Now, that's not the only way to interpret it, but I can see how someone would take that as her message.  And IF (a non-trivial if) that's the message that's taken from her statement, then it would be problematic because it's a sort of rejection of democracy.  Democracy doesn't just mean getting your way if you get the most votes.  It also means accepting that you don't get your way if you don't.  Or, perhaps, at least working within the rules of the system if you don't get your way.  (and yes, I think a case could be made that democrats in WI are guilty of the same kind of thinking at the moment--though bringing the government to a halt isn't as bad as civil war).

Another way of looking at it is that talking about "second amendment remedies" to votes that don't go your way is not what the founding fathers were talking about when they set things up.  The "tyranny" they were worried about was not the "wrong" side winning an election, but rather the government not allowing elections at all.  Even if we accept that the 2nd amendment was put in place to make armed revolt possible (which is a non-trivial assumption), that doesn't mean anytime politicians aren't doing what I want that I'm justified to go around killing them or their supporters.  If the government is being oppressive enough that killing is warranted, you shouldn't have much problem getting them voted out of power (provided the election isn't rigged).  If they manage to get re-elected fairly, then most of the people don't find them to be tyrannical, and you really need to reconsidered if armed revolt is an act of defending your rights, or just an expression of anger at not getting your way.

That's why I think Angle's comments were problematic.  Armed revolt isn't some trivial act that should be bandied about like its no big deal.  It shouldn't be considered an option every time the other guys get their way.  It shouldn't be considered as the back-up plan for when elections don't go our way.  It shouldn't be considered the way of forcing people who disagree with us to do what we want them to.

Put yet another way, saying "we'll have a vote, but we've got second amendment options if that doesn't go our way" is a bit like saying "I'll ask that girl to go home with me, but if she turns me down, I can just glass her boyfriend and spike her drink."
Falkus
player, 1194 posts
Sun 6 Mar 2011
at 13:46
  • [deleted]
  • msg #180

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

This message was deleted by the player at 17:39, Thu 10 Mar 2011.
Tycho
GM, 3276 posts
Sun 6 Mar 2011
at 18:15
  • msg #181

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

To be clear, I'm not a fan of what Walker is trying to do--getting public employees to take a pay cut in order to pay for benefits seems fine, but adding the stuff about removing collective bargaining rights seems like trying to get a political advantage out of the budget issue.  But even if I don't like, and even if most people in WI don't like it, the republicans won elections, and should be allowed to govern.  Even though I agree more with WI dems on this particular issue, I think preventing a vote on it is an attempt to stymie the democratic system.  So I'm sympathetic to their cause, but less so with their method.  Particularly because methods that are used only in "extreme situations" at first tend to become the norm over time in US politics, which can lead to governments being incapable of getting anything done.  Right now its dems stopping reps from taking away union rights, but next time around it might be reps stopping gay rights, say.
Falkus
player, 1195 posts
Sun 6 Mar 2011
at 18:43
  • [deleted]
  • msg #182

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

This message was deleted by the player at 17:39, Thu 10 Mar 2011.
silveroak
player, 1101 posts
Sun 6 Mar 2011
at 19:59
  • msg #183

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

What walker did was more than corrupt, it was an insult to the democratic process. I don't know what the actual numbers were in Wisconcin, but as a hypothetical analogy- if the Republicans control 60% of the house, and 60% of Republicans are on board with a change of this type (forceing people to lose collective bargaining rights) then by shutting teh Democrats out of the vote a 36% 'majority' can carry the vote.
Now most places require a quorum - ussually 2/3 to be present which means it would be more likely to be 70% and 60% with a 42% 'majority', but in this case what they did was make sure the Democrats were registered as present to get teh quorum then take teh vote without them, so it may well be that the vote carried with less than a 42% 'majority'.
To me that kind of behavior is grounds for removing someone from office.
Of course part of this kind of dirty politics is getting the 40% of Republicn represenatives who would not be voting for the measure to go along with it, but as far as I'm concerned this is where the question comes down to how many and who should be removed from office and possibly imprisoned. I don't know if all of the Republicans who were elected should be reated so harshly but teh fact that nobody has broken ranks to state that 'hey this was wrong' says something about the state of thh party. And that something is that despite the attitude of 'Bush was just one bad apple' the problem is much more deeply rooted than that.
Tycho
GM, 3277 posts
Tue 8 Mar 2011
at 21:39
  • msg #184

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I don't know.  Like I said, I think Walker is using the budget problem as an excuse to go after political opponents, but the republicans really do have the votes on this.  If they didn't, the dems wouldn't need to run to prevent a quorum.  In this case it really is the democrat minority trying to subvert the republican majority.  Just because I agree with their goal doesn't mean I'm comfortable with them using whatever means they can come up with to achieve it.  We can point out what Walker has done all we like, but it doesn't give democrats the right to break the system, in my opinion.  It sort of seems like we've come to the point in the US where more and more politicians (and non-politicians) think they don't have to accept votes that don't go their way.
silveroak
player, 1102 posts
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 01:56
  • msg #185

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

The first vote was the other way arround- the Republicans registered the democrats as present then held the vote while they were meeting in the hallway with an arranged distraction. Are you telling me that doesn't stink to high heaven to you?
Tycho
GM, 3278 posts
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 08:13
  • msg #186

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Do you have a link for that?

From how you describe it, yes, that sounds sketchy.  But from everything I've heard the republicans have all the votes they need to pass the bill, so it's a fairly small matter.  Now, if they didn't have the votes needed to pass the bill, and did that, that'd be entirely another matter.  But whatever the case, the bad actions of one side don't justify the bad actions of the other.  "They started it!" isn't what I want politicians using as their justification.
Tlaloc
player, 181 posts
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 14:29
  • msg #187

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Yes, silveroak, provide an actual link to this fantasy.  Actually working in Madison, right off of capital square, I have never heard this wonderful story in all the weeks of listening to the protestors.  The Dems squealed like stuck pigs when the Republicans cut off debate after sixty straight hours as well.  Walker and the Republicans have the right to run the government of Wisconsin they way they want and have done so within the rules that govern the passing of legislation.  They won the election after all.

The point is that Walker is doing what Walker said he would do.  That is why we elected him.  I firmly believe that there should be no public service Unions and definitely no collective bargaining.  FDR said, "All government employees should realize that the process of collective bargaining, as usually understood, cannot be transplanted into the public service".

In the private sector, management has a strong incentive to negotiate pragmatically, the need to maintain a profit to stay in business.  Customers have a choice of buying cheaper products and services elsewhere.

In the public sector, such restraints disappear.  The employees, through their Union campaign contributions and organizing activities, often get to determine who sits on the other side of the negotiating table from them.  That is a lose/lose propisition for the taxpayer.  So those of you screaming about the Koch brothers really need to look up how much Unions funnel into the pockets of politicians.  The Koch brothers got nothing on the Unions.

When politicians who owe their power to public employees conduct so-called negotiations with them, taxpayers are left utterly defenseless. Since government is a monopoly, citizens are not permitted to shop around for another one that negotiates better contracts and provides cheaper services.  Citizens must simply pay, under the threat of arrest and imprisonment, no matter how voluntary Harry Reid says taxes are.

The real blow to democracy was the senators leaving the state.  The elections went the Republicans way.  To leave your post when things are not going your way is not brave or idealistic.  It is spitting in the face of Wisconsinites and preventing real democracy from occuring.  Don't like the bill?  Stand on the floor and scream it to the high-heavens.  Then vote.  Take the votes of those who oppose you and then use those votes against them in the next election cycle.  If the voters don't like how the Republicans are running the show they can go back to the Democrats.

On a side note: The Koch brothers are libertarians.  They contribute to many pro-gay marriage, pro-legalization, and anti-war organizations and candidates.  They are also for small government and free markets and I guess that is what you guys are freaking out about.
silveroak
player, 1103 posts
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 15:44
  • msg #188

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

http://www.theatlanticwire.com...nds-long-vote/20970/

quote:
Democrats were surprised when the vote was called, around 1 a.m., and many didn't even get a chance to vote against the legislation, Talking Points Memo's Eric Kleefeld reports. Just seconds after the vote was called, the digital vote recorder show 51 ayes and 17 nays; immediately voting was cut off, meaning 28 lawmakers didn't vote.

So mathematically it does sound like they had the majority, but by 6 votes, and they still used dirty politics to ensure the victory with a coordinated suprise vote to make certain all 'Yeas' would be recorded and 'nays' would be excluded. Also I note this was a digital voice recorder counting words, I'm not sure that is exactly prof against effective ballot stuffing when it is recording that many responses in that much time...
Tycho
GM, 3279 posts
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 15:54
  • msg #189

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
Walker and the Republicans have the right to run the government of Wisconsin they way they want and have done so within the rules that govern the passing of legislation.  They won the election after all.

I mostly agree.  Out of curiosity, do/did you feel the same about dems during the healthcare debate?

Tlaloc:
The point is that Walker is doing what Walker said he would do.  That is why we elected him.

Do you have a link on that?  I've heard that a lot of people who voted for him are now saying that this isn't what he said he would do.  I hadn't got the impression that union breaking was something he pushed during the campaign.

Tlaloc:
In the private sector, management has a strong incentive to negotiate pragmatically, the need to maintain a profit to stay in business.  Customers have a choice of buying cheaper products and services elsewhere.

And state government have to have balanced budgets, so are similarly constrained with what they can give away at the bargaining table, I would argue.

Tlaloc:
The employees, through their Union campaign contributions and organizing activities, often get to determine who sits on the other side of the negotiating table from them.

This is a legitimate concern, though one that also comes up due to political contributions of many types.  Large businesses that, through their campaigning aid, get to determine who sits on the regulatory boards that police their industry, for example.  That doesn't meant it's not something we need to be careful of, just that it's not a problem uniquely with unions, but rather with campaign contributions in general.  Anyone wealthy enough to play a major part in elections, be they unions, wealthy individuals, wealthy companies, political actions groups, or whatever else, can be viewed as spending lots of money to get politicians who will be friendly to their interests, often at the expense of those who didn't contribute to the politicians in question.

Tlaloc:
Don't like the bill?  Stand on the floor and scream it to the high-heavens.  Then vote.  Take the votes of those who oppose you and then use those votes against them in the next election cycle.  If the voters don't like how the Republicans are running the show they can go back to the Democrats.

This is more or less how I feel.  Wisconsinites voted for republicans, and now have to live with the government they asked for, for better or worse.  I have no problem with the citizens protesting, nor even those (from both sides) pushing for recall elections.  But I don't like the precedent this sets for just walking out whenever you don't have the votes to get your way.

Going after political opponents with legislation isn't something I approve of in general.  If a democrat-controlled legislature tried to disband the NRA, say, it would be dirty politics as well.  But as dirty as it seems, it is within the rules, and the right way to address it should be to vote the bums out, as they say, not to try to use minority rule.
Tlaloc
player, 182 posts
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 15:57
  • msg #190

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #188):

You forgot this:

quote:
after 61 hours of debate but only seconds on voting


61 hours of debate and quick vote.  Boy, sounds like derailing democracy to me.  I don't see the "arranged distraction" and the Republicans had the majority anyway.  If a single Democrat senator returns to Wisconsin and they vote would that be wrong as well?  I don't think so.
silveroak
player, 1104 posts
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 16:11
  • msg #191

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

How does that change the fact that a suprise vote seconds long was coordinated to eliminate voters on one side of the issue? The Health Care debate went on for months and Republicans decribed that as a rush because they weren'able to draw it out till the 2010 campaign season. And everyone voted there.
As for the distraction I got that from another news source I can't locate at the moment. In any case I thinkit is clear taht this 'fantasy' is not. And somebody owes me an apology.
Tlaloc
player, 183 posts
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 16:14
  • msg #192

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tycho:
I mostly agree.  Out of curiosity, do/did you feel the same about dems during the healthcare debate?


Actually yes.  Democrats are going to run things the way they want when they are in power.  That is why so many voted against them this past election.  What the Republicans didn't do was hide from voting against it.  I certainly didn't like the way they did it nor the un-Constitutional abortion that resulted from it but hey, they won and they had the power.

quote:
Do you have a link on that?  I've heard that a lot of people who voted for him are now saying that this isn't what he said he would do.  I hadn't got the impression that union breaking was something he pushed during the campaign.


Ummm... first, this isn't Union breaking.  The Unions remain but they don't have collective bargaining and the workers have the choice of belonging and paying dues.  That is not Union breaking, that is giving power to the worker.

quote:
And state government have to have balanced budgets, so are similarly constrained with what they can give away at the bargaining table, I would argue.


And that is why we have a 3+ billion dollar deficit?  On what planet do you live where governments spend only what they bring in?  You can argue all you want but the balanced budget doesn't hold up.

quote:
This is a legitimate concern, though one that also comes up due to political contributions of many types.  Large businesses that, through their campaigning aid, get to determine who sits on the regulatory boards that police their industry, for example.  That doesn't meant it's not something we need to be careful of, just that it's not a problem uniquely with unions, but rather with campaign contributions in general.  Anyone wealthy enough to play a major part in elections, be they unions, wealthy individuals, wealthy companies, political actions groups, or whatever else, can be viewed as spending lots of money to get politicians who will be friendly to their interests, often at the expense of those who didn't contribute to the politicians in question.


But once again, large corporations can be hurt by the contributions they make.  The people can decide which stores they shop in and which products we buy.  We can't choose a different government.

quote:
This is more or less how I feel.  Wisconsinites voted for republicans, and now have to live with the government they asked for, for better or worse.  I have no problem with the citizens protesting, nor even those (from both sides) pushing for recall elections.  But I don't like the precedent this sets for just walking out whenever you don't have the votes to get your way.


Absolutely.  I enjoyed watching the protestors and the new civil tone they presented (that's sarcasm) and they definitely have the right to be there but the fleeing Dems are pissing off a great many Wisconsites.

quote:
Going after political opponents with legislation isn't something I approve of in general.  If a democrat-controlled legislature tried to disband the NRA, say, it would be dirty politics as well.  But as dirty as it seems, it is within the rules, and the right way to address it should be to vote the bums out, as they say, not to try to use minority rule.


This is not disbanding Unions.  It is allowing for local governments to work on contracts they can afford.  Madison is not Hurley or Ashland.  They have different economies and their bargaining powers should reflect that.

Note that the NRA is not a public sector Union.  If you work in the public sector you are vulnerable to the ebb and tide of taxpayer choices.  At least you should be.  If you don't like it, find a private sector job.
Tlaloc
player, 184 posts
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 16:17
  • msg #193

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #191):

The Republicans, who are in charge, took a vote after 61 hours of debate.  They had the vote and that was that.  Your charge of an "arranged distraction" is unproven and no apology is required.

As for the healthcare debate, sure it went on for months but when was that monstrous bill actually released?  Remember voting for it to find out what was in it?  But once again, that is how the Dems govern when they have power.  I don't recall you complaining about the process at the time.
silveroak
player, 1105 posts
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 16:20
  • msg #194

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Your charge that this was a fantasy was certainly debunked. And an appology is owed, but not expected.
Tlaloc
player, 185 posts
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 16:25
  • msg #195

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

My charge was that your perception of it was a fantasy.  That was clearly proven.  The motivations you attributed to it and the skullduggery you claimed to have occurred have not been proven in the least.
Tycho
GM, 3280 posts
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 16:57
  • msg #196

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
Actually yes.  Democrats are going to run things the way they want when they are in power.  That is why so many voted against them this past election.  What the Republicans didn't do was hide from voting against it.  I certainly didn't like the way they did it nor the un-Constitutional abortion that resulted from it but hey, they won and they had the power.

What are your thoughts on filibusters?  Do you consider them in the same light as leaving the state to prevent a vote?

Tycho:
Do you have a link on that?  I've heard that a lot of people who voted for him are now saying that this isn't what he said he would do.  I hadn't got the impression that union breaking was something he pushed during the campaign.

Tlaloc:
Ummm... first, this isn't Union breaking.  The Unions remain but they don't have collective bargaining and the workers have the choice of belonging and paying dues.  That is not Union breaking, that is giving power to the worker. 

Sounds like a semantic issue to me.  I think it's pretty clearly an attempt to severely weaken unions, and limit what rights they have, and what they're able to do.  If that's not "union breaking" to you, fair enough.  Call it "attacking the unions" or "going after the unions" or whatever, but can you show me where Walker promised that that was what he intended to do?

Tlaloc:
And that is why we have a 3+ billion dollar deficit?  On what planet do you live where governments spend only what they bring in?  You can argue all you want but the balanced budget doesn't hold up.

State governments are legally required to have balanced budgets.  Really, look it up.  The federal government isn't so required, and hence massive deficits year after year, but state governments can't.  Yes, there is a current deficit, but unlike the federal government, wisconsin has to do something about it, legally.

Tlaloc:
But once again, large corporations can be hurt by the contributions they make.  The people can decide which stores they shop in and which products we buy.  We can't choose a different government.

Unions can be hurt as well.  And we can choose a different government--its called voting.  Again, I agree that the fact that unions negotiate with politicians they may have helped elect is problematic, I just don't see how it's all that different from large businesses lobbying politicians they helped elect, or industries offering their picks for regulators to politicians they helped elect.  It's a legitimate problem, but it's not a union problem, its a campaign money/influence problem.

Tlaloc:
This is not disbanding Unions.  It is allowing for local governments to work on contracts they can afford.  Madison is not Hurley or Ashland.  They have different economies and their bargaining powers should reflect that.

Note that the NRA is not a public sector Union.  If you work in the public sector you are vulnerable to the ebb and tide of taxpayer choices.  At least you should be.  If you don't like it, find a private sector job.

Yes, it's not a perfect analogy, but the basic idea is the same:  targeting political opponents with legislation is unseemly.  This, to me, seems pretty clearly a case of a politician trying to weaken a group that favors "the other side."  If it were really an open discussion about whether we should have public sector unions or not, I think it might be a worthwhile discussion.  But right now trying to pretend like it's a budget issue, when the unions have already agreed to the cuts to their pay but not the loss of bargaining rights, that seems like politics to me, not governance.

Tlaloc:
As for the healthcare debate, sure it went on for months but when was that monstrous bill actually released?

The senate version (which is the one that eventually passed) was released 5 days before the vote, I think.  That was for the "revised" version, I think.  The version without amendments was available earlier, I think.  Any senator that had any intention of finding out what was in the bill had more than enough opportunity, in my view.  I'm sure most didn't read the bill, but that's unfortunately fairly standard.
Tlaloc
player, 186 posts
Wed 9 Mar 2011
at 18:08
  • msg #197

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tycho:
What are your thoughts on filibusters?  Do you consider them in the same light as leaving the state to prevent a vote?


There are also ways to end filibusters.  All of that is acceptable because everyone is working within the rules.  Running away is akin to having a childish temper-tantrum.

quote:
Sounds like a semantic issue to me.  I think it's pretty clearly an attempt to severely weaken unions, and limit what rights they have, and what they're able to do.  If that's not "union breaking" to you, fair enough.  Call it "attacking the unions" or "going after the unions" or whatever, but can you show me where Walker promised that that was what he intended to do?


Considering that Unions shouldn't be allowed in the public sector at all I don't think Walker is going far enough.

I attended some of his campaign stops where he spoke of putting Union benefits in line with the private sector and allowing local government more power to negotiate Union contracts into bring the budget deficit under control.  He also used the same tactics in Milwaukee.  If people expected him to promise to "bust the Unions" or "go after the Unions" then no he didn't use that language.  Was he supposed to considering that is not what he is doing?

When people say "I didn't know he was going to be Union buster" they are buying into the concept that that it is sole goal of repairing the state budget.

quote:
State governments are legally required to have balanced budgets.  Really, look it up.  The federal government isn't so required, and hence massive deficits year after year, but state governments can't.  Yes, there is a current deficit, but unlike the federal government, wisconsin has to do something about it, legally.


And Walker is doing that.  I know the legality but you also have to know the reality.

quote:
Unions can be hurt as well.  And we can choose a different government--its called voting.  Again, I agree that the fact that unions negotiate with politicians they may have helped elect is problematic, I just don't see how it's all that different from large businesses lobbying politicians they helped elect, or industries offering their picks for regulators to politicians they helped elect.  It's a legitimate problem, but it's not a union problem, its a campaign money/influence problem.


What service does a Union provide the taxpayers?  None.  They exist to feed themselves on taxpayer money.  A business can contribute the money it is given from the public but the public sector Unions contribute money they have already taken from the taxpayer.

quote:
Yes, it's not a perfect analogy, but the basic idea is the same:  targeting political opponents with legislation is unseemly.  This, to me, seems pretty clearly a case of a politician trying to weaken a group that favors "the other side."  If it were really an open discussion about whether we should have public sector unions or not, I think it might be a worthwhile discussion.  But right now trying to pretend like it's a budget issue, when the unions have already agreed to the cuts to their pay but not the loss of bargaining rights, that seems like politics to me, not governance.


You have yet to establish that this is targetting Unions and only Unions.  The budget repair bill covers a whole lot more than collective bargaining.  By the way, collective bargaining is not a protected "right".  It is the current state of things that is about to change.

As for the Unions bending over backwards to agree, new e-mails released show that the Walker <b>has</be> negotiated on key aspects of his union reforms:

http://www.jsonline.com/news/s...itics/117584003.html

And that the runaway Dems and their Union overlords are not as agreeable as they have told the media.  They are demanding total victory or nothing at all despite being in the minority.  I am sure they are disappointed with the release, because it exposes their absolutism and their refusal to abide by the results of an election.  Disgusting.

quote:
The senate version (which is the one that eventually passed) was released 5 days before the vote, I think.  That was for the "revised" version, I think.  The version without amendments was available earlier, I think.  Any senator that had any intention of finding out what was in the bill had more than enough opportunity, in my view.  I'm sure most didn't read the bill, but that's unfortunately fairly standard.


So five days was enough time to read 2500+ pages of legal documentation, understand the ramifications, and debate the merits of the bill?  Really?  We are still finding out, thanks to Pelosi, what is "in it" and what it is doing to the healthcare system.  Not to mention that if you have to give waivers to Unions, Corporations, and whole States it most likely is a turd.
This message was last edited by the player at 20:20, Wed 09 Mar 2011.
silveroak
player, 1106 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 01:58
  • msg #198

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

http://www.counterpunch.org/johnson02252011.html
quote:
According to Assembly Rule 76 (6), “During a roll call vote, any member may raise the point of order that a member appears to be absent from the chamber but is shown as voting according to the roll call display boards. If the presiding officer rules the point of order ‘well taken’, the vote of the absent member may not be recorded.”1

The clear intent of the rule is to prevent error or fraud from occurring in votes taken in the state assembly. But exercise and enforcement of the rule also clearly requires that there be sufficient time during a vote for assembly members to register whether or not there is a discrepancy between votes recorded and the members physically present on the floor.


not just underhanded- ILLEGAL!
Tlaloc
player, 187 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 02:10
  • msg #199

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #198):

Where do you prove that:

quote:
member may raise the point of order that a member appears to be absent from the chamber but is shown as voting according to the roll call


Nice talking point but did any Democrat, at the time, raise the point of order?  Who has presented evidence that the vote was not accurate?

Not just a fantasy, but UNFOUNDED!
silveroak
player, 1107 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 02:15
  • msg #200

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

There was no opportunity to do so. The vote was opened and closed to fast to follow protocal. For all we know the fraud did happen and even more democrats were absent because the vote was held without any accountancy to ensure validity in a rush to push it through. Democracy isn't a game show where the person who hits the buzzer first wins.
Falkus
player, 1196 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 12:21
  • [deleted]
  • msg #201

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

This message was deleted by the player at 17:38, Thu 10 Mar 2011.
katisara
GM, 4882 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 13:56
  • msg #202

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

This really is an interesting situation. I wonder how many people are weighing in on it based on their personal political leanings, rather than who is actually behaving correctly. If we took out 'Democrat', 'Republican' and 'Unions', where would people fall?

It looks like group A has been voted into power, and group B is now a minority.

Was group A voted in on the platform of doing X? I don't know. It doesn't seem unreasonable. Is it really important? Is X violating anyone's rights? Is it oppressing a minority? I don't see anything which suggests action X is inherently wrong, illegal, or contrary to the wishes of the voters, so pushing it forward seems fine to me.

Group A has pushed to take a vote. Was there malfeasance? Maybe. It's not proven. Clearly we should either investigate, or just take another vote. This is in the grey area of 'maybe'.

Group B has decided to flee the state. Is this appropriate? It's literally dereliction of duty. I would tend to say that an individual who is given a job to be at a place and perform a function, and refuses to perform that function is violating the rules of his employment. Unless there's a serious moral issue with issue X which overrides such petty concerns, it would seem like group B is in the wrong. They aren't doing their jobs, and they're intentionally holding up the democratically established process.

If Walker is taking kick-backs is a completely different issue. He's not the entire house. His vote doesn't automatically win. Walker is also the democratically-elected governor. Unless he's actually violated the law somewhere (in which case, he should be investigated on those counts), what he does or does not do is a matter between him and his voters, not him and the other representatives.

I don't have a dog in this fight. I frankly dont' care. But as an outsider looking in, it just feels like violent partisanship at the expense of the state. I just hope it teaches some people that playing political parties like they're sports team and demonizing the other side is ultimately going to sink the entire ship, democrats and republicans both.
Tlaloc
player, 188 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 14:18
  • msg #203

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Falkus (msg #201):

Are you at all interested that Soros backs Democrats?  At least the Koch brothers made their money honestly and didn't destroy currencies to do so.

So no, I don't have a problem with the Koch brothers giving campaign donations to candidates who support libertarian causes.  $48,000 doesn't buy a govenor these days.
Tlaloc
player, 189 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 14:29
  • msg #204

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Update!

http://www.jsonline.com/news/s...itics/117656563.html

Looks like the state Senate removed the fiscal portion of the bill that requires the Dems and passed the modifications to the Unions separately.  And now the Dems come back today screaming about how Democracy has been insulted.  I wonder if they understand the irony of that statement.
silveroak
player, 1108 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 14:42
  • msg #205

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Democracy isn't just about winners and losers, it's also about the ability t compromise. When one side has all the power and still uses tricks and manipulation to beat teh other side over the ehad with it's agenda instead of being willing to discuss teh situation, it *is* an insult to demoocracy.
Tlaloc
player, 190 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 15:03
  • msg #206

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #205):

Yes, silveroak, I remember how angry you were when the Democrats used legislative tricks to pass Obamacare and cut Republicans out of the debate all together.  *crickets chirping*

The released emails show that Walker was trying to negotiate with Dems in good faith.  What the Dems were doing was stalling until their Union friends could work on PR.  When the minority says "my way or the highway" it is time to kick them aside.  Where do you actually see the runaway Dems negotiating?

Good job Walker!  Nice to see actual leadership.
silveroak
player, 1109 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 15:09
  • msg #207

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

What legislative tricks? They took a vote *in which everyone participated*, up front and honest after Republicans had been dragging feet for months. they called extra meetings to try and find common ground to cooperate when they already had all teh votes they needed to pass teh bill. they *bent over backwards* to try and include republicans in the process while the Republicans put their metaphorical fingers in their ears and chanted 'no, no, death panels, death panels'. The two events were polar opposite in terms of how the party with actual power behaved. Nothing the Democrats did took republicans by suprise, indeed teh Republicans were shouting ad complaining about how unfair it was *going* to be well before it was ever done.
RubySlippers
player, 179 posts
Parallelist
Opinioned
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 15:15
  • msg #208

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
Democracy isn't just about winners and losers, it's also about the ability t compromise. When one side has all the power and still uses tricks and manipulation to beat teh other side over the ehad with it's agenda instead of being willing to discuss teh situation, it *is* an insult to demoocracy.


In Athens winning admirals were all ordered to be executed by hemlock for not picking up survivors even though a vicious storm was coming and they could have lost many ships, democracy is rule by a mob. And they were in fact victorious in the battle so expected to be treated as heros. A Republic is democratic based on laws and various trigger safeguards so the majority can't always force its way. Its not perfect but seeing the lack of intelligence of the average American in matters of politics I prefer what we have.

Our governor in Florida is also unpopular with many but he is doing what he said he was going to do run the state like a business was the big one, he is doing that and people are suprised. Why? He shot down the high speed rail and I agreed with it after looking at all viewpoints and I was for it. But others just saw the $2.4 billion from the government and not was it going to be a good idea overall.

So is he doing what he said he was going to do in Wisconsin or not - if he is trying to keep his promises then he is honorably doing what is expected. If not then he is not. But why fault the leaders in power from just having them do what they promised to do?
Tlaloc
player, 191 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 15:25
  • msg #209

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #207):

Nice revisionim.  The reason Obamacare was dragged out was due to the Democrats trying to get there own members to vote for it.  They didn't need a single Republican vote.  Remember how they had to buy the votes of their own members?  Remember how the House Dems were in bitter negotiations with Senate Dems?

Nice try but some of us actually paid attention to the process.  The Republicans had nothing to do with creating that bill.
silveroak
player, 1110 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 16:47
  • msg #210

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I didn't say the Republicans had anything to do with the creation of that bil, what I said was that the Democrats could have pushed it through sooner but spent a lot of time *trying* to engage the Republicans and bring their point of view to the table, teh polar opposite of what happened in Wi where teh Republicans truncated debate and discsusion to force a quick vote to shut Democrats out of the process.

Democracy means everyone gets a voice, and a vote, not just those in power.
Tlaloc
player, 192 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 17:19
  • msg #211

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #210):

Once again your memory of how Obamacare was enacted is... interesting.  The reason for the extended period to push through, and the attempt WAS made to push it through, was due to Democrat resistance.  It most certainly was NOT due to the wonderful Democrat leadership trying to talk to Republicans.  Republicans had absolutely nothing to do with Obamacare.

A 61 hour debate is "truncated"?  Three weeks of negotiations with Dems to try to get them to do their jobs is "truncated"?  Walker was the only one trying to compromise.

In the Obamacare debate the Republicans voiced their opposition when they could.  They did not run and hide because they didn't like what they saw.  The Wisconsin Dems didn’t even show up to let that happen.  They chose to not participate and removed themselves from the debate.  The Republicans did not remove the Dems "voice".  The Dems "voice" could not be heard because they ran and hid in a hotel in Illinois.

Also, it is not really true that their voices were not heard.  That is all that I have been hearing on the radio and TV, not to mention outside the front door of one of my offices, for the last month.  The Unions have shipped in their best voices and even Jesse Jackson and Michael Moore have been playing the violins for the poor, underpaid (avg. salary $76,500) public sector workers of Wisconsin.  Indeed, how dare the governor try to prevent bus drivers from making six-figure salaries!

The people of Wisconsin voted for Walker to cut the spending and balance the budget.  He is doing what he said he would do.  You should also note that Federal employees do not have collective bargaining rights.  Are they oppressed by The Man?
Falkus
player, 1197 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 17:32
  • [deleted]
  • msg #212

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

This message was deleted by the player at 17:38, Thu 10 Mar 2011.
Tycho
GM, 3281 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 18:39
  • msg #213

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
There are also ways to end filibusters.  All of that is acceptable because everyone is working within the rules.  Running away is akin to having a childish temper-tantrum.

I agree that running away is a bit like a temper-tantrum, but I'm less convinced by the "filibusters are within the rules, so it's okay."  Are the rules themselves okay?  If the WI dems had a filibuster option instead of running out of state, I'm sure they would have taken it, but it would have stopped the majority all the same.  Would that have been better?  Or acceptable?  I'm not entirely sure, one way or the other.  Both are cases of minority rule, in a sense.  Or at least preventing majority rule.  Are there cases when that's justified?  When Mr. Smith went to washington (here I must admit I've not actually seen the film, so am just going on my limited pop culture understanding of it here) he shut down congress, and prevented any other business from taking place as long as he kept talking.  He's viewed as the hero in the film precisely because he shut down the governing process by not accepting majority rule.  Are we (or at least those who have seen the film) wrong to see him as a hero?  Should we instead view him as a tantrum-throwing sore loser?  Again, I'm not entirely sure.  My gut instinct is that there is a time and place for drawing a line in the sand and fighting tooth-and-nail, rules and manners be damned, but I feel politicians consider that time and place to be anytime they don't get their way these days.  How can we make sure there is a reasonable balance struck between not letting the majority run unhindered over anyone that disagrees with them, and well, making sure they can do so in order to have a functioning government?  I'm not sure, really.  Would be good to hear some suggestions.

Tycho:
Call it "attacking the unions" or "going after the unions" or whatever, but can you show me where Walker promised that that was what he intended to do?

Tlaloc:
I attended some of his campaign stops where he spoke of putting Union benefits in line with the private sector and allowing local government more power to negotiate Union contracts into bring the budget deficit under control.  He also used the same tactics in Milwaukee.  If people expected him to promise to "bust the Unions" or "go after the Unions" then no he didn't use that language.  Was he supposed to considering that is not what he is doing?

Okay, so I'll ask one more time, and if I don't get a straight answer I'll just assume you don't have one:  do you have a link or other evidence backing up the claim that taking away union collective bargaining rights is "just what he said he would do?"  You were a bit harsh on silveroak for not being able to back up his claims, so it'd be nice if you could be just as careful back up yours, neh? ;)

Tlaloc:
When people say "I didn't know he was going to be Union buster" they are buying into the concept that that it is sole goal of repairing the state budget.

No, I think they're saying that eliminating collective bargaining is a separate issue than fixing the budget.  Everyone seems to be on board with the idea of having union members pay more for their pensions and benefits.  What people don't agree with is that taking away union collective bargaining rights is related to the budget.  And, given that WI passed that yesterday by taking out all the parts related to the budget, so it wouldn't need a quorum, I think they have a pretty good case to make on that.

Tlaloc:
And Walker is doing that.  I know the legality but you also have to know the reality.

Okay, what are you saying the reality is?  I've said that states are required to have balanced budgets by law.  If you're saying that's not reality, let me know what is.

Tlaloc:
What service does a Union provide the taxpayers?  None.  They exist to feed themselves on taxpayer money.  A business can contribute the money it is given from the public but the public sector Unions contribute money they have already taken from the taxpayer.

This is a false dichotomy.  The public and the taxpayers are the same people.  Saying corporations take money from "the public" and unions take it from "the taxpayer," isn't a useful distinction here.  Again, the fact that unions can influence elections and then negotiate with those elected is a problem.  But its more or less the same problem that large companies or wealthy individuals can influence elections, and then negotiate with those politicians for special treatment or to get their preferred agenda passed or the like.  Again, it's a problem, but its not one unique to unions.

Tlaloc:
You have yet to establish that this is targetting Unions and only Unions.  The budget repair bill covers a whole lot more than collective bargaining.  By the way, collective bargaining is not a protected "right".  It is the current state of things that is about to change.

The collective bargaining is the point that's holding things up, though.  Get rid of that part of the bill, and you'd be able to pass the rest, even if not everyone would agree on all the rest of it.  It's the collective bargaining that's the sticking point.  I agree that collective bargaining isn't a protected right, which is part of why I've said I don't like the method the dems have used in this case.  That said, though, going after is, in my view, a pretty clear attempt to target political opponents.  As I said before, it's a political move, not an act of governance, in my view.

Tlaloc:
And that the runaway Dems and their Union overlords are not as agreeable as they have told the media.  They are demanding total victory or nothing at all despite being in the minority.  I am sure they are disappointed with the release, because it exposes their absolutism and their refusal to abide by the results of an election.  Disgusting.

Perhaps.  Are you willing to say that republicans trying to stop the healthcare reform were "demanding total victory despite being in the minority" and were "refusing to abide by the results of an election?"  Did you consider their action during the health care debate "disgusting?"  I'm not saying you're necessarily wrong in the WI case, in fact I somewhat agree, though I wouldn't use as inflamatory descriptors, but I'm wondering if it's more driving by the fact that they're democrats, rather than driven by the fact that they're a minority trying to stop a majority from getting its way.

Tlaloc:
So five days was enough time to read 2500+ pages of legal documentation, understand the ramifications, and debate the merits of the bill?  Really?

Possibly, but that's not what was needed in this case.  The 5 days was from the release of the amended version, which had about 300 odd extra pages, to the voting.  100 pages a day isn't particularly taxing reading, I've had to do as much many times in college.  And politicians have staff to read for them anyway!  But really, the issue is rather moot.  Politicians had all the time the needed to learn what was in the healthcare law.  That's not the same as saying the did learn what was in it, because most of them probably didn't.  But it wasn't for lack of time, it was for lack of having any intention of ever doing so.  If you want to claim republicans didn't actually know what was in the healthcare bill, feel free, but think through the implications of such a position before you make it. ;)

Tlaloc:
We are still finding out, thanks to Pelosi, what is "in it" and what it is doing to the healthcare system.  Not to mention that if you have to give waivers to Unions, Corporations, and whole States it most likely is a turd.

We, as in the voters, are still finding out, because the vast, vast majority of us can't be asked to read the bill.  I can't, I'll admit.  Like pretty much everyone else, I'm willing to let the few wonks willing to wade through it tell me what's in it.  The healthcare debate went on for months and months.  It wasn't rushed through, it dragged on and on and on, because the minority wanted to stop it however they could.  Very similar to what's going on in WI now, except that the filibuster rule meant republicans in the senate didn't have to run away to do it.
Tycho
GM, 3282 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 18:55
  • msg #214

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
This really is an interesting situation. I wonder how many people are weighing in on it based on their personal political leanings, rather than who is actually behaving correctly. If we took out 'Democrat', 'Republican' and 'Unions', where would people fall?

Certainly agree on that.

katisara:
Group B has decided to flee the state. Is this appropriate? It's literally dereliction of duty. I would tend to say that an individual who is given a job to be at a place and perform a function, and refuses to perform that function is violating the rules of his employment.

I read this today, and it got me thinking a bit, about what is a politicians duty, and whom do they owe it to?  Is there job to show up and vote?  Is it to represent everyone in their district, regardless of whether those people voted for them?  Is it to live up to campaign promises?  Is it to fight tooth and nail to stop something bad from happening their constituents?  To the people who elected them?  Not all of these things are can be done at once.

I'd think that far too many people these days feel (if not think) that the job of "their" politicians is to stop the others guys from getting their way.  This is, I'd argue, why Walker went after the unions in the first place, and why the dems were willing to flee the state to try to prevent it.  Governing seems to have been replaced with politicking in much of the US.  I've read articles saying that the number of people who would rather their representative take an uncompromising stand rather than forge a mutually agreeable compromise has increased significantly in the last few years.

I would argue this is at least in part due to our electoral system, which is a winner-take all, mostly two-party system.  Politicians of all stripes these days tend to run on a platform of things they're against.  They define themselves by who they oppose, and what they won't tolerate.  Elections tend to be viewed as "you need to vote for X in order to keep Y out!" rather than view X as an actually good candidate.  When we have this kind of oppositional/confrontational system, its only natural for politicians to get caught up in attacks on the other side when they're in power, and refusing to cooperate when they're in the minority.  More and more we voters are punishing, rather than rewarding, politicians who do the hard work of forging a compromising and getting the actual work of governing done.  There was lots of talk of "purity tests" in the last election, and many politicians faced challengers who claimed they were too willing to work with the other side.  The situation in WI seems a fairly natural consequence of this kind of system.  When the other side is viewed as evil and corrupt, it becomes an act of valor to shut down the government to stop them.  Trying to negotiate with them is viewed as an act of collaboration and encouragement of the horrible "other."  When partisanship wins elections, we have to expect partisanship after the elections.

katisara:
I don't have a dog in this fight. I frankly dont' care. But as an outsider looking in, it just feels like violent partisanship at the expense of the state. I just hope it teaches some people that playing political parties like they're sports team and demonizing the other side is ultimately going to sink the entire ship, democrats and republicans both.

Yes!
Tlaloc
player, 193 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 19:45
  • msg #215

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tycho:
I agree that running away is a bit like a temper-tantrum, but I'm less convinced by the "filibusters are within the rules, so it's okay."  Are the rules themselves okay?  If the WI dems had a filibuster option instead of running out of state, I'm sure they would have taken it, but it would have stopped the majority all the same.  Would that have been better?  Or acceptable?  I'm not entirely sure, one way or the other.  Both are cases of minority rule, in a sense.  Or at least preventing majority rule.  Are there cases when that's justified?  When Mr. Smith went to washington (here I must admit I've not actually seen the film, so am just going on my limited pop culture understanding of it here) he shut down congress, and prevented any other business from taking place as long as he kept talking.  He's viewed as the hero in the film precisely because he shut down the governing process by not accepting majority rule.  Are we (or at least those who have seen the film) wrong to see him as a hero?  Should we instead view him as a tantrum-throwing sore loser?  Again, I'm not entirely sure.  My gut instinct is that there is a time and place for drawing a line in the sand and fighting tooth-and-nail, rules and manners be damned, but I feel politicians consider that time and place to be anytime they don't get their way these days.  How can we make sure there is a reasonable balance struck between not letting the majority run unhindered over anyone that disagrees with them, and well, making sure they can do so in order to have a functioning government?  I'm not sure, really.  Would be good to hear some suggestions.


The filibuster allows a dissenting minority the ability to hold legislation up.  There are also rules for overturning a filibuster.  It matters not if these rules are good or if they are bad.  They are the rules and are subject to change if the legislators decide that change is needed.

But the rules are in place.  Running away from the accepted rules and the consequences of a lost election cycle are quite different than working within the accepted and agreed upon rules.  They threw out the manners and long time ago and are now reaping the benefits of throwing out the rules.

quote:
Okay, so I'll ask one more time, and if I don't get a straight answer I'll just assume you don't have one:  do you have a link or other evidence backing up the claim that taking away union collective bargaining rights is "just what he said he would do?"  You were a bit harsh on silveroak for not being able to back up his claims, so it'd be nice if you could be just as careful back up yours, neh? ;)


If you want a flat-out quote that he said he would save money by eliminating collective bargaining rights then no.  What he promised to do was balance the Wisconsin budget and put in place fiscal reponsibility.

My claim has been fully backed up as I will explain below.  Besides, there is a difference between Walker saying he will balancing the budget, he is, and how he will do it compared to accussing people of conspiracies.

quote:
No, I think they're saying that eliminating collective bargaining is a separate issue than fixing the budget.  Everyone seems to be on board with the idea of having union members pay more for their pensions and benefits.  What people don't agree with is that taking away union collective bargaining rights is related to the budget.  And, given that WI passed that yesterday by taking out all the parts related to the budget, so it wouldn't need a quorum, I think they have a pretty good case to make on that.


Eliminating collective bargaining, as I have said before, will allow municipal governments to negotiate better contracts.  Most government workers are municipal workers.  I would say that this a huge part of balancing the budget of Wisconsin.

What they pulled from the bill was the refinancing portion which falls under the fiscal category.  What was left still partains to a balanced budget considering the money to be saved through having state workers give into their own pensions and help pay for their own healthcare coverage.

This "assault" is nothing of the kind.  Only 26 states have laws that grant collective-bargaining privileges to substantially all public employees.  One wonders how those poor state workers in the other 24 states survive.  It should be noted that Obama has sought to impose a two-year wage freeze on federal workers through the budget process. If the federal government had a bargaining law like the one Wisconsin has today, he would be unable to do that.

quote:
Okay, what are you saying the reality is?  I've said that states are required to have balanced budgets by law.  If you're saying that's not reality, let me know what is.


The reality is that they run deficits.  If those budgets are balanced then how can that be?

quote:
This is a false dichotomy.  The public and the taxpayers are the same people.  Saying corporations take money from "the public" and unions take it from "the taxpayer," isn't a useful distinction here.  Again, the fact that unions can influence elections and then negotiate with those elected is a problem.  But its more or less the same problem that large companies or wealthy individuals can influence elections, and then negotiate with those politicians for special treatment or to get their preferred agenda passed or the like.  Again, it's a problem, but its not one unique to unions.


Wrong.  If you don't want to make a distinction between a taxpayer, someone forced by law to hand over money, and the public consumers, those who freely give their money for goods and services, then that is your problem, not mine.

The taxpayers can not freely choose to patronize a government depending on who is in it.  They have the choice to get goods and services from companies.  Unions buy government influence with taxpayer money.

quote:
The collective bargaining is the point that's holding things up, though.


Not any more.

quote:
Get rid of that part of the bill, and you'd be able to pass the rest, even if not everyone would agree on all the rest of it.  It's the collective bargaining that's the sticking point.  I agree that collective bargaining isn't a protected right, which is part of why I've said I don't like the method the dems have used in this case.  That said, though, going after is, in my view, a pretty clear attempt to target political opponents.  As I said before, it's a political move, not an act of governance, in my view.


In other words, let the minority get what they want through the tactics they have employed.  Gee, if only everyone would cave on their principles this whole government thingy would be so easy!

You may see it as a political move but it is also good governance over a state with a large deficit.  As I said above, this will help get Wisconsin's budget in line by giving the State and municipalities the ability to negotiate.

quote:
Perhaps.  Are you willing to say that republicans trying to stop the healthcare reform were "demanding total victory despite being in the minority" and were "refusing to abide by the results of an election?"


Did the Republicans run and hide?  Or did they stand and make their statements of disagreement?  Show me where the Republicans stopped the healthcare steamroller.

quote:
Did you consider their action during the health care debate "disgusting?"


Which actions?

quote:
I'm not saying you're necessarily wrong in the WI case, in fact I somewhat agree, though I wouldn't use as inflamatory descriptors, but I'm wondering if it's more driving by the fact that they're democrats, rather than driven by the fact that they're a minority trying to stop a majority from getting its way.


Wrong again.  If my representative left the state to avoid a vote I would sign a recall petition in a heartbeat.  You should also note that I voted for a Democrat to be my local representative.  I don't vote party lines, especially in local elections.  I have even bought her a beer.  So please, keep the psychoanalysis to the professionals.

quote:
Possibly, but that's not what was needed in this case.  The 5 days was from the release of the amended version, which had about 300 odd extra pages, to the voting.  100 pages a day isn't particularly taxing reading, I've had to do as much many times in college.  And politicians have staff to read for them anyway!  But really, the issue is rather moot.  Politicians had all the time the needed to learn what was in the healthcare law.  That's not the same as saying the did learn what was in it, because most of them probably didn't.  But it wasn't for lack of time, it was for lack of having any intention of ever doing so.  If you want to claim republicans didn't actually know what was in the healthcare bill, feel free, but think through the implications of such a position before you make it. ;)


They knew a great deal of what was in it.  What they didn't get was any say in it or any time to consider the ramifications it would have on healthcare.  A quick read may be good enough for you when restructuring healthcare but I would have preferred a more open consideration.

The fact that Obama is issuing waivers left and right to avoid the repercussions of his plan says more about the Democrats who actually created the bill then the ones who opposed it.

quote:
We, as in the voters, are still finding out, because the vast, vast majority of us can't be asked to read the bill.  I can't, I'll admit.  Like pretty much everyone else, I'm willing to let the few wonks willing to wade through it tell me what's in it.  The healthcare debate went on for months and months.  It wasn't rushed through, it dragged on and on and on, because the minority wanted to stop it however they could.  Very similar to what's going on in WI now, except that the filibuster rule meant republicans in the senate didn't have to run away to do it.


There were multiple versions of Obamacare leading up to the vote, the Senate and House version, the amendments, the reconcilliation process.  Things changed constantly.  You had Pelosi and Reid saying that this wasn't in the new version or that things had changed.  Five days for 2500+ pages.  Mince words all you wish but the final product was not debated at all.

Once again, describe the tactics used by Republicans to hold up the process.  Considering that they didn't need a single Republican vote to pass it and the fact that they had to payoff members of their own party to do so tells me that you can't provide a single one.  The Democrat Party owns Obamacare.
Tycho
GM, 3283 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 20:38
  • msg #216

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
The filibuster allows a dissenting minority the ability to hold legislation up.  There are also rules for overturning a filibuster.  It matters not if these rules are good or if they are bad.  They are the rules and are subject to change if the legislators decide that change is needed.

Sounds like we're on a different page on this, then.  I tend to think that rules should (but don't always do) reflect what is acceptable, but they don't determine what is acceptable.  In this case, we have two different sets of rules, one that allows a minority to hold up the majority, and one that doesn't.  To me, that doesn't mean minority rule is okay in one place in not the other--it's either okay or its not.  It may be allowed in one place but not the other, but that's a much less interesting question to me.  Sometimes the right thing to do is against the rules, and sometimes very wrong things are allowed by the rules.  I'm happy to agree that the WI dems didn't play by the rules of their situation, because they viewed the outcome more important than the rules (and I consider that problematic).  But should the rules have been different so they could have taken a principled stand without running away?  Or are systems that make that possible flawed?  I'm honestly not sure one way or the other, but I think its a deeper question then "did they break the rules or not?"

Tlaloc:
If you want a flat-out quote that he said he would save money by eliminating collective bargaining rights then no.

Okay, fair enough.  Do I get to call it a "fantasy" then? ;)  More seriously though, just want to remind us all that we all overstate things from time to time, and should aim to be forgiving when pointing out when someone else does so.

Tlaloc:
The reality is that they run deficits.  If those budgets are balanced then how can that be?

Because a budget is a projection into the future, which may not be accurate.  Also, many of the projected deficits are the "if we don't change what we're doing, we'll be short $X" kind, which is a bit different from the "we're going to spend $X more than we take in" kind.  The main difference being that the states are required, legally, to do something to react to deficits.  They can't just say "well, let's just do nothing and accept the shortfall," the way the federal government can.  So when a state government negotiates with unions, it can't just promise the moon and the stars and expect some future congress to deal with it, like the federal government can.  If they give something to unions, they have to come up with a way to pay for it.  Which means they do have incentive to not pay unions whatever unions want, just like private companies have incentive to keep employee wages down to maximize profit (which is what originally spun off this line of discussion).  In both cases, the employers have incentive to pay employees less.  In the private sector in order to maximize profits, in the public sector to avoid having to raise taxes or cut other spending (both things that politicians get punished for doing).

Tlaloc:
Wrong.  If you don't want to make a distinction between a taxpayer, someone forced by law to hand over money, and the public consumers, those who freely give their money for goods and services, then that is your problem, not mine.

You don't think the public consists of taxpayers?  Paying taxes and buying a product are different, yes, but the people doing both of them are the same.  I am a taxpayer AND a member of the public.  You are too, and so is everyone.

Tlaloc:
The taxpayers can not freely choose to patronize a government depending on who is in it.

Largely true, yes, though in the case of states, I suppose they could move to other states.  Not suggesting that they should have to, just noting that they do have a degree of choice.  Also, they get to vote, so can choose to elect a new government (provided enough of their neighbors agree with them).

Tlaloc:
Unions buy government influence with taxpayer money.

Technically true, since union members are taxpayers, but more accurately, unions buy influence with union-member money.  It's money that belongs to the union members, not the (other) tax payers.  They get paid fair and square for the work they do, and they're free to do with their money as they please, no?  Just because they get paid by the government, I don't see any reason why they can't spend their money as freely as anyone else can.  Unions buy influence with union-member money, large corporations buy influence with corporate money, wealthy individuals buy influence with their own money.  As far as I'm concerned, when money is influencing politician's decisions, its a potential problem, regardless how someone earned their money to spend on influence.

Tlaloc:
In other words, let the minority get what they want through the tactics they have employed.  Gee, if only everyone would cave on their principles this whole government thingy would be so easy!

Well, as long as you see the other side views it the exact same way: "let the majority get what they want through the tactics they have employed?  Gee, if everyone would cave on their principles so easily, this whole government thingy would be so easy!"  Both sides think that letting the other have their way is "caving."  Both sides think they are taking a principled stand.  If both sides think coming to a compromise is "caving," this kind of standoff is more or less inevitable.

Tlaloc:
You may see it as a political move but it is also good governance over a state with a large deficit.  As I said above, this will help get Wisconsin's budget in line by giving the State and municipalities the ability to negotiate.

It may be, but it's not really a near-term budget issue.  It's politics.  The government isn't going to save any money by not taking union dues out of union members paychecks, it's just going to make life more difficult for the unions.  The government isn't going to save any money by forcing unions to vote of whether they want to keep existing every year, it's just going to be a hassle for unions, and a way for union-opponents to break unions by joining a union just to vote against its continued existence.

But lets try this tack, since I don't imagine we're likely to get anywhere just arguing whether it is pure politics or not:  IF it were just an attack on a political rival, and it could be proven as such (say, some secretly recorded discussion between republicans saying "we need to break these unions because they're helping democrats get elected...how can we do it?"), would that change your view of it?  If it were purely politics, could we at least agree that it would be bad?  It seems unlikely that we'll agree if it is just a political attack, but can we at least agree on the basic idea that using the legislature to attack political opponents simply because they help opponents win isn't really what we should want our politicians to be doing?

Tlaloc:
Did the Republicans run and hide?  Or did they stand and make their statements of disagreement?  Show me where the Republicans stopped the healthcare steamroller.

No, they didn't run and hide, because they had the filibuster.  They didn't need to run and hide, they could just threaten to filibuster.  They didn't manage to stop it in the end, but they tried all they could to do so, no?

Tycho:
Did you consider their action during the health care debate "disgusting?"

Tlaloc:
Which actions?

How about the list of silly amendments they added just to create absurd sounding votes, in hopes of derailing the senate-house match up process?
But more to the point, trying to force the dems to get 60 votes instead of just 51 to pass it?  Was that a case of a minority trying to reject the result of an election?  Or as long as it's "by the rules" it's okay?

Tlaloc:
They knew a great deal of what was in it.  What they didn't get was any say in it or any time to consider the ramifications it would have on healthcare.  A quick read may be good enough for you when restructuring healthcare but I would have preferred a more open consideration.

Do you feel they actually had something positive to add to the discussion, or do you think they would have just tried to stall it out longer to defeat it?  If the former, I could see where you're coming from, but I honestly never got the impression that they had any intention of trying to make the bill better.  In fact, they tried to add amendments to make it worse, so that it would be more difficult to pass, if I recall.  They wanted to defeat it, not improvement, from what I saw of it.

Tlaloc:
The fact that Obama is issuing waivers left and right to avoid the repercussions of his plan says more about the Democrats who actually created the bill then the ones who opposed it.

The law certainly has many flaws, and isn't the one I'd have liked to have seen if it were purely up to me.  But that's democracy for you--sometimes a half-assed bill that can be passed is better than a good bill that has no chance of passing.  It's going to take quite a bit of tweaking and amending and adjusting over the years to get right, I think.  And we still have to do a lot more to really address the problem of spiraling medical expenses in general.  But it's a first step, at least, and I think it'll be better than doing nothing, which was the only other alternative anyone seemed to be considering.

Tlaloc:
There were multiple versions of Obamacare leading up to the vote, the Senate and House version, the amendments, the reconcilliation process.  Things changed constantly.  You had Pelosi and Reid saying that this wasn't in the new version or that things had changed.  Five days for 2500+ pages.  Mince words all you wish but the final product was not debated at all.

Do you really feel it would have changed anyone's mind?  Debate is well and good, but I'm pretty sure everyone's mind was well made up by the time the vote came around.  They'd been debating the issues for months.  Pretty much everyone had made up their mind months before the final vote.

Tlaloc:
Once again, describe the tactics used by Republicans to hold up the process.

The filibuster is the main one.  Offering absurdist amendments to try to derail the sentate-to-house matching up process is another.  All within the rules, yes, but again, I'm not really the "the rules say we can do it, so it makes it okay" type.

Tlaloc:
The Democrat Party owns Obamacare.

No disagreement there.


Getting back to the original issue that spun off this whole WI discussion, what are you views on Angle's "2nd amendment solutions" comments?
katisara
GM, 4884 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 20:55
  • msg #217

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I think the degree of 'blocking the process' should be proportional to the importance and sensitivity of the subject being examined.

Democracy literally is rule by the majority (contrary to silveroak's suggestion). Fortunately, the US is set up such that the minority generally gets SOME level of voice. Because a minority can simply derail the process and mire the government forever, fighting on every issue is unethical. On some minor issues you just need to let things move along, even if it's not in your favor.

Filibustering is rude and wasteful, but certainly justified if it's a major issue (like health care, or I suppose, government unions). This is peoples' livelihoods, so a certain amount of cost and inconvenience is justified to see that the minority doesn't get smashed.

Walking out is actively violating the rules of politics. IMO, it's just about the most destructive thing a politician can do. It's breaking the agreed upon rules, cutting communication, and preventing all work. It's the last step before sending armed men to enforce the will of the people. It's justified in some cases (major moral issues like slavery or secession of states), but really it should be interpreted as either voluntarily retracting from the political process or inviting armed response.

Is the unions that huge of an issue? I don't know. I guess. But if it is that big of an issue, I wouldn't have complaints of the fleeing representatives were collected and held in prison. I can't flee any of my government duties because I disagree with how things are run (try running from jury duty because you disagree with how the judicial system works).
Tycho
GM, 3284 posts
Thu 10 Mar 2011
at 21:47
  • msg #218

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
I think the degree of 'blocking the process' should be proportional to the importance and sensitivity of the subject being examined.

I'd generally agree with this.  The trouble, though, is that almost every issue is of utmost importance to someone.  Does anyone have any idea of how to enforce the idea the minority scuppering the majority rules system only in extreme cases?  Depending on the goodwill and manners of politicians doesn't seem to work anymore (if it ever did).  Do we just accept that every issue should require a super majority?  Do we do away with ways for minorities to stop majorities?  Is there any practical method of getting a happy medium?

Tlaloc:
Walking out is actively violating the rules of politics. IMO, it's just about the most destructive thing a politician can do.

I'm not a fan of it either, but I wouldn't call it the most destructive thing a politician can do.  Really, it's not any different, in my view than what filibusters used to be, when people stood up and just talked for days at a time, preventing any other discussion and any other work from getting done.  It's basically saying "I will not budge on this issue, and I'm willing to stop all other business if that's the only way to stop it from happening."  If the WI dems had any other method of stopping the bill from passing without having the flee the state, I would guess they would have taken it.  Basically, it comes down to whether we feel a large minority should have the power to stop a majority in serious situations?  If we do, then it seems like we either need to give them that power, or expect this kind of thing.  If we don't, do we just accept majorities going after political opponents through legislation whenever power changes hands?  I'm not really sure, to be honest.  It's all very frustrating.

Tlaloc:
It's breaking the agreed upon rules, cutting communication, and preventing all work. It's the last step before sending armed men to enforce the will of the people. It's justified in some cases (major moral issues like slavery or secession of states), but really it should be interpreted as either voluntarily retracting from the political process or inviting armed response.

I really wouldn't put it near to armed action.  Again, if it's the only option of the minority to stop something, and we think minorities should be able to stop action in extreme cases, then we have to accept it.  If we don't, think minorities should ever have the right to stop majorities, it seems like we should get rid of the filibuster and all similar rules, and just go to a parlimentary system where the majority do all the governing and the minority just sit in the back and complain but have basically no power.  Is there any middle ground between those two options?  I'm hoping so, but I don't know what it is.
silveroak
player, 1111 posts
Fri 11 Mar 2011
at 00:31
  • msg #219

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Democracy is litterally rule by the people (Demos). The form it takes certainly varries, and generally does include some form of electorla system, but you can certainly have elctions without democracy- a vote taken amongst a trimverate can have majority rules without being democratic. What sets a democracy apart is universal capability to participate.

As for rules, teh Wi rules indicated that there should be enough time to document who was not in the chambers for teh vote, and that was not done. Hence the Republican majority broke the rules, and the law, in the way they conducted the vote. There is no law stating that legislators must remain in the state.

And a represenative's job is to represent, not to sit in a chair and push buttons. That is, at least in their own view, what the Democrats are doing. It was also, to be fair, what the republicans were doing durring the healthcare reform debate, though I think they would have better represented their constutuants in that case by participating. In this case democratic participation has already been shut out by the Republican's methodology, so not showing up is the best choice they feel they have to represent their constituants. Considering teh ammount of demonstrated support for tehm it would seem that at least a fair umber of their constituants agree.
katisara
GM, 4885 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 11 Mar 2011
at 01:34
  • msg #220

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

(Tycho, I think you misquoted there.)

Tycho:
The trouble, though, is that almost every issue is of utmost importance to someone.


Extreme as in 'willing to go to prison'? In general, I'd say the more extreme YOU think it is, the more you should be willing to risk. If it's truly extreme, you should be willing to risk your own freedom.


quote:
but I wouldn't call it the most destructive thing a politician can do.


It's eliminating any opportunity of discussion with no method of remediation. It is completely eliminating any opportunity for further diplomacy. If they continue on that course, the other party either needs to drop whatever they were doing, or send out the police.

quote:
I really wouldn't put it near to armed action.


Bear in mind, I consider 'sending the police' to be armed action - it's sending men with guns to your house to settle things.
silveroak
player, 1112 posts
Fri 11 Mar 2011
at 14:32
  • msg #221

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

The Republicans have already sent the police looking for the missing democrats, and the remaining democrat in session has pointed out that the behavior of the Republicans was clearly illegal/ It will be interesting if he files that in court, or if any union files in court on the basis that the vote was taken illegally. Communications has broken down completely, and it does appear to be grounded in Republicans denyong democrats a place at the table.
Personally I think part of the problem here is hyperbole escallation and gullibility. A lot of the current republicans get tehri world view from fox News which, to be blunt about it, lies. It has made teh Democrats out to be power mongers who will stoop to anything to force through legislation and as a result the Republicans entering office this year tend to feel like that is where the bar has been set.
So ultimately, yes, I blame Glen Beck. When you start convincing people that they are facing the devil you should be prepared for a Holy War.
katisara
GM, 4886 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 11 Mar 2011
at 14:39
  • msg #222

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
the remaining democrat in session has pointed out that the behavior of the Republicans was clearly illegal/


If it's clearly illegal, than he should take them to court. If he refuses to take it to court, that tells me he might just be talking out of his behind. That's a pretty common behavior of politicians (equally on both sides).

quote:
A lot of the current republicans get tehri world view from fox News which, to be blunt about it, lies.


But here's the thing, it's not just Fox News. Huffington Post does it too. Heck, my local paper will say a democrat 'resigned' and a republican was 'forced out'.

The media don't hold themselves to any standard, and we don't hold them to one either. We naturally like the media which agrees with our pre-existing worldviews. It's a psychological fact. But rather than do the responsible thing and seek out the news that maybe makes us uncomfortable, we shut it out. We say "(Fox News/Huffington Post/Washington Post/whatever) you are giving me more evidence for what I already believe to be true. Please keep feeding these walls to keep my worldview secure and ensconced." WE pay them to lie to us. Modern media has perhaps exacerbated things in that, before, you had to accept the local news only, whether their bias agreed or disagreed with yours. Now I can get 24 hour news, one channel in each ear, and still never choose a channel which provides anything which might upset how I think the world should look.
Tlaloc
player, 194 posts
Fri 11 Mar 2011
at 14:43
  • msg #223

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #221):

Don't have time today to answer the rational questions posed to me but silveroak's response requires a response.

His point is that he blames Fox News and Glenn Beck.

Those here who were around during Reagan know that the left considered him to be the devil.  Those who lived during the Bush years know that the left considered him to be the devil.  The right has been demonized by the media for decades but now, because of one cable news station and a talking head, everything is going to hell in a handbasket.

I have spent weeks listening to, and seeing, protesters calling Republicans Nazis and comparing Walker to Hitler, Mubarak, and Stalin.  The Republicans are facing death threats on a daily basis and silveroak has the gall to question the rational nature of Republicans.  Nice.

So on that note, I will step out of this conversation as it has just jumped the shark.  Thank you silveroak for bringing it down a notch.
Tycho
GM, 3285 posts
Fri 11 Mar 2011
at 15:08
  • msg #224

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
(Tycho, I think you misquoted there.)

Ack, yes, sorry about that.  Too much paste, not enough cut!

katisara:
Extreme as in 'willing to go to prison'? In general, I'd say the more extreme YOU think it is, the more you should be willing to risk. If it's truly extreme, you should be willing to risk your own freedom.

I can more or less agree with that.  I wouldn't say it's an either/or (ie, either you risk prison, or its not important), but if you're saying the dems should be willing to go to prison over this, I can see the argument.

katisara:
It's eliminating any opportunity of discussion with no method of remediation.  It is completely eliminating any opportunity for further diplomacy.

I disagree on that somewhat.  Republicans could still negotiate and discuss with the dems while the dems are out of state, if either side had any real interest in doing so.  What it stopped was ending discussion and actually making a decision.  I'd say its more drawing out diplomacy indefinitely, and preventing action, rather than eliminating diplomacy.  Not defending it, per se, just saying that I wouldn't describe it that way.

katisara:
Bear in mind, I consider 'sending the police' to be armed action - it's sending men with guns to your house to settle things.

Okay, if sending the police is what you meant, then I can probably agree.  I was thinking more of the "start shootin'!" kind of armed action.
silveroak
player, 1113 posts
Fri 11 Mar 2011
at 15:22
  • msg #225

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

There is a major difference between some unknown ranting on the internet and someone with a syndicated show being promoted as a news provider/analyst and reaching millions. The second has an appeal to authority and a broader audience (and FYI the "I blame Beck" comment was somewhat tongue in cheek- while I think he may be the prime example of what is wrong I do not hold him solely responsible) The idea that any loon dug up from anywhere can eb compared to someone who is put in that kind of position of authority is as flawed a reasoning as when he is drawing connections betwen every Democrat who catches his attention and Al Queida, trying to intimate that the Democratic party is nothing but a front for Americas enemies, which is much more sever that simply saying 'they are Evil in whatever incarnate form I chose to represent it' because f they are evil and Patriotic (Bush) they can still do the country some good, but if they are all sleeper agents out to destroy the country that has far worse implications.
katisara
GM, 4887 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 11 Mar 2011
at 15:46
  • msg #226

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Don't think I disagree. I don't watch Glenn Beck, but if my understanding of the show is correct, it's certainly a source of harm. My point though is that it's not limited to Fox News. We see the same behavior on the Huffington Post (which is certainly not 'unknown ranting on the Internet') and in all three of the local papers in my area, to one degree or another.

And certainly, Glenn Beck is responsible for his actions, and yes, maybe he's a terrible person. But if you took him away, there would be someone new to fill that spot almost immediately. So I don't BLAME Glenn Beck for the damage we're seeing. I blame us, the viewers. I blame... I don't know anyone who watches Glenn Beck, but I do blame them for creating an environment where it's better to tell half-truths. I blame evilkate for supporting the Huffington Post without tempering it with other sources too.

I will give you also that liberal sources seem to be a lot more discrete with their biases. Beck can say "dem Smith is the new Sadam Hussein' and his audience will accept it. Liberal sources are more likely to have every democrat standing up for the minority and resigning magnamonously, while every republican is blocking legislation and forced out. But the result is the same - "they" are bad, anti-democratic, self-serving, faceless monsters who must be opposed based on their allegiance, rather than their ideals.
silveroak
player, 1114 posts
Fri 11 Mar 2011
at 16:08
  • msg #227

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

There is however again a large difference between "Democrats resign while Republicans are forced out" and "Democrats are in the pocket of Americas enemies and are out to destroy the contry and enslave your children" Yes there is bias on each side, but that does not mean that all bias is equal.
katisara
GM, 4888 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 11 Mar 2011
at 16:38
  • msg #228

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

They are not equal, but is one less destructive?

(The answer, of course, depends on the audience. You and I see the second headline and laugh - it's stupid. We see the first and don't ever question it - they're bad guys who need to be run out of town.)
habsin4
player, 2 posts
Fri 11 Mar 2011
at 22:10
  • msg #229

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #226):

I went to a log cabin in WV over Christmas with a friend and his friend.  His friend is an economics writer for Huffington Post.  The HuffPo guy and I spent most of the trip talking economics and politics.  For the most part, it was fun, but when I tried to suggest that the growing deficit might actually be a problem, he got upset with me.  He defended it by saying that we can't admit any of the positions on the Right have merit because it strengthens their message.

That to me is the biggest problem of partisanship, or bias if you prefer.  I actually think the growing deficit is a serious problem.  I just think the causes and potential solutions are different than, for example, Mitch McConnell does.  So yes, HuffPo probably does have bias.  At least we have Factcheck.
silveroak
player, 1115 posts
Sat 12 Mar 2011
at 04:05
  • msg #230

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

The other side of that is that if one side actually becomes more extreem they can always talk about their 'opposite' being equally extreem because of the reaction their own actions have engendered. How, hypothetically and only as an example of an extreemist position, do you moderately oppose adolph Hitler? A lot of Germans actually tried, and got overwhelmed by the tide of Nazis. On the other hand durring teh same period anyoen who stood up to vehemantly was made into a caricature of teh enemy Hitler was running against. And of course just because Hitler was arround didn't make Stalin a figment of the imagination, and Communism was the threat which outlasted the Nazis. (and before we get into the whole 'they were really the same thing' debate again Russia fought Germany, so interms of teh global-political landscape understood by the masses at the time I think it is safe to call them enemies.)
katisara
GM, 4890 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sun 13 Mar 2011
at 13:45
  • msg #231

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
How, hypothetically and only as an example of an extreemist position, do you moderately oppose adolph Hitler?


Barring the fact that Hitler likely had an undiagnosed psychological condition, and therefore, objectively, may have been in need of special care...

You address the ideas, not the individual. There's nothing inherently wrong with Hitler. If you went out drinking with him, that wouldn't make you a bad person. If he invented a better sandwich, there's nothing wrong with using it. However, when he starts talking about reclaiming his country from another racial group, then you can address those arguments directly.

Is it justified to attack Hitler's character in order to stop his arguments? Sure. But it's also justified to destroy the entire nation of Germany to stop THOSE arguments. If the Republican party is at the point where we're justified in destroying the entire nation to stop them, then attacking them based on partisanship seems a reasonable trade off. There's nothing left for you to salvage. But unless you're at that 'Civil War' stage, attacking based on party affiliation is simply too expensive to make into a regular activity.

The remainder of your post seems to be describing why what Hitler was doing was wrong, and I'd agree. In fact, once a political entity is setting up their enemies as caricatures and attacking them like that (like we see BOTH sides doing now), that is a warning sign that they are willing to sacrifice democracy and honesty to get their way - and should be shut down solely on principle.
silveroak
player, 1116 posts
Sun 13 Mar 2011
at 15:52
  • msg #232

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

The question also exists of perception versus reality.
Durring Hitler's rise to power he caricatured certain groups to make them into convenient targets to fuel his rise to power. Meanwhile those who opposed Hitler made a similar spectacle of him. To many 'on the ground' at the time the difference between teh two could seem non existant if you didn't get further into each and find out what they were about. Indeed even many of those who opposed Hitler were a bit of teh caricature he portrayed of them, in some cases being driven to embrace what they saw as an extreem opposite idealogy in order to oppose what they saw a s a great evil. By this however they also justified greater extreemism from those who supported the Nazis who reacted to what they saw as the extreemism of Communism.

So how does that apply today? It seems to me that the first responsibility of either party is to eliminate rather than encourage it's own extreemists. At the same time you can't completely silence them. Where I see the difference is in this- for the left *today* (not 20 years ago) those who are in positions of power and authority appear (to me at least) to be making an effort to keep the dialogue moderate. Certainly there are things you can find on teh internet or comments by individuals which do not measure up to this, but as a general practice this seems to be the case. Meanwhile 'the right' seems to be (currently) all about whipping it's base into a frenzy and giving a voice to teh most extreem elements of their party.

Compare Fox News not simply to whatever you might find on teh internet but to what is on MSNBC. Compare quotes of senators to senators, congressmen to congressmen, and state represenatives to state represenatives and it looks to me like there is a clear 'frontrunner' in the effort to bring the level of conversation down, to appeal to the baser side of human nature and to create the image of the other party as something worth destroying the country over. Indeed many canidates on teh right during the last election cycle spoke of 'second amendment solutions' if they lost. I don't believe any Democrats have come nearly so close in advocating the use of violence in the face of political defeat.

So if I call certain people on the right, such as Glenn Beck, traitors in principle if not in fact, it is because that is what I observe of his behavior, not as a matter of hyperbole. It certainly does not apply to everyone on the right, and it is not worth destroying our democracy over. Hopefully however being able to recognize this veneom for what it is might help to preserve our democracy from those so concerned with the power of their own idealogy that they would (I believe) sacrifice the welfare and principles of this country to achieve it.
Falkus
player, 1199 posts
Tue 5 Apr 2011
at 02:30
  • msg #233

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Just spotted this over on another forum, and had to mention it here:

http://host.madison.com/wsj/ne...54-001cc4c002e0.html

"The administration of Gov. Scott Walker hired the 27-year-old son of a veteran lobbyist then promoted him to an $81,500-per-year job overseeing environmental and regulatory matters and dozens of employees, despite his having no college degree and little management experience"

Oh, and two drunk driving convictions.

Good to know that Walker's got his eye on the State budget, eh? Need a firm hand to trim all that waste and excess.

And now, Falkus away! Woob woob woob!
This message was last edited by the player at 02:35, Tue 05 Apr 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 234 posts
Tue 5 Apr 2011
at 18:18
  • msg #234

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Falkus (msg #233):

So?  Does this take the limelight off the thug tactics Unions are employing in Madison?  Don't think so.

On a side note, the story says that this person is in charge of a group that:

quote:
deals primarily with regulating underground storage tanks and petroleum tanks and products.


When I was a Industrial Hygienist (Hazardous Waste Inspector) at age 23 I was making around 36K/year and only had a high school degree.  I was in school to get my degree although I wondered why since I was making huge money, or so I thought.  We did work on underground storage tanks, asbestos, lead, etc. and all one really needs is proper training.  By proper training I mean 40+ hours depending on the type of material and situation you are dealing with.

So I have no problem with him in that position considering it seems like a valid position to have.  Has he made any mistakes in his job that prove incompetence?

Also: DUIs.  Should a person be barred from employment over a DUI?  You throw it out there like it is some juicy piece of gossip that should ruin this dude's life.
silveroak
player, 1151 posts
Tue 12 Apr 2011
at 13:21
  • msg #235

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Thug tactics? Who has been physically threatened? Or is this another Republican "non factual statement"?
Tlaloc
player, 236 posts
Tue 12 Apr 2011
at 14:16
  • msg #236

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Doing work up on the square I can attest to the thug tactics but I am sure that means absolutely nothing to you.  So here are some links for you to check out.  I could link more but I am sure that would be a waste of time.

http://althouse.blogspot.com/2...st-althouse-and.html

http://www.postcrescent.com/ar...onsin-state-senators

http://www.jsonline.com/blogs/news/117738098.html

http://www.usatoday.com/news/n...sts-ammunition_N.htm

http://www.wisn.com/r/27196190/detail.html

http://host.madison.com/wsj/ne...4f-001cc4c002e0.html

http://biggovernment.com/jjmno...m-call-for-civility/

Here is a nice letter to Wisconsin businesses:

http://www.thewheelerreport.co...11/0310/0310wppa.pdf

So yeah, government officials having to cancel town halls, government officials having their houses vandalized, government officials having to take tunnels out of the capital, government officials having to increase security details, Unions threatening local businesses, Union members sending death threats to Republican supporters, Union members sending threatening emails and holding threatening signs, etc.  You know, things you would be wetting yourself over if the Tea Party engaged in it.

So no, no "non-factual statements".  I leave that to you and the Kos Kids.  This is just something that is not reported by the liberal media and those sites you frequent.  Most likely the very same ones who called for "civility" and attempted to link the actions of a madman to Republicans and the Tea Party.

Do not worry, I won't hold my breath waiting for you to denounce the actions of these thugs and criminals.  I am sure this is what the new "civility" you were ranting about looks like.
Tycho
GM, 3315 posts
Tue 12 Apr 2011
at 17:12
  • msg #237

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Don't have time to read through the all links just now, but even without reading them, I'm happy to say that violence, threats of violence, intimidation, etc. are all unacceptable.  Some of the stuff I've read about so far (death threats against politicians in particular) has been indefensible, and I'm more than happy to say that those committing such acts are wrong for doing so, and should be prosecuted to the full extent of the law.
silveroak
player, 1152 posts
Wed 13 Apr 2011
at 14:24
  • msg #238

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting


This one is athreat to hang out as near to houses as legally permissable posted by one individual to a blog. Not a threat of violence... will get to the others...


This one is again a lone individual but really closer to being terorist in nature than thugish.


Again, terrorist more than thugish, one individual, and since we don't have a name it could well be the same individual mentioned above.


This certainly qualifies as thugish but there is no way to know if the person who brought teh amunition supports the protestors or was planning to shoot at the protestors. Or is the ammunition were left simply to create a scare (which would still be thugish) and if so by which side.


This is one prank call, admittedly thuggish in nature, though there is a certain irony to the tea pary complaining of thugish tactics after the letters on bricks writing campaign they spurred after the passing of teh health care reform bill.


This certainly qualifies as thugish, though my impression from the article was that while it certainly seems linked in terms of the issue it did seem to be occuring at a different geographic location than the capital.

This is largely a compilation of what you have already posted plus some reports of vandilism.
quote:
Here is a nice letter to Wisconsin businesses:

http://www.thewheelerreport.co...11/0310/0310wppa.pdf

A threat of boycott is far from thugishness.

Finally, not to support the violence, but as food for thought, my father (a very ardent republican) was often fond of quoting to be from Benjamin Franklin, in answering his critics who claimed that freedom of the press was too wide open and potentially destabilizing "The freedom of the press will always be held in check by teh freedom of the cudgel"
American democracy is based on a ballance between competition and cooperation. When getting into office results in an attitude of "we won and to the victor go teh spoils" it will only serve to reveal just how much tension is held in check by thet system of ballances. When you take dynamite to public policy there will be blowback, and anyone who really thought they could waltz into office and simply blast away at the underlying principles that one way or another teh majority of tehir citizens have lived by without this kind of reaction should not be in office, not because their ideology is wrong but because it is a bad idea for anyone that delusional to hold office. Generally I have not been a big fan of unions, but there are some places where they are appropriate, and dealing with a monopoly employer like teh government is one of those circumstances.
You can't simultaneously call for revolution then cry about the bloodshed.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:48, Wed 13 Apr 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 237 posts
Wed 13 Apr 2011
at 15:03
  • msg #239

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #238):

Excellent dancing.  I wonder when you will get to the part about you being wrong in stating that such thuggery was a "Republican non-factual statement".  Or are you going to stick with writing off union members who commit crimes as "lone individuals" and deeming actions to be more "terrorist" than "thuggish"?  You seem to be able to remove crimes involved in the protest of the Budget Repair Bill by stating that it wasn't close to the capital.  Amazing.

As I said before, this is an excellent showcase of the real reason behind the leftist and Democrat call for a new "civility": the muzzling of dissent to liberal policies and liberal politicians.  When leftist hate and leftist death threats rear their head I can expect an awesome silence from the ones who were screaming the loudest at the imagined "crimes" of the Tea Party.  You certainly don't dissappoint.

Edit to your edit:

So you do, in fact, find justification in Union and leftist violence, vandalism, and thuggery.  So much for that wonderful "civility" you thought was oh so important.  You keep proving me right.

quote:
When you take dynamite to public policy there will be blowback, and anyone who really thought they could waltz into office and simply blast away at the underlying principles that one way or another teh majority of tehir citizens have lived by without this kind of reaction should not be in office


Then clearly the Democrats and Obama should not be in office.  "I won" is one of his trademarks.  I am sure you stood up for the Tea Party's right to protest against those very politicians who wished to "blast away" at our healthcare and the economy.  Oh wait, you didn't.  But at least the Tea Party protests were far more civil than these clowns act.

And then you write this:

quote:
monopoly employer like teh government


You do know that Wisconsin's law only conforms to how the Federal government treats its workers right?  You probably don't since you seem to be drinking the Union kool-aid pretty heavily.  Federal employees don't have collective bargaining rights either.  Oh how they are oppressed!

But take a look at your ridiculous quote: "monopoly employer".  I hate to break it to you but when the government deals with the Unions it is the taxpayers who get screwed.  Why would any poltician, espeacially a Democrat, not give the Unions any sweetheart deal it desires?  Just raise taxes on the ones who actually produce wealth and funnel it to the Unions who, in turn, funnel money to the politician who provides it.  Quite a deal for the politician and the Union and it is the taxpayer who gets the shaft.

I would take a look at the benefits and pay scales of government employees and tell me they are somehow oppressed.  This is why Unions should be banned for government employees.  They are unjust and corrupt the system.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:57, Thu 14 Apr 2011.
Tycho
GM, 3316 posts
Wed 13 Apr 2011
at 22:16
  • msg #240

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

<moderator post>
Tlaloc, please feel entirely free to disagree strongly with what silveroak has said, and offer counter arguments, etc.  Do not feel free, however, to make personal comments about silveroak.  Please keep the discussion about the topic, not about each other.  Most of your post is fine, but the last line is unnecessary.  Please have a look at the forum constitution for more info, or send me a PM if this isn't clear.  Thanks!
</moderator post>
Tlaloc
player, 238 posts
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 00:56
  • msg #241

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Tycho (msg #240):

PM
silveroak
player, 1153 posts
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 12:41
  • msg #242

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I look at what you wrote and not one word of it seems to be directed towards what iw rote, only towards some straw man of "the left"
I did not say that violence is acceptable, I am saying it is predictable and if the Wisconsin republicans are trully shocked by it then it simply demonstrates their utter incompetance.
And your assertiion initially seemed to be that the protestors at the capital were engaged in thuggery - nothing you posted supports that claim except by guilt by association, and the association is assumed by you, not proven.
As to the post Health Care thuggery by tea Partiers that is well documented, with the only defense being given todate being that it was not organized by anyone, a claim which pretty well defines the Tea Party to the point that it maintains no method of organization except through demogogory, and the demogogues called for violence, and lo there was violence. When one has benefitted from the trheat of violence in politics crying foul when it is turned arround is disengenuous at best. Again I do not say that teh vilence is justified, but the conservative response is simply pathetic.
And I did not claim that Wisconsin was abusing it's employees, and as to their pay scale the union has agreed to ever reduction proposed, so that would seem to be a non-issue. What I said is that the government is a monopoly employer. Unless you can point to another government that these employees can go work for in the area I think that point is self evident.
Tlaloc
player, 239 posts
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 14:13
  • msg #243

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
I look at what you wrote and not one word of it seems to be directed towards what iw rote, only towards some straw man of "the left"
I did not say that violence is acceptable, I am saying it is predictable and if the Wisconsin republicans are trully shocked by it then it simply demonstrates their utter incompetance.


You started this by calling me a liar for using the term "thug" in regards to the actions of Union members and the leftist protestors in Wisconsin.  I proved that those tactics did indeed occur to which you responded by saying that thuggery didn't occur because you don't define thuggery as death threats, vandalism, and violence.  You also go further and say that such tactics are to be expected and that proof of incompetence is to be found in being shocked by being the victim of those tactics.

Sorry to give a play by play but you don't seem to be following along.

I do agree that Wisconsin Republicans should have expected death threats and vandalism.  Considering that they were taking on the Unions.  Death threats and thuggery are valid in their play book and should be expected.

I think the major point you make is that you have completely abandoned your position on "civility".  Like I said, you keep proving me right.

quote:
And your assertiion initially seemed to be that the protestors at the capital were engaged in thuggery - nothing you posted supports that claim except by guilt by association, and the association is assumed by you, not proven.


So Union members giving death threats is "guilt by association"?  Wow.  Your standards of proof seem far lower for Union members than Tea Partiers.

quote:
As to the post Health Care thuggery by tea Partiers that is well documented,


And yet you provide none.  Also, please provide your definition of "thuggery" so I can see the difference between the supposed Tea Party thuggery and the actual documented Union thuggery.

quote:
with the only defense being given todate being that it was not organized by anyone,


Whereas the Unions shipped in thugs from Chicago, Rockford, and Milwaukee into Madison.  They handed out the t-shirts and signs.  This was an organized and totally astro-turfed protest unlike Tea Party rallies.  Hard to believe one would associate the violence and vandalism of protesters with the Unions that shipped them in.

Another defense is that death threats, vandalism, and thuggery have not happened at Tea Party rallies.

quote:
a claim which pretty well defines the Tea Party to the point that it maintains no method of organization except through demogogory, and the demogogues called for violence, and lo there was violence.


Do you mean violence as when the SEIU thugs, Union boys, beat up the black Tea Partier?  Please show me the violence.

quote:
When one has benefitted from the trheat of violence in politics crying foul when it is turned arround is disengenuous at best.


Who benefitted and how?  It is easy to type and much harder to provide proof.

quote:
Again I do not say that teh vilence is justified, but the conservative response is simply pathetic.


And the silence of those ranting about "civility" is deafening.  As I said before, the movement for civil discourse was about censoring political speech you didn't like.  How dare the victims of politically motivated violence and hate speak out against it!

quote:
And I did not claim that Wisconsin was abusing it's employees, and as to their pay scale the union has agreed to ever reduction proposed, so that would seem to be a non-issue. What I said is that the government is a monopoly employer. Unless you can point to another government that these employees can go work for in the area I think that point is self evident.


People choose to enter government employment and a monopoly only applies to businesses so your term is useless.  Government Unions do not sit across the table from their actual employers, the taxpayers and voters.  The tax payers and voters are the ones who have no representation at the table.  The people of Wisconsin voted in a Governor who promised to bring back fiscal responsibility.  As employees of the voters the workers should abide by that vote or seek work in the private sector.

The bill was not just about having Union members, *gasp*, pay into their pension funds and shoulder a bare minimum of their insurance costs.  It was also about local governments being able to negotiate wages and benefits that are more in line with local government budgets.  How draconian!  I would say if you are going to comment on this bill you should at least know what is being debated.
katisara
GM, 4929 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 15:20
  • msg #244

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

This would seem to be a good example of how unreliable this sort of thing is. I have no question that someone did this stuff, this behavior is thuggish (or even terrorism), and that it's attached to this movement. But I would also have to agree that the evidence it is in fact Unions or their appointed representives engaging in it is circumstantial.

And yes, this is like how the media has treated the Tea Party. You can't take one guy at a Tea Party Rally and say 'look at how bad the Tea Party is!' The organization is not responsible for the actions of individuals who claim to share that philosophy. I'm not a fan of unions, and the idea of a union for government employees sort of boggles my mind, but I can't claim the unions are responsible for this behavior without a clear path of evidence.
Tlaloc
player, 240 posts
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 15:44
  • msg #245

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #244):

Would not the evidence be that these are Union members and this whole issue revolves around collective bargaining rights and benefits for Unions?  These death threats, vandalism, and thuggery are the direct result of Unions protesting the Budget Repair Bill.

Please supply some other reasons for these acts if you don't believe these to be Union motivated.  Considering the long history of Union thuggery and their use of these tactics, along with support from Union leaders, I would say it is a farther leap NOT to connect them to the Unions.
katisara
GM, 4930 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 16:26
  • msg #246

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
In reply to katisara (msg #244):

Would not the evidence be that these are Union members and this whole issue revolves around collective bargaining rights and benefits for Unions?


There's a difference between 'jerks acting irresponsibly because they're upset about a particular cause' and 'an organization intentionally arranging for illegal acts to further a political ends'. If you're going to say a random guy with a union card making angry phone calls represents the unions, it's fair to say the random guy at the tea party convention shouting Obama is a monkey represents the entire tea party.
silveroak
player, 1154 posts
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 20:21
  • msg #247

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I think you are agaion majorly misreading my posts:

you stated
quote:
So?  Does this take the limelight off the thug tactics Unions are employing in Madison?


to which I replied
quote:
Thug tactics? Who has been physically threatened? Or is this another Republican "non factual statement"?


Which is *not* calling you a liar, but questioning the validity of the language you used. Considering that some of the sources you site threatened nothing more than boycotts I would say that alot of it is 'non factual statements' though some of what you sited is valid, and I acknowledged those points.

i have *not* abandoned my position that teh violence is unconciounable, but when it *is* being decried by those in positions of authority, has never been called for by those in authority positions within the unions, and those unions do have a power structure of authority that those emplyoying those tactics are clearly operating outside of then it is disengenuous to claim it is the unions using those tactics.

To put it another way - a preacher in Florida burned copies of the Koran, and the US government defended his right to do so if not the wisdom of his doing so. Does that mean the US government is burning Korans? Clearly not. In this case the unions are *opposing* violence, where in earlier cases certain people claiming leadership within the Tea Party have made calls for violence which were headed.

Now if we can abandon the hysterics of "anything other than a complete outrage is a defense of violence" position you seem to have employed, I have not said that the violence is valid here, but I think people who percieve themselves as under attack by the government are likely to react outside the structures of civility, regardless of what party they might normally be affiliated with.

As for the long history of union thuggery keep in mind it was largely in response to their opponents hiring Pinkerton agents to fire upon peacefull demonstrations.

What I *am* saying is that the position of "we can threaten violence but you can't" which seems to be the message of the Tea Party Republicans 8will* result in violence from both sides, and it is unreasonable to not expect those you try and opress from using violence to defend themselves when you threaten them with violence. Which whtehr you believ it is valid or not *is* the image of the tea party that many people have.
This message was last edited by the player at 20:25, Thu 14 Apr 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 241 posts
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 20:31
  • msg #248

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #246):

Yes.  It is hard to believe that Unions would endorse violent behaviour considering how morally and ethically they have been run in the past.

Sarcasm aside, Trumpka, who made an appearance in Madison, was once president of United Mine Workers.  He told his Union followers to to "kick the shit out of every last one of ‘em" in regards to "scab" laborers.  Under his reign one of those "scabs", Eddie York, was shot in the back of the head and the police, who were rushing to save Eddie York's life, were pelted with rocks.  Trumpka said about York, "I’m saying if you strike a match and you put your finger in it, you’relikely to get burned. That doesn’t mean I’m threatening to burn you.  That just means if you strike the match, and you put your finger in it
common sense will tell you it’ll burn your finger."

Hard to believe such a wonderful man would create an environment of hate and violence.

Next thing you're going to tell me is that Unions have no history in organized crime.
silveroak
player, 1155 posts
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 20:34
  • msg #249

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

On the other hand it was Bank of america who recently got caught hiring a hacker to go after information Jullian assange had about an unnamed US bank being involved in corruption and illegal international activities.
And Koch Industries began it's forays in politics supporting Joseph McCarthy, and now supports the governor trying to bust teh unions.
Point being neither side has clean hands if you want to start the finger pointing.
Tlaloc
player, 242 posts
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 20:38
  • msg #250

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #247):

Ah, the wonders of avoidance.

I don't see the proof of Tea Party violence nor does your post address your stated belief in earlier posts that the Republicans are getting what they deserve for messing with Unions.

I do like the Pinkerton reference.  It made me laugh.  I am sure the Unions delved into organized crime and continued their thuggish ways long after those days in remembrance of those Pinkertons.  You claim to hate violence but you sure to some excellent acrobatics to explain it away.
Tlaloc
player, 243 posts
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 20:43
  • msg #251

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #249):

Bank of America?  So what?

Koch?  Oh yes, those evil Libertarian boogey men.  By the way, McCarthy was pretty much right about Communist infiltrators in government.  Venona proved him to be spot on in several cases.  But that is neither here nor there.  We can debate your liberal demons later.

Your point falls flat considering you can't seem to show me all the violence, death threats, and vandalism caused by Tea Partiers.
katisara
GM, 4932 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 20:54
  • msg #252

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
Sarcasm aside, Trumpka, who made an appearance in Madison, was once president of United Mine Workers.


So are you saying that Trumpka either ordered violence at Madison, or was even condoning such violence? Do you have evidence?

You can't say 'they did this action then, so CLEARLY they're doing it now'. It doesn't work that way. Like I said, I'm no friend of the unions. I think they're in the wrong here. But the claims you're making are simply unsupported.
Tlaloc
player, 244 posts
Thu 14 Apr 2011
at 21:09
  • msg #253

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #252):

He has a history of turning a blind eye to violence and ordering violence upon non-Union workers.  Combine that with a well documented history of Union violence (Pinkerton induced of course) and Union members vandalizing and threatening death to political opponents and it doesn't take much to realized there is a culture of violence inherent in the Unions.

What has happened in Wisconsin is Union thuggery.  Pure and simple.  Amazing that you believe the death threats, vandalism, and thug behavior is coincidental to the political debate over Union collective bargaining.  Does this level of violence and hate occur during debates on raising the gas tax?  Does it occur during debates about creating light rail between Madison and Milwaukee?  It does not.

So yes, I CAN say that they did it before, they are doing it now, and they will do it again.  These tactics of fear have worked for the Unions for decades.  Why would they abandon them?  Someone will always justify it somehow as we have seen.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:10, Thu 14 Apr 2011.
silveroak
player, 1156 posts
Fri 15 Apr 2011
at 00:17
  • msg #254

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

The fact that there were communist infiltrators in the American Government doesn't make McCarthy spot on any more than the fact there were Communists in germany made Hitler spot n. the fact that some small threat existed does not validate teh vast overreach and violation of what it means to be American that McCarthy engaged in utelising that threat as a bogeyman. It was at best a gross over reaction and attrocious judgement, at worst a cynical ploy and grab for power utelizing teh fears of teh American people. I'm sure teh millions of innocent people whose lives were destroyed by Sen. McCarthy feel it is completely justified because there were a handfull of actual communist infiltrators in the US governemnt.

But back to the current day again you have misrepresented what i have said. I do not abhor violence, what I said is that I do not believe it is justified in this case. Certainly there are cases where it is justified, such as the invasion of Afghanistan. I'm sorry if the ideas I am presenting are too complex to fit into teh overly simplified 'evil left wing agenda' which typifies a Fox news broadcast, but I would appreciate you adressing what i do say and not teh straw man who is your favorite target.

What has happened in Wisconsin is far from either pure or simple. The organized protests in teh capital have been overwhelmingly peacefull though obviously they have caused some considerable security breaches at the same time. at it's most fundamental level what has occured is a breakdown in teh tradition of compromise which enables our government to function despite radically different viewpoints being represented. And that has, by it's nature, impared the function of that government and raised a certain degree of anarchy, into which people whose tendancies are towards violence which are nromally restrained by civility and law have become more bold.

As to documentation of tea party violence we have already been over that for 7 rounds and teh evidence already offered is, in my opinion, stronger than that you have offered against the unions in what reduced to two points - those who were actively involved *at the time* in calling for violence were recognized, to such a degree that such a degree as it is possible, as being authorities within the Tea Party, and secondarilly because tehre was a lack of an available clear cur authority decrying the violence that could be said to represent the Tea party.

as for the situation in Wisconsin yes there is thuggery present, though more subtle forms of thread even seem to predominate over thuggery, but it does not appear to be orriginating from the Union, which would be what I would expect, as the union surely realizes that violence at this time would be counterproductive given teh fact that the majority of national opinion is with them and they would risk losing that. I do not deny that the unions have teh potential for violence, realistically almost any organization does, but I wouldn't expect them to actually become acively violent unless teh Republicans win Wisconcin in 2012.
At that point I would not expect emails or phone threats. I would expect relatives of legislators to go missing. I do not intend this to be a threat, I have no personal connection with any unions, and in teh private sector generally find them counter productive and agravating. However it is important to have a realistic appraisal of the capabilities and perspectives of everyone involved in these situations.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:26, Fri 15 Apr 2011.
Tycho
GM, 3317 posts
Fri 15 Apr 2011
at 06:40
  • msg #255

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

<Moderator Post>
Silveroak, lines like "I'm sorry if the ideas I am presenting are too complex to fit into teh overly simplified 'evil left wing agenda' you are acustomed to..." are comments on the person, not the argument, so please do not make them.  Most of your post is fine, but this line in particular was a personal attack, not an argument.

Everyone, I know this topic is HOT, but please try to keep to the guidelines we've established.  Remember, we're here to discuss ideas not each other.  If you really want to verbally poke each other with sticks, feel free to use the meta discussion thread.

Thanks.
</Moderator Post>
katisara
GM, 4933 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 15 Apr 2011
at 12:48
  • msg #256

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
He has a history of turning a blind eye to violence and ordering violence upon non-Union workers....


So is that a no?

quote:
Amazing that you believe the death threats, vandalism, and thug behavior is coincidental to the political debate over Union collective bargaining. 


The word I used was 'circumstantial'. If you replace the incorrect word (coincidental) with the correct one (circumstantial), you'll see we completely agree there.

The point I don't agree with is that someone threatens violence and you think it's immediately 'obvious' who is responsible. That is pre-judging a situation. The word is 'prejudice'. I'll even agree, it may be warranted, but you need to move past it if you want to be taken seriously.
katisara
GM, 4937 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 15 Apr 2011
at 20:06
  • msg #257

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Not to steal thunder from the current discussion, but I saw this article and had to share:

http://www.businessinsider.com...aby-hoax-2011-4?op=1

Can't vouch for the source or the research, but it says that it's possible Sarah Palin is not Trig's mother - but his grandmother. She basically hoaxed the country to avoid a sensitive point against her own platform.
Tlaloc
player, 245 posts
Fri 15 Apr 2011
at 20:38
  • msg #258

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #254):

I would address your any points you wish to make if you could provide proof of violence committed by Tea Partiers.  As yet you have not.  I have provided proof of Union members calling in death threats and vandalizing.  The use of Union fear tactics is quite well known even if you wish to ignore it.

quote:
as for the situation in Wisconsin yes there is thuggery present


So you agree that there is thuggery you just have a problem with calling it Union thuggery considering these events are Union rallies.  When I was on the square I asked some clients if they saw any Pinkerton agents around.  Nope.  Not a single one has been spotted.
Tlaloc
player, 246 posts
Fri 15 Apr 2011
at 20:42
  • msg #259

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #256):

When a Union member is busted sending death threats to those opposing Union collective bargaining I can safely call it Union thuggery considering they are doing it to further the ends of the Union.  They are pushing the collective then they can be judged for acting as a group.

Those who are on the business end of Union thuggery take me seriously and that is all I require.  Being in the middle of the road seems like good policy until you are run over.
Tlaloc
player, 247 posts
Fri 15 Apr 2011
at 20:43
  • msg #260

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #257):

These people should be put in the same category with Birthers (Obama, not Trig), Flat-Earthers and 9/11 Truthers.  What rubbish.
silveroak
player, 1161 posts
Fri 15 Apr 2011
at 22:31
  • msg #261

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Kat: the Palin 'conspiricy' was a non issue in 2010. It would only be relevant in a Republican Primary to establish or demolish her conservative Bona Fides, and since she came into teh race after taht point it simply wasn't covered.

Tlaloc: None of the events you sited except finding of amunition occured at a rally, and the ammunition cannot be definitively linked to either side. The people who were involved in the thuggery were as much advancing Union ends as the peope who shot George Tiller were advancing Republican ends. You'll note that I haven't accused the Republicans of participating in political violence, only the Tea Party, because the Republican party is *organized* and *seperated* from the events in question.
katisara
GM, 4938 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sat 16 Apr 2011
at 00:00
  • msg #262

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
So you agree that there is thuggery you just have a problem with calling it Union thuggery considering these events are Union rallies.


There was a guy at the Tea Party hurling racist insults at Obama, and people writing racist letters to the editor:
http://www.economist.com/blogs.../07/tea-party_racism

This is well proven. So is this Tea Party racism?

The point is, yes, there's evidence of thuggery, and the thuggery is almost certainly inspired by the union issue. However, you haven't proven it was committed by union leadership, or even union members! It could have been committed by supporters of Walker trying to bring in negative attention. So yes, I would disagree with calling it 'union thuggery'.

At this point I think you're past arguing points and you're just arguing rhetoric. Unfortunately, I don't think it's going to sway anyone. Until more conclusive evidence arises, I think it's time to close the book and move on. No one here is going to move in either direction.
silveroak
player, 1162 posts
Sat 16 Apr 2011
at 01:33
  • msg #263

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

At least the guy who was at the tea party hurling insults was *at* the tea party, the incidents sited here aren't even colocated with the demonstration.
Tlaloc
player, 248 posts
Mon 18 Apr 2011
at 20:30
  • msg #264

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #261):

Then you didn't read the links.  Threatening notes were slipped under doors in the Capital building when it was filled with Union protestors.  "Hang them all!" was being shouted on the streets during the protest.  Union supporters superglue University doors shut (You should note that State Street runs from the University to the campus.  The protests filled State street.)  Protesters climbed the walls to harass lawmakers.  Doors were kicked in.  The rotunda and other parts of the Capital buidling were vandalized.

I would say you have failed to counter anything I have written.

So you and Kat found one idiot racist yelling racist things.  Good for you.  How does this prove anything?  I know you believe you are making a point but you are not.  Nothing you have written has disproven that all these Union members, bused in by Unions and outfitted by the Unions, are not involved in so many acts of thuggery.  Nor do you counter that this is how Unions act in general when they protest.  As silveroak said, this is to be expected so, deep down, he understands that Unions are inherently violent when confronted.

But you are right.  You aren't going to convince me these Union thugs are not Union thugs.  Being in the belly of the beast on the Square in Madison, as well as actually dealing with Unions in the past in Chicago, has taught me more about Unions than you will ever accept.
katisara
GM, 4941 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Mon 18 Apr 2011
at 20:55
  • msg #265

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Yeah, the only way I've dealt with unions in my life is seeing them slow down paperwork processes by about two weeks.

And yes, I'm still sticking by the conclusion 'yes, people at union protests were showing anti-social behavior, however that doesn't prove they were acting under the guidance of union leadership, or were empowered to represent the union'. I don't need to 'counter' what you've written. I'm not trying to convince you of anything. I'm just asking you a question which you can't answer.

However, all of the behavior you listed I'd categorize as awesome. It's peaceful resistance to authority. Even though I still disagree with the cause their fighting for, my heart swells when I see people kicking in doors of the government, just on principle. We totally need to do that stuff more often.
Tlaloc
player, 249 posts
Mon 18 Apr 2011
at 21:16
  • msg #266

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #265):

I would say that empowerment comes from paying Union dues, wearing your Union-provided t-shirt, waving your Union-provided sign, getting to the protest on a Union-provided bus, and yelling Union slogans.  I have more than sufficiently answered any question you wrote.  If you want an actual note written by Union leaders saying to committ specific acts of thuggery you won't find one.  What you will find is the leadership, and the membership that believes that fear and intimidation work and the history of Union protests that prove it.

quote:
However, all of the behavior you listed I'd categorize as awesome. It's peaceful resistance to authority. Even though I still disagree with the cause their fighting for, my heart swells when I see people kicking in doors of the government, just on principle. We totally need to do that stuff more often.


So vandalism and death threats are "awesome"?  And "peaceful".  Wow.  You just changed your tune completely or you didn't read anything I wrote.  While I certainly don't mind a metaphorical "kicking in" of the doors of government I certainly do mind when it is done for real and I, as a tax-payer, must foot the bill for repairs.

Dare I say it is your type of sentiment that spurs those committing these crimes to believe that they are doing something noble when they are just vandals and thugs.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:44, Mon 18 Apr 2011.
katisara
GM, 4942 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 01:36
  • msg #267

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

You need to slap government down now and again or it gets uppity. I feel comfortable asserting that, as it's an opinion shared by quite a few well-respected men.
Tlaloc
player, 250 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 02:16
  • msg #268

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #267):

So threats of violence against lawmakers voted into office by a majority of voters is justified by you.  Understood.  I don't agree but understood.

Now apply your definition of "uppity" to Unions.  Only here the ones doing the "slapping down" are lawmakers voted into office in a democratic fashion.  The Unions have become the government and the government is being held hostage by them.  Do you not see that perhaps truth needs to be spoken to their power?  Do you not see that the way it is done is far more legal than the thug tactics employed, on a regular basis, by Unions?
silveroak
player, 1165 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 11:53
  • msg #269

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

quote:
Then you didn't read the links.  Threatening notes were slipped under doors in the Capital building when it was filled with Union protestors.  "Hang them all!" was being shouted on the streets during the protest.  Union supporters superglue University doors shut (You should note that State Street runs from the University to the campus.  The protests filled State street.)  Protesters climbed the walls to harass lawmakers.  Doors were kicked in.  The rotunda and other parts of the Capital buidling were vandalized.


The thin is I *did* read the links you provided, and not one of them mentioned any of these things. And considering tehy were all very conservative sources I have to wonder why if it was as widespread and blatant as you indicate. Considering that Fox News ran footage of *other* rallys to make the protests look more intimidating- discernable by teh fact there were palm trees in teh background- I have to think they would have run "hang them all" if anyone had video documentation of that.
katisara
GM, 4943 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 13:11
  • msg #270

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
Now apply your definition of "uppity" to Unions.  Only here the ones doing the "slapping down" are lawmakers voted into office in a democratic fashion.  The Unions have become the government and the government is being held hostage by them.  Do you not see that perhaps truth needs to be spoken to their power?  Do you not see that the way it is done is far more legal than the thug tactics employed, on a regular basis, by Unions?


I feel like I keep repeating myself here. I don't agree with the unions, and I'm fully content that they're getting shut down. You've 'already won me over' because that's where my political persuasions lie. The problem is, the arguments you continue to make actually are pushing me over to the other side. You're portraying them as anti-authoritarian underdogs, and yourself as a prejudiced conspiracy nut. In this case, the less you talk, the more you convince me.
Tlaloc
player, 251 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 13:35
  • msg #271

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #269):

Oh yes, those evil conservative sources.  It doesn't change the fact that everything they say is true.  Take the spin away and you still have the vandalism and death threats made by protesters.  Hell, everyone is still pissed at the protesters leaving the Capital with millions of dollars in clean-up and repair costs.  Yes silveroak, it is all conservative spin.

I really don't know why you keep coming back to Fox News.  I didn't rely on them to show me anything about the protests considering I was right there.  Local media did a excellent job of showing the protests in an objective manner.

Here is the "Hang them all!" video that you believe doesn't exist.  There was a link in one of posts for it.  I have to believe you skip over, like Kat, anything you really didn't want to see.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v...ture=player_embedded
silveroak
player, 1167 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 13:44
  • msg #272

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Sorry I don't have time to sit through a youtube video with such sickningly blatant spin that they can't even listedn to what the people they are interviewing are actually answering instead having to pretend like they said what they wanted them to say to get to whatever isolated incident you happen to feel establishes your point that the entire protest is blatant thugism, keeping in mind that the source of this video seems to be of low enough journalistic quality that they might well have hired someone to yell 'hang them al' or the shout could have been in reference to hanging teh protestors- teh protestors who were in teh part I ddi watch were sitting calmly explaining their perspective while a hostile conservative pseudo-journalist tried to harangue them into saying what they wanted to hear. Not what I would consider a quality enough source to waste my time with.
katisara
GM, 4945 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 13:44
  • msg #273

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
Hell, everyone is still pissed at the protesters leaving the Capital with millions of dollars in clean-up and repair costs. 


Actually, that number is a LITTLE inflated.

http://www.wqow.com/Global/story.asp?S=14195180

However, that's not your fault. It's the media spouting information without checking their own sources first, and it's not limited to Fox.

quote:
I have to believe you skip over, like Kat, anything you really didn't want to see.


I think in my case you're confusing disagreement with apathy. All the evidence you've provided, I've taken at your word. I've just asked if you had evidence for X, to which you kindly told me you did not.
Tlaloc
player, 252 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 13:45
  • msg #274

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
I feel like I keep repeating myself here. I don't agree with the unions, and I'm fully content that they're getting shut down. You've 'already won me over' because that's where my political persuasions lie. The problem is, the arguments you continue to make actually are pushing me over to the other side. You're portraying them as anti-authoritarian underdogs, and yourself as a prejudiced conspiracy nut. In this case, the less you talk, the more you convince me.


I really don't care if I am pushing you anywhere.  I am hardly portraying them as underdogs.  I am portraying them as thugs who use fear and intimidation to get what they want.  Please show me where I offer them up as such.

Did you not write this:

quote:
You need to slap government down now and again or it gets uppity. I feel comfortable asserting that, as it's an opinion shared by quite a few well-respected men.


It would seem that you are the one painting these thugs as the underdog who is sticking it "to the Man".  Hard to understand where you are coming from considering you don't seem to know yourself.

This is no conspiracy.  It is the tried and true tactics of Unions when they don't get what they want.  We've seen it before and we'll see it again.  It takes a rather willful ignorance to avoid making the connection between the Union protests and the criminality shown by the Union protestors.

But thank you for telling me to "shut up" so nicely.  It is nice to know that your opinions stand on such solid ground that the mere posting of my opinion, and the facts, can rock them to their very core.
silveroak
player, 1168 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 13:48
  • msg #275

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Thus far your facts fave been lacking in factuality, even by the low journalistic integrity of the sources you site.
Tlaloc
player, 253 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 13:52
  • msg #276

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #273):

I have heard several numbers but I wasn't going to go as high as 7 million.  I have also heard a liberal group will do it for $750,000.  You also missed the part where the Tea Party of Madision came to the Capitol and did a lot of the clean-up for free.  I will wait for the final bill considering the clean-up is being done by Union workers and government contractors.  If Walker pays to much for the clean-up I will definitely bitch about it.

But yes, Kat, there is no evidence that Union protesters and members caused the damage nor threatened lawmakers during a Union protest rally.  It is all circumstantial and, as we know, Unions are known to be the most peaceful of organizations when it comes to protests and labor disagreements.
Tlaloc
player, 254 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 13:55
  • msg #277

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #275):

Your lack of research and lack of understanding of the issues involved do not surprise me nor do they matter to me.  You tell me to show you the evidence and then attack a source rather than the facts.  Video evidence is asked for and provided.  I guess YouTube is a conservative site now.  One would conclude that you got nothin'.
katisara
GM, 4947 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 13:59
  • msg #278

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
Please show me where I offer them up as such.


Because your focus is on how they can't get what they want, and they're using extreme methods to try anyhow. By virtue of their not being expected to win, they become the underdogs by definition.

I like when people 'stick it to the man'. If 'the man' is sticking it to 'the man', it's even better. I have no love of unions, but that they're burning their energies smacking at the government (who I also have no love for) seems like really the only point in this whole debacle that at all interests me. As they say, comedy is tragedy plus distance. I have the advantage of distance, so for me, this whole thing is hilarious.

I don't have an educated opinion on the matter. I frankly don't care. However, with what little research I HAVE done, I hope Walker wins. Still, I can enjoy the show.

quote:
This is no conspiracy.  It is the tried and true tactics of Unions when they don't get what they want.


And it's statements like this paragraph (snipped for brevity) which make it into a conspiracy :P To me, this comes off as 'it's obviously the unions, because that's what they do!' with no further evidence provided. I don't accept that. Until evidence is provided that I can debate, I'm not accepting the argument. Even accepting that the Unions have been proven thugs Sunday, Monday and Tuesday, it doesn't mean the thuggish behavior today is due to the Union. I'm not saying they're NOT responsible. I'm just saying the method of argument you're using won't work with me. If you want me to believe the Unions are responsible, yes, you'll need to find a journalist who did his job, penetrated the Union, and did some good undercover journalism to uncover some evidence. Otherwise just stick to your guns and argue the known facts. They already support you, and you had me then. It's only when you go into speculation that I question your argument.


quote:
It is nice to know that your opinions stand on such solid ground that the mere posting of my opinion, and the facts, can rock them to their very core.


Well ... that is sort of why I'm on this forum, so people can educate and shift my opinion on things. I'd like to think it's mutual, that you are open to changing your opinions based on new information.


I think, to a large degree, you have no idea where I fall, ideologically, and it's messing you up. I'm a scientist, and I demand rigor. I'm a devil's advocate. I'm a cyberpunk. I lean somewhere between libertarian and anarcho-capitalist. I believe in competition and I recognize a value in violence. I'm easily amused and I enjoy a good show. Argue to those and you'll have an inherit advantage in convincing me. Argue against them and you're working uphill.

Silveroak, of course, is very different, and I think we smash skulls pretty frequently. Winning him over is different from winning me over (and the same with Tycho and Heath and so on).
silveroak
player, 1170 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 14:14
  • msg #279

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Seriously Tlaloc, I don't even know where to ebgin, I wish you would just once respond to one of my posts without grossly distorting what I have said.
1) I am not saying youtube is conservative, I am saying teh person who made *that particular* youtube video is conservative. What youtube is is an open access source of whatever garbage anybody feels like posting, and *nothing* on tehre shoudl be taken as a serious news source.
2) My lack of research? I read through every article you posted, posted counterpoints to the impreceision of your acusations. You are the first here to accuse me of a lack of research and it seems to directly stem from the point where I summaraized the points I have made- your sources are of low reliability and in addition to that do not fully support teh statement you have made.
3) I have never said that the unions are not *capable* of violence, in fact if you would actually read what I have posted previously in this forum I stated the reeason I have trouble believing that the unions are utelizing violence at this point is because it would clearly  not be expedient to do so, and there has been a lack of credible coverage of any such *organized* violence. What I *have* seen however is an organized campaign to describe the union protests as violent in direct contradiction to the facts, as well documented in the prank call to the governor that was played on teh radio where the callers pretended to be the Koch brothers.

Now if you could leave off with the personal insults and claiming that anyone who disagrees with you must do so because of their own inferiority as a person, I would greatly appreciate it. I think teh primary point that people are trying to communicate at this point is that your "voice" in this forum has become offensive and grating and you are not making points or winning converts so much as simply alienating and offending people.
Tlaloc
player, 255 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 14:35
  • msg #280

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
Because your focus is on how they can't get what they want, and they're using extreme methods to try anyhow. By virtue of their not being expected to win, they become the underdogs by definition.


So pointing out the illegality and thuggery of Union protests somehow elevates them?  It would only elevate them in the minds of those who believe their tactics are valid.  Such people are already too far gone to be swayed by mere words.

quote:
I have the advantage of distance, so for me, this whole thing is hilarious.


I do not.  I left Chicago because I couldn't stand the blatant corruption and the acceptance of that corruption by the people.  Unions were a very large part of the decay of that city and I hate to see their tactics used to subvert the will of the voters.

But hey, at least you find it funny.

quote:
I don't have an educated opinion on the matter. I frankly don't care. However, with what little research I HAVE done, I hope Walker wins. Still, I can enjoy the show.


Key word: little.  As I said though, enjoy the show.

quote:
And it's statements like this paragraph (snipped for brevity) which make it into a conspiracy :P To me, this comes off as 'it's obviously the unions, because that's what they do!' with no further evidence provided.


Snipped for berevity.

This would be the "little research" shining through.  Hard to believe that Unions protesting changes in Union laws would coincide with vandalism, death threats, and thug tactics.  Where oh where is the evidence of a connection?  If only a journalist would show you the way because surely there is no history of Unions employing intimidation tactics, no motivation for Union members to act like thugs, nor arrests of Union members committing these acts(oh wait, there is!), nor is there video documentation of Union members acting in a thuggish manner.

I was asked by silveroak to prove that Unions were employing thug tactics and I have.  You want a signed note from a Union leader telling them to be thugs or you won't connect the dots yourself.  You run with that if you wish.

As I said, no conspiracy.  Just Unions doing what Unions have always done.

quote:
Well ... that is sort of why I'm on this forum, so people can educate and shift my opinion on things. I'd like to think it's mutual, that you are open to changing your opinions based on new information.


I would if you actually offer new information.

quote:
I think, to a large degree, you have no idea where I fall, ideologically, and it's messing you up.


I am not getting "messed up" by you and actually, I don't think you have any idea where you fall ideologically.  Your confusion does not translate into mine.

quote:
I'm a scientist, and I demand rigor. I'm a devil's advocate.


As I thought.  I perform the devil's advocate on my own opinions when I form them.  I look at several sources and perform research.  I actually know a great deal about Unions as I have researched them due to my close workings with them.  I wanted to know their motivations.  You are merely having fun and doing very little in the way of research.  Yeah, sounds very scientific to me.

I do not come into these forums and spout nonsense in order to have others do my heavy mental lifting.  One wonders where being a devil's advocate stops and being a troll starts.  Perhaps your keen scientific mind can figure that one out.

quote:
I'm a cyberpunk. I lean somewhere between libertarian and anarcho-capitalist. I believe in competition and I recognize a value in violence. I'm easily amused and I enjoy a good show. Argue to those and you'll have an inherit advantage in convincing me. Argue against them and you're working uphill.


It is good to know you consider facts and opinions based on amusement.  Quite scientific.  I also love the maturity of believing that others exist to provide you entertainment.  My six year-old would agree with that.

What I get from your revalations is that nothing you write can be trusted as what you actually think.  You also discount evidence if it doesn't provide you with amusement.  But you have also taught me that the scientific method is not at work when you write.
katisara
GM, 4949 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 14:46
  • msg #281

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Alright, so I guess the fact that I really don't care about this situation is clearly causing you significant grief. So with that, I'm out. Enjoy.
Tlaloc
player, 256 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 14:57
  • msg #282

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
Seriously Tlaloc, I don't even know where to ebgin, I wish you would just once respond to one of my posts without grossly distorting what I have said.


You say that all the time and not just to me.  I don't think the issue is with me.

quote:
1) I am not saying youtube is conservative, I am saying teh person who made *that particular* youtube video is conservative. What youtube is is an open access source of whatever garbage anybody feels like posting, and *nothing* on tehre shoudl be taken as a serious news source.


So you are saying that this was a fake?  How did you come by that?  I saw and heard far worse from the protesters.

quote:
2) My lack of research? I read through every article you posted, posted counterpoints to the impreceision of your acusations. You are the first here to accuse me of a lack of research and it seems to directly stem from the point where I summaraized the points I have made- your sources are of low reliability and in addition to that do not fully support teh statement you have made.


Did you not say that none of these tactics were actually on the Square or even in Madison?  When do you provide the counter sources?  Where do you even prove the supposed Tea Party violence?  "High standards for thee, not for me." says silveroak.

quote:
3) I have never said that the unions are not *capable* of violence, in fact if you would actually read what I have posted previously in this forum I stated the reeason I have trouble believing that the unions are utelizing violence at this point is because it would clearly  not be expedient to do so, and there has been a lack of credible coverage of any such *organized* violence. What I *have* seen however is an organized campaign to describe the union protests as violent in direct contradiction to the facts, as well documented in the prank call to the governor that was played on teh radio where the callers pretended to be the Koch brothers.


You have yet to show this "organized" campaign.  Did you actually listen to that prank call?  Walker says the same things in private that he does in public much to the dismay of leftists.  What was obviously lost on you is that Walker doesn't even know the voice of his supposed puppet master.  Hard to believe considering how close you believe they are.

You keep saying "well documented".  Perhaps you could actually provide some one of these days.  Right now you are merely avoiding the Union thuggery issue by bringing up the liberal demons you tried to conjure before, the Koch brothers.

quote:
Now if you could leave off with the personal insults and claiming that anyone who disagrees with you must do so because of their own inferiority as a person, I would greatly appreciate it. I think teh primary point that people are trying to communicate at this point is that your "voice" in this forum has become offensive and grating and you are not making points or winning converts so much as simply alienating and offending people.


Very funny coming from you but my points have long been made and your avoidance of them is not my problem.  You asked for examples of thuggery and I provided them.  You then shifted the goal posts again and again and are now falling back on your usual claim of hurt feelings.
Tlaloc
player, 257 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 15:00
  • msg #283

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #281):

You are not causing me grief.  Hard to believe but I enjoy such conflict.  But as you say, people are getting upset by our jousting and it is time to give it a hug and let it go.

Ya'all have a excellent day!  I have to go help evil capitalists earn obscene profits to line my pockets!
silveroak
player, 1171 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 15:44
  • msg #284

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

quote:
silveroak typed:
quote:
Seriously Tlaloc, I don't even know where to ebgin, I wish you would just once respond to one of my posts without grossly distorting what I have said.


You say that all the time and not just to me.  I don't think the issue is with me.

quote:
1) I am not saying youtube is conservative, I am saying teh person who made *that particular* youtube video is conservative. What youtube is is an open access source of whatever garbage anybody feels like posting, and *nothing* on tehre shoudl be taken as a serious news source.


So you are saying that this was a fake?  How did you come by that?  I saw and heard far worse from the protesters.


1) You say it is not you misquoteing me, then turn around and misquote me. No, I didn't say this video is a fake. the word fake did not appear anywhere in my post. What I said is that the video is of dubious journalistic integrity and the event *may* have been staged, which is, incidentally, different than faked.

When you twist a possibility of an event having been stged into an accusation of it being faked, that is twisting someone's words, to make them sound more extreem and less reasonable that what they actually said, which is exactly what I asked you to *STOP* doing.
Tlaloc
player, 258 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 16:07
  • msg #285

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #284):

I rest my case silveroak.

On a side note, it would seem that the Chileans understand what so many here do not.  Public sector unions are a threat to the economic sanity and stability of the government.

http://www.investors.com/NewsA...Clarity-In-Chile.htm

I like this quote best:

quote:
The idea is to prevent the ugly anti-democratic dynamic — now seen in Wisconsin and elsewhere — of public employee unions extorting concessions from politicians in exchange for campaign support.


Couldn't have wrote that any better.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:18, Tue 19 Apr 2011.
Sciencemile
GM, 1545 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 16:17
  • msg #286

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

What's the difference between something that's staged and something that's faked?  I thought they were synonyms?
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:17, Tue 19 Apr 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 259 posts
Tue 19 Apr 2011
at 16:19
  • msg #287

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Sciencemile (msg #286):

The difference is being able to say someone is misquoting you when they are not.
silveroak
player, 1172 posts
Wed 20 Apr 2011
at 00:47
  • msg #288

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Something that is staged actually happens, but the motivations are not what they appear to be. For example if I were to go to a Republican rally and start shouting rants from conspiricy theory web sites and made sure that someone with a camera made a record of it then it actually *did* happen, but I would be at the rally because i was trying to discredit them not because i was a Republican. That is  staged event. If I take video from a newsfeed of a Republican rally and edit in a second audio track of someone shouting conspiricy theories then that is faked- it didn't actually happen as presented. There was a situation in Wichita in the early 90's where Operation Rescue did exactly that - edited in extra audio to some stock footage which made it look liek they were being opressed by teh police, until a local news station ran the exact same footage as it was orriginally shot without the extra audio track.
A staged even is, in some ways, more fair because it means teh people at the event have teh opportunity to respond to what is happening there rather than someone presenting a simple lie, though editing can still color the perception if the reaction is not kept in the final work.
Tlaloc
player, 260 posts
Wed 20 Apr 2011
at 03:49
  • msg #289

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #288):

You mean like a guy yelling racist rants at a Tea Party event?  Do tell.
silveroak
player, 1173 posts
Wed 20 Apr 2011
at 13:22
  • msg #290

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Well actually, I have heard second hand reports of people who went to tea party events to try and cause a scene, mocking the tea party and and going over the top. However the response of those rallies was to encourage the behavior and support teh lampooners as legitimate protestors rather than try and curtail their activities, so from that perspective the staged events turned out to be nothing more than one more person in the crowd, pretty indistinguishable from the rest.
Tlaloc
player, 261 posts
Wed 20 Apr 2011
at 14:16
  • msg #291

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #290):

And I have actually been to Tea Party protests and seen those infiltrators followed and booed.  I have also been to the Union protests and found the language and signs to be far more offensive.

Pardon me if I don't believe a word of your second hand accounts.

Oh, and here is another accounting of the costs of the protests:

http://www.jsonline.com/news/s...itics/118818839.html

This bill should be sent to the fleebagging Democratic Senators who drew out the drama for weeks by fleeing the state to help their Unions buddies push and intimidate the Republicans into folding.  Their fleeing the state forced the state to keep police and security at high alert in order to protect the legislature from the protestors.  Perhaps if the Democrats had accepted the results of the last election and participated in the actual process of governing rather than holding it hostage in an attempt to gain minority rule for their Union overseers, the state could have saved itself millions of dollars.

Nice going Democrats.
This message was last edited by the player at 19:51, Wed 20 Apr 2011.
silveroak
player, 1174 posts
Thu 21 Apr 2011
at 13:11
  • msg #292

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I suspect both have happened, depending on the event and the ability of the lampooners to grossly exagerate the activities of the Tea Party. I also suspect that those who were welcomed and not booed are likely to escape teh notice of anyone who is attending a tea party to support it, and I susepect as well the fact that many of these accounts of 'we were welcomed with open arms for being outrageously offensive' has motivated many in the tea parties to start the booing and rejecting of those they percieve to be a threat to their image.
But if you ar esimply going to refuse to believe events have actually occured then what is the point of this conversaton? You have made numerous direct assaults on my character in this thread but asserting dishonesty in the conversation is really going over the top, and makes me wonder why you participate in this forum if you have no intrest in anyone else's perspective or willingness to lend credance to any other perspective but your own.
Tlaloc
player, 262 posts
Thu 21 Apr 2011
at 13:28
  • msg #293

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #292):

You forget this whole thing started by you insinuating I was spreading "non-factual" statements.  When I supply the incidences that occurred you ignore them by saying that they didn't happen in Madison (which a great many did and which I proved) thus showing that my efforts to prove the facts were ignored and unread.  You attack sources yet cry foul when I don't accept a second hand account that you can't even source.

In fact, you provide no evidence what so ever for anything you have written.  You bring up McCarthy, Pinkertons, Fox News, and the Tea Party to avoid addressing the thuggery of Union members.  I am proud of you since I don't recall a single Glen Beck reference.

And now, once again, it's all about hurt feelings.  I was called prejudiced, a liar, and told to shut up (nicely of course) and have no problem with that since I can defend myself and my positions.  If you are going to call others liars, and question the truth of everything they say, then don't whine when your tactics are used against you.
silveroak
player, 1175 posts
Thu 21 Apr 2011
at 14:03
  • msg #294

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Actually it started with me *asking* about evidence regarding the purported thuggery of the protests, with an insinuation that it might have been a *Republican* non-factual statement. If you have watched any mainstream news recently they have been caught in a few of those betwen Tea Parties, Fox, and congressmen who have aditted that their testimony before congress was not, in fact, factual. I have not accused you of lying, but of repeating rumors oft repeated whose basis does not lie in fact.

As to the point of the thuggery of the protests you have once again conveniently ignored the post I made about my beliefs and positions on that in order to turn this into a 'liberal vs. conservative' demagogue moment with a straw man instead of discussing what I have said.
I do not doubt that unions engage in thuggery, the reference to Pinkerton was in fact a presentation of historical context to that point.
I do not doubt that there are people in Wisconsin who have resorted to threats, considering they are threatened.
What I have doubted, and what none of your evidence has demonstrated, is that the union protestors at the capitol of Wisconcin are engaged in thuggery durring their protests.
Just because a group has been known to engage in violence does not mean they will engage in violence every time they have an objective, and it is clearly in their best interest not to do so at this juncture. Additionally I had seen, and still see, no news reports indicating that they have done so beyond charges of vandalism which seem to mostly result from a mass of people not having enough trash disposal facilities.
What I do see however is from http://news.yahoo.com/s/ap/201...consin_budget_unions
quote:
a conversation in which the governor described several potential ways to pressure Democrats to return to the Statehouse and revealed that his supporters had considered secretly planting people in pro-union protest crowds to stir up trouble.

Tlaloc
player, 263 posts
Thu 21 Apr 2011
at 14:27
  • msg #295

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #294):

As they say, right now we are just polishing turds.  I really don't care about your version of what happened.  I can read it as plainly as you and I call it like it is.

But anyway, let's pick out the important line of your quote:

quote:
revealed that his supporters had considered


Not his administration.  It was also just an idea.  You want proof it occurred?  Then provide it.  I never spotted Union protesters, nor have I seen any proof in the news, following and booing anyone for over the top rants or signs.

As to pressuring Democrats to come back and do their jobs?  I fully support pressuring people to do the jobs they are being paid for.  Sounds like good policy to me.  No one really uses this prank call anymore since it has Walker on tape saying that changes in Union bargaining privledges were needed to balance Wisconsin's budget, just like he says in public.  It also proves, as I pointed out, that Walker and his aides have never talked to Koch before.

But you see what you wish to see.  I understand that.  Death threats, kicking in doors, heightened security for lawmakers making changes to Union bargaining privledges, intimidation, etc. is all due to lack of trash disposal facilities.  Thanks for clearing it all up.
spoonk
player, 7 posts
Thu 21 Apr 2011
at 23:42
  • msg #296

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I am aware that not every one here lives in the USA so this wont pertain to you.  But you are still free to comment on it if you want.

10 things that show America is no longer free.

#1 According to the ACLU, state police in Michigan are using “extraction devices” to download data from the cellphones of motorists that they pull over.  This is taking place even if those pulled over are not accused of doing anything wrong.

The following is how an article on CNET News describes the capabilities of these “extraction devices”….

    The devices, sold by a company called Cellebrite, can download text messages, photos, video, and even GPS data from most brands of cell phones. The handheld machines have various interfaces to work with different models and can even bypass security passwords and access some information.

#2 In the state of New York, the Department of Health has designated wiffle ball, dodge ball, kick ball, freeze tag, red rover, frisbee tossing and tug of war as “risky recreational activities“.  Any organization or program that allows kids to enjoy these games during the summer will now be subject to strict government regulation according to the New York Daily News….

    Under the new rules, any program that offers two or more organized recreational activities – with at least one of them on the risky list – is deemed a summer camp and subject to state regulation.

#3 At one public school in the Chicago area, children have been banned from bringing their lunches from home.  Yes, you read that correctly.  Students at that particular school are absolutely prohibited from bringing lunches from home.  Instead, it is mandatory that they eat the food that the school cafeteria serves.

#4 Would you like to have your face scanned and your ID recorded every time you attend a public event?  Don’t laugh.  The San Francisco Entertainment Commission is actually proposing a new rule which “would require all venues with an occupancy of over 100 people to record the faces of all patrons and employees and scan their ID’s for storage in a database which they must hand over to law enforcement on request.”

#5 In Delaware, police and state government officials recently tore a basketball hoop right out of a family’s front yard and carted it away because it was “too close” to the street.  They even extracted the pole for the basketball hoop out of the ground and took that away too.  The pole had been then for nearly 30 years.

#6 In Missouri of all places, two young girls named Abigail and Caitlin Mills were recently taught a lesson on how to be good citizens in the emerging totalitarian control grid going up all over the United States.  After a complaint from a neighbor, the city of Hazelwood cracked down on the two girls and told them that they must stop selling girl scout cookies in their own front yard.

#7 Federal bureaucrats have outlawed the incandescent light bulbs that we all grew up with and will be forcing us to switch over to new CFL (compact fluorescent lamp) light bulbs that are more expensive and that are actually worse for the environment.  One new study conducted by scientists in Germany has shown that the new CFL light bulbs that we are being forced to use contain poisonous carcinogens that are likely cause cancer.  In fact, the German scientists say that these CFL bulbs should be “kept as far away as possible from the human environment”.

#8 Many states are aggressively seizing “unclaimed” safe deposit boxes and are selling off the contents and using the money to pay state government bills.  In the state of California, they are now going after safe deposit boxes if the owners have had “no contact” with the bank for just 3 years.  Other states are being nearly as aggressive.  If you have a safe deposit box that you have not opened in a while you need to go check on it right away.

#9 One Mississippi state judge recently issued an order for state officials to gather and deliver to him the names of every single child that is being homeschooled in the state.  The frightening thing is that the judge did this all on his own.  Nobody requested this information and there is no case pending for which this information would be required.

#10 The TSA had promised that they were going to stop groping little children at airports, but apparently that is not the case.  For example, one 6 year old little girl made headlines recently when a TSA worker touched all of her private areas before allowing her to get on an airplane.  Her parents were forced to stand aside and watch this outrage take place.

So what do all of you think about this list?
katisara
GM, 4950 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 22 Apr 2011
at 00:48
  • msg #297

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

An interesting note there, the bill of rights did not originally restrict the states as well, so an originalist would not hold most of these as failures of the United States in general, just the specific states. However, this has changed with the 13th(?) amendment.

With that said, I agree. It seems like the government has conveniently forgotten our fourth amendment rights. It's embarassing, and worse, most of us as voters just let it go rather than fighting it like we should.

I've stopped using airlines for personal travel rather than subject myself to involuntary search. I'm considering the next time I go, going in a speedo and trenchcoat (and budgeting additional time for the resulting harassment - and briefing my lawyer beforehand). I've also engaged in minor (non-damaging) acts against 'public' cameras in my local neighborhood.

Just because the government is doing it doesn't mean we need to put up with it.
Tlaloc
player, 264 posts
Fri 22 Apr 2011
at 21:53
  • msg #298

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #297):

What Kat said.  Our rights, as well as the Constitution, has been severely eroded over the last century.  Hell, they don't even teach kids about the Constitution in school these days.
spoonk
player, 8 posts
Fri 22 Apr 2011
at 22:38
  • msg #299

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

The state has taken over telling your kids what to know, and what to know.  They are also making it much harder to home school your own kids.  The government wants your kids to goto school earlier and earlier, while also telling you that they know best as they can provide a better diet for them with cafeteria food.  In my oppinion, schools are looking more and more like a brainwashing camp.
Sciencemile
GM, 1546 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Fri 22 Apr 2011
at 23:25
  • msg #300

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Have you been to a public school?  I've seen brainwashing camps, schools don't look anything like those.  At least, not the Public ones.

EDIT: added in bold since I didn't want that to come off offensive or anything.
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:06, Sat 23 Apr 2011.
spoonk
player, 9 posts
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 00:08
  • msg #301

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I am in collage.  And I'm not aloud to bring up politics on school grounds, the state of the economy, or speak out about politicians.  I even was reprimanded for doing a one question survey on school grounds.

quote:
What form of Government is the US.

A) Constitutional Monarchy
B) Democracy
C) Dictatorship
D) Republic


I was told that I was disturbing the education of students with such frivolous questions.  Also that I had not received permission from the campus ground coordinator to do a survey.  So, when I went and asked for permission for my second question I was told no, because this is a place of higher learning, not a political forum.  What I had intended to do was once a week present a new question, while displaying the percentages of answers I got to the previous question with the right question presented.  What I quoted was exactly what was written on the appear, I wasn't asking for names, gender, race, age, or education level for that matter.

Oh, and I was able to get 37 people to leave a answer before I was kicked off campus grounds for a week.

a  1  3%
b 24 65%
c  3  8%
d  9 24%

I could get more specific then that, but I wanted to keep the answers dumb enough for Higher Education students to comprehend.
Sciencemile
GM, 1547 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 00:32
  • msg #302

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I don't think they can do that if they're semi-funded by the public.  I know my college can't; pentecostal preachers and Larouche Youth recruiters come on campus all the time with booths.

On private property, you can restrict the freedom of speech of others.  If you get any funding whatsoever from the government, you can't even stop stuff like this:


This message was last edited by the GM at 00:32, Sat 23 Apr 2011.
katisara
GM, 4951 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 00:36
  • msg #303

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Yeah, I'm starting to wonder what state you're in. I know California has been doing all sorts of stupid stuff like this. In my state, home-schooling is actually very well supported, and the public colleges are open to all sorts of political crazies campaigning everywhere.
spoonk
player, 11 posts
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 01:03
  • msg #304

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I live in Arizona, but north of the Phoenix area.  Approaching 30 faster then I would like.

According to the school grounds coordinator.  I would need to be apart of the politics club, or doing it for a school project that has proof by the teacher that such a assignment is assigned.  As suggested if they get government funding I should be able to do that, but I'm not pushing that issue.  I have other areas in which I spend my free time researching.

Oh and the answer to the questionnaire is Republic, but I'm sure every one in this room knew that as you need to know that before you can effectively debate.
Sciencemile
GM, 1548 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 01:08
  • msg #305

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Is it the For-Profit College known as Phoenix University?  They've come to some of the college fairs we've had; it was advertised as a private christian college back when I was looking for a transfer college.
spoonk
player, 12 posts
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 01:42
  • msg #306

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Yavapai Community Collage in Prescott.

I wouldn't touch PU with a 40 foot pole.  I know to many people who got the short end of the stick from that money sucking school.

Digging through laws, statutes, and waivers to schools is time consuming.  Since I was only doing it as a pet project, I wasn't to worried about not being able to do it.  I'm sure I could find what regulations he was working on.  One thing I do know is people make decisions on their own company politics instead of following rules.  When I do have the free time, I look into the UCC, Uniform Commercial Code.  That will put you to sleep faster then warm milk will.  Plus, because of the legal laws I am into, I had to get me a Black Laws dictionary.  I find the older versions are better though for definitions.

Black Laws Dictionary 6th Edition Page 1142:
PERSON:
In General usage, a human being (i.e. Natural person), though by statute terms may include labor organizations, partnerships, associations, corporations, legal representatives, trustees, trustees in bankruptcy, or receivers.  See e.g. National Labor Relations Act 2.

Scope and delineation of term is necessary for determining those to whom Fourteenth Amendment of Constitution affords protection since this Amendment expressly applies to "person."

This actually continues for two hole pages, I didn't want type all of it here, but it is all impotent.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:45, Sat 23 Apr 2011.
spoonk
player, 15 posts
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 04:52
  • msg #307

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Also as a side discussion, back in march I left my response that I felt like the Fukushimi incident is a cover up.  I even feel more so like that now.

Here is a link to a Doctor out of Australia talking about what is happening for ten minutes and the effects of the fallout.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v...ture=player_embedded
RubySlippers
player, 180 posts
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 14:09
  • msg #308

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I hate that accident it was a combination of planned for events and some not planned for properly hitting at once in the worse possible level of event. Example the coastline went down six feet and with it the elevation of the reactor plant and the sea walls to prevent a Tsunami from reaching it no one mentions that. Or the tsunami's were bigger than expected and the earthquake the worst kind for the island a very long, strong one that could do far more damage than the normal short ones they normally get.

All in all it put back nuclear power for a decade or more in the US do to unreasonable fears. I watched a Nova program on this and energy options a new design of reactor puts three days of coolant OVER the reactor that can last 72 hours and use gravity to send it to the reactor long enough to restore power but is that mentioned in the media - no.

We just need to learn from this and make the next generation of nuclear reactors better and far safer thats all.
spoonk
player, 16 posts
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 14:46
  • msg #309

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I apposed nuclear power before this event started.  You could use clean coal plants, they are far cheaper to build, cheaper to sustain energy, and cheaper to operate.  But with the seriousness of nuclear energy.  A first time should have never happened.  The millions of people who are going to die a slow painful death from radiation poisoning, is this worth it to them?  Personally, I find the risk of nuclear energy far to great to even employ it.
silveroak
player, 1176 posts
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 15:45
  • msg #310

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Really? One familly getting tehir basketball pole removed and 2 girls being told to stop selling girl scout cookies on teh front like is a sign that the *WHOLE COUNTRY* has lost it's freedoms?
These things occur because every system of government will have it's dumb goof moments. They make news because they contrast so starkly with the freedom we expect and frankly, to a large degree have. Now if *all* girl scouts were prohibited from seling cookies, that would be a different story, but in general in this country the issues of personal liberty have been expanding, not contracting.
There are, always have been, and always will be, real threats to our liberty, but we have more to worry about from demagogues (of any party) who would lead teh public into decisions which stand against our long term freedom than we have to worry about the fact that two girls were told by their ciy to stop selling girl scout cookies on their front lawn.
spoonk
player, 17 posts
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 16:22
  • msg #311

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Your are reading the point differently then how I do.  The property is mine.  The property is my castle.  I am the king of that castle.  If the property is mine and I have dominion over what belongs to me, why should I be told that I can't sit in the front yard with a table selling cookies?  If something belongs to you, should you not have the ability to do with it as you please?
Sciencemile
GM, 1549 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 16:49
  • msg #312

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Zoning Laws.  Because your actions affect other people's property too.
silveroak
player, 1177 posts
Sat 23 Apr 2011
at 17:54
  • msg #313

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I agree with your position, my point is that rare violations do not fortell an impending collapse of society.
Indeed, since my home is my castle what right does my neighborhood assosciation have to say how tall my grass can be, or the city to say I cannot welcome spring with an annual orgy on my front lawn?
and don't tell me other people might not want to see it, why do you think I want taller grass?
katisara
GM, 4955 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sun 24 Apr 2011
at 16:40
  • msg #314

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

spoonk:
You could use clean coal plants, they are far cheaper to build, cheaper to sustain energy, and cheaper to operate.


But more expensive to the environment, which means higher costs over the long run.

quote:
The millions of people who are going to die a slow painful death from radiation poisoning, is this worth it to them?


I would be surprise of 100 people die from radiation.

My hope here is that, after all of the media furor, people will forget about the issue in two months and, a year later, people will look back and say 'but ... what actual damage happened?' and write it off as over-hyped.
Tycho
GM, 3319 posts
Mon 25 Apr 2011
at 18:38
  • msg #315

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to spoonk (msg #311):

I think in most cases (though I haven't looked into the particular one you mention, so it may be an exception) that you become subject to the rules of a neighborhood association not because of the legal code, per se, but because you agree to abide by it as a condition of you buying the property.  Many places don't have neighborhood associations, and if your neighbors come over and tell you to move the car on blocks off your yard, you can tell them to shove off and there's not much they can do about it.  But if, when you bought the property, you signed an agreement saying that you would abide by the rules of the neighborhood association (including, probably, only selling the property to someone else who also agrees to abide by the rules) then I suppose you could be caught by contract law.  Long story short, though, if you don't want to care about your neighbors, don't make a binding agreement to do so, which may mean you don't get to live where you'd like, but at least you can tell your neighbors to take a hike now and then.
Tlaloc
player, 265 posts
Mon 25 Apr 2011
at 20:24
  • msg #316

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Here is the video of the University of Missouri-St. Louis and the University of Missouri-Kansas City college courses: Introduction to Labor Studies and Labor Politics and Society.  Luckily these dummies taught simultaneously through a video conference between to two campuses thus giving us an excellent example of how casually Unions except and promote violence and criminality.

Here you go: Union Thuggery 101

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v...ture=player_embedded

I am sure some will have a problem with the source but no mainstream media outlet would publish this outrage.  I just love the fact that these tactics are being promoted and taught by an official member of the Communist Party and paid for by the taxpayers.  There are those who will cry foul because of the source but that is only natural when confronted with such daming evidence.

Andy Stern, former head of the SEIU and Obama's leading thug, famously said: "We will use the power of persuasion.  If that fails we will use persuasion of power."  These are those Union tactics made flesh.

Here is another one.  I hope cat lovers aren't watching this one:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v...ture=player_embedded
This message was last edited by the player at 20:27, Mon 25 Apr 2011.
Sciencemile
GM, 1551 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Mon 25 Apr 2011
at 20:44
  • msg #317

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

quote:
I am sure some will have a problem with the source but no mainstream media outlet would publish this outrage.


Why not?  If it were even slightly reliable and accurate, why wouldn't say, Fox News show this?  They've shown worse and less credible things before.
Tlaloc
player, 266 posts
Mon 25 Apr 2011
at 20:48
  • msg #318

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Sciencemile (msg #317):

It should be shown on every mainstream media outlet.  Hell, they should be the ones to break it.  Considering this footage is actually from the class I have no doubt as to its accuracy.  I just know most of the media won't show it.  Can't be putting Unions down can we?
katisara
GM, 4957 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Mon 25 Apr 2011
at 21:36
  • msg #319

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tycho:
I think in most cases (though I haven't looked into the particular one you mention, so it may be an exception) that you become subject to the rules of a neighborhood association not because of the legal code,


In my experience, it's a mix. Living in the city, there's a list of things I LEGALLY cannot do (such as raise livestock, own pistol crossbows, or host a circus trapeze act without a net). However, I intentionally avoided a neighborhood with a HOA. As a consequence, one of my neighbors had a giant RON PAUL sign in his yard. Another a few streets over has a house painted lime green and the word 'driveway' spray painted on his driveway. But at least I know I can grow a veggie garden in the front yard and solar panels in the back if I want.
Tlaloc
player, 267 posts
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 12:27
  • msg #320

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #319):

I just want to know HOW you found out you couldn't own a pistol crossbow or host a circus trapeze act without a net.  Man, you must throw some awesome parties.
katisara
GM, 4958 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 12:44
  • msg #321

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I read the city codes :P They're all posted online, and it's good to know the rules before you break them.
silveroak
player, 1178 posts
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 13:36
  • msg #322

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

regarding the video, it is clearly heavilly edited (the jump cuts make that obvious) and mostly sems to be discussing the history of the Labor movement and moral philosophy of violence, not exactly a guide to it's effective and appropriate use, I've seen teh exact same issues discussed with any number of political ideaologies as the background from Christian Identity to extreemist feminism to Marxism to, in one case, ancient history.
again, not to say that Unions don't have a capacity for violence, just that the video isn't as shocking, incriminating, or revelatory as it is made out to be.
Tlaloc
player, 268 posts
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 13:44
  • msg #323

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #322):

That is what I expected.  Teaching students the proper use of intimidation, violence, and the destruction of private property holds no shock value to you.  Perhaps you can tell me what context would put these incriminating videos into perspective?  These people are providing real life examples of how these tactics work and are condoning there use.  But no, that is not incriminating.

Or perhaps you can show me the videos of Christians teaching students to use thug tactics on the non-believers?  I wouldn't be surprised at the extreme feminists or the Marxists.  They run in the same circles in colleges.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:58, Thu 28 Apr 2011.
katisara
GM, 4959 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 14:28
  • msg #324

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Then why did you use it as an argument? Shouldn't you try an argument that you actually think might win him over?
Tlaloc
player, 269 posts
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 14:45
  • msg #325

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Ummm... was I trying to win him over?  The videos clearly show taxpayer funded professors teaching students the tools of Labor Unions.  These professors have real-world experiences and readily share them with their classes.

I put it out there for people to view as evidence that violence and thuggery is very much a part of the Union toolbox.  My goal was to solidify my point in the minds of those who hadn't already made up their mind.
silveroak
player, 1179 posts
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 15:11
  • msg #326

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

What I would consider shocking? Or what i would consider condemning? because the first is a much higher bar to meet. Considering I have heard individual Christian Identity groups (conservative, FYI) advocate teh violent overthrow of the us government to establish a Christian theocracy, no, a few students and their teacher discussing the history and effectievness of violence in the labor movement is not shocking.
I grew up with a father who was in the marines (and a staunch republican) who threatened to pull out my fingernails for breaking the rules my parents laid down so, yes, I am a bit inured to discussion of violence. i have had friends who have been assaulted for being gay when the Republican led amendment 2 sought to undermine the US constitution in colorado, and others who have been assaulted for trying to practice their freedom of religion or in defending a woman's right to an abortion, and every time I saw an actual assault it was conservatives who were initiating it. I have been told by conservatives durring teh LA riots following the Rodnye King beating that the watr guns I was playing with should be filled with gasoline for the coming race wars. By comparison a calm discussion on the philosophy and historical use of violence does not bother me. I have participated in those discussions before and if anything I find that liberals in general tend to be too pacifist in nature- Hitler was not beaten with a sit in, and Ghandi only succeeded because the British had a self image of themselves as being civilized which included not killing unarmed people.. The Romans would have eaten him for lunch.
Now unions are admittedly a bit of an odd stepchild when it comes to the liberal side of the political spectrum- most of teh union culture tends more towards conservative values, but it also fit well with the early liberal populist ideas about evils of corporations and capitalism. Of course with that philosophy fading from the liberal side of politics the place of unions is much less well defined, aside from the desire of liberalism to define itself as working class.
Now if the teacher had said "we must use violence today" instead of discussing in general terms when the use of violence might be appropriate then that would have been incriminating. If they had been training them in specific techniques (building pipe bombs, how to incite a riot, etc.) that would have been shocking, but what I saw was simply a civilized discussion about a historical and philisophicl topic, and the video arround it trying to make mountains from molehills.
Tlaloc
player, 270 posts
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 15:50
  • msg #327

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #326):

The whole first part of your post I will throw out considering it has absolutely nothing to do with Union violence.  Although I have come to the conclusion that your definition of conservative has nothing to do with conservatives.

Your last part leaves me wondering if you watched the whole video.  Professors Judy Ancel and David Giljam are clearly instructing students on how fear, intimidation and, industrial sabotage are important and necessary tools for union activists.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:58, Thu 28 Apr 2011.
RubySlippers
player, 181 posts
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 16:44
  • msg #328

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

spoonk:
I apposed nuclear power before this event started.  You could use clean coal plants, they are far cheaper to build, cheaper to sustain energy, and cheaper to operate.  But with the seriousness of nuclear energy.  A first time should have never happened.  The millions of people who are going to die a slow painful death from radiation poisoning, is this worth it to them?  Personally, I find the risk of nuclear energy far to great to even employ it.


Tell that to our naval forces many of our brave men and women serve on nuclear powered vessels and for all the doom and gloom the Japanese seem to be handling the safety concerns well. I don't see radiation poisioning occuring at the level that would be fatal. All they need is to learn from this and use the next generation of nuclear technology and we need to develope more options in green technologies over time. But since Japan is an island with few natural resources coal is not exactly a good option they would have to import it raising costs. France has used nuclear power for decades and its not an issue there people live with reactors in their towns.
Falkus
player, 1203 posts
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 16:55
  • msg #329

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

clean coal plants

No such thing.

The millions of people who are going to die a slow painful death from radiation poisoning, is this worth it to them?

There's going to be a handful of deaths from this incident; you're blowing it out of proportion. You're also ignoring the hundreds of thousands of people who have died from respiratory problems that be linked back to air pollution.
Tlaloc
player, 271 posts
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 18:17
  • msg #330

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Falkus (msg #329):

I would say that both the deaths from radiation poisoning AND air pollution (nebulously linked to coal plants) are blown out of proportion.

And yes, there are clean coal plants.  The only way you can say they are not is if you believe CO2 is a pollutant.  Most sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, and particulates are scrubbed out quite effectively.  At least in the US.
Falkus
player, 1204 posts
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 22:22
  • msg #331

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

. . .

Well, that was a short lived.
silveroak
player, 1180 posts
Tue 26 Apr 2011
at 23:52
  • msg #332

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

1) I bring up my experiences because you are using teh argumnent that my not being shocked by a rational discussion of violent behavior in the past somehow makes me a monster and advocate of violence, even though I have expressly stated on multiple occasions that I do not support these measures, and frankly Tlaloc your personalized response to my posts has become slanderous and highlly personalized, in what I feel is a flagrant and probably intentional disregard of teh rules of these forums, and I would ask any moderators paying attention here to have Tlaloc removed.
2) When the people attacking my friends are carving conservative slogans on tehir skin excuse me if I don't go back to examine how "really" conservative they are.
3) Historically violence was important to the unions, and effective. You have stated as much in these threads. Doe sthat make you an advocate of union violence? Neither does it make the people in this, might I point out again, blatantly edited video advocates.
katisara
GM, 4960 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Wed 27 Apr 2011
at 01:27
  • msg #333

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Moderator post:

Reviewing the recent thread, I do believe that the final lines in Tlaloc's posts #323 and #327 are discussing other users rather than the topic at hand, and speaking of individuals in a dismissive or disrespectful manner. These lines do not contribute to a respectful and productive discussion. The user may edit them within the next 24 hours, or the offending lines will be deleted.

I apologize for not addressing these issues earlier. I got personally involved in the thread, and ceased to review it for acceptable content.

If any users have any issues with this decision, please address it in a private message for review.

Thank you

Tlaloc
player, 272 posts
Wed 27 Apr 2011
at 01:47
  • msg #334

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #333):

PM to Kat.  Topic over as far as I am concerned.  Clearly I have victimized the helpless.
spoonk
player, 18 posts
Wed 27 Apr 2011
at 04:37
  • msg #335

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

For posting videos, I find no one ever believes them if they ever have an edit in them.  Even if the edit is for time.  Many will argue that context is being suppressed or you are hiding something in the video.  I don't support unions my self, but I am in Arizona, a right to work state, where you do not have to be apart of a union in order to work.  You can not be fired from a job for not joining the union.

This post is not meant to continue to the topic, only to state my stance on it.
Vexen
player, 437 posts
Wed 27 Apr 2011
at 21:28
  • msg #336

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

If I may continue the discussion, something peeked my curiosity in this thread. Suppose we indulged the possibility that unions are abusive and outdated organizations. The legislators obviously cut some very bad deals in the public sector, at least. And private sector unions seem to hold no threat or bargaining power at all any longer.

What's the alternative? How do we assure that workers aren't victimized by their employers, as it was before the unions formed?

I've also heard accusations from the Left that suggest that some of these union-stripping laws are really aimed at taking away a considerable power source of the Left. One could easily dismiss this as political banter, but it's no real secret that unions are a big player in the fundraising and vote getting in Democratic circles. Does anyone think this has any merit?
Sciencemile
GM, 1552 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Wed 27 Apr 2011
at 23:30
  • msg #337

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Is the democratic party as a whole trying to protect the Unions from being dismantled?  At the federal level (at least to my knowledge, which is rather dated), they're staying out of the way.

I feel that the Democratic party doesn't feel a threat to its power from the loss of the Unions.

With one side not giving a hoot and the other giving a hoot in the wrong direction, if the Democratic party is crippled beyond repair I can see it either leading to a Single Party state of affairs (whether officially or effectively when you take into account puppet parties like the Tea-Partiers who actually get elected.)

Or the active side of Liberal America will be able to put forward a new party, since the only thing the Democratic Party doesn't lie stagnant about is making sure nothing is done.
silveroak
player, 1181 posts
Thu 28 Apr 2011
at 00:06
  • msg #338

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

If unions are not able to protect workers from abuive employers then it will inevitably fall to government.
RubySlippers
player, 182 posts
Thu 28 Apr 2011
at 13:00
  • msg #339

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Union membership is falling maybe people don't want unions save in the most dangerous professions where it makes sense to have worker protection like coal mining. Even my relatives that have teachers feel the unions for them have gone beyond better pay and hours to setting policies hurting children at the expense of the profession (in some cases protecting poor teachers, reducing career preparation options to far below what it used to and the like).
katisara
GM, 4961 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 28 Apr 2011
at 13:01
  • msg #340

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Indeed, there is such a thing as 'too much of a good thing'.
Vexen
player, 438 posts
Thu 28 Apr 2011
at 15:25
  • msg #341

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I wonder about that, actually.

Most people accept the purpose of a business is to make money. Although having a reputation for customer service is always a good thing, it too is just in the interest of money. Companies are always trying to wrangle their more money from their customers, sometimes in agreeable ways, sometimes not.

But, even when it causes frustration, we usually don't call for the disbanding of the company. If someone gets a bad deal from a used-car salesman, we don't usually make a call to get rid of used-car salesmen as a whole, or to dismantle the used-car industry. Unless they're doing something inherently unfair or deceptive in practice, most of us would put the blame on the buyer for not properly striking a good deal.

However, we don't seem to hold unions to the same standard. I'll grant you, public sector union members in certain areas have some rather insane benefits. A new deal needs to be cut, one more inline with their private sector counterparts. But, the reaction seems to be to blame the unions for it. The purpose of a union is to look out for their members, similar to how a business looks out for it's investors. Isn't it their job to fight for the best deal they can get for their members? If we're not willing to regulate business for giving us bad deals, why are we forcing such restrictions on unions for doing essentially the same thing? Shouldn't the blame be on the government representatives who couldn't properly negotiate a good deal for the people?
silveroak
player, 1182 posts
Thu 28 Apr 2011
at 15:35
  • msg #342

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

On the other hand a few decads ago there were certainly people calling for the abolishment of corporations.
The whole situation is a three way power struggle between ownership, labor organization, and government.
katisara
GM, 4964 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sat 30 Apr 2011
at 18:22
  • msg #343

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I saw this video on the UK's referendum for changing their voting system, to better enable third-party candidates. I can't fully articulate my reasoning, but I feel quite strongly that their suggestion is a good one:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/scie.../apr/30/1?CMP=twt_fd
Sciencemile
GM, 1561 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Sun 1 May 2011
at 00:46
  • msg #344

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

So the UK is currently considering Alternative Voting.
http://www.yestofairervotes.org/pages/what-is-av
----

So, discussion value:

Do we already use this form of voting in the United States to elect certain people in our state and federal government?

Would it be a good idea to have alternative voting be put in place for presidential elections?


----

I believe that alternative voting is used by the parties to choose who they'll have run for president, but I could be wrong about that since I'm not a member of any party.
Tycho
GM, 3322 posts
Sun 1 May 2011
at 08:50
  • msg #345

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Yeah, I'm really hoping the alternative vote passes here.  Would make it much more viable for people to vote for parties other than just labor or tories.  Of course, both labor and the tories are campaigning pretty hard against it, so I'm not sure how it will do.  Unfortunately, since I'm not from the EU, I don't get to vote over here.
katisara
GM, 4965 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sun 1 May 2011
at 12:02
  • msg #346

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I was mostly talking about the cats but, you know ... okay. Umm... voting.

Yeah, right now in the US we don't use alternative voting for either the primaries OR the general, except insofar that we elect people to elect people, and those electoral people in the middle can decide, even if their electorate voted for say Libertarian, they can change to Republican rather than let a Democrat win (but that's completely ad hoc, and a little risky. Our current system does encourage people to vote 'defensively'. A significant proportion of libertarians vote for 'lesser' republican candidates, and many greens vote for democrat candidates, because they're afraid their vote is 'wasted' otherwise. A system where one or two parties never feel like they really have to campaign because their electorate is voting out of fear is one who doesn't have to listen to that electorate.
RubySlippers
player, 183 posts
Mon 2 May 2011
at 05:04
  • msg #347

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Osama Bin Laden is Dead!

Its fitting on May 1st the bastard was taken out by the best of the best our Navy Seals, 9/11 has been avenged.

Now Obama get our fighting men and women home we met the primary goal I want to see you as commander-and-chief order our forces out save for embassy security in six months, we can finally stand down from operations abroad in the theaters of war. You promised us and now do what you promised there is no reason to stay.
katisara
GM, 4966 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Mon 2 May 2011
at 13:00
  • msg #348

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I don't think that's how it works. Bin Laden was a figurehead and leader, but he isn't the entirety of his organization, nor is he the only leader.

And while I hate to rejoice at the death of any man, this is good news for the world. Times like this make me really hope there's a big judge in the sky to clear up any 'misunderstandings' Osama may have about the morality of his actions.
Falkus
player, 1205 posts
Mon 2 May 2011
at 16:33
  • msg #349

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

This was exactly how an anti-terrorist operation should be conducted. A small team; perfect intelligence, and a fast raid; leaving only four causalities with no civilians caught in the crossfire.

It's a good day.
katisara
GM, 4967 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Mon 2 May 2011
at 17:20
  • msg #350

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

It was good of Obama to hold off on sharing the news until the royal wedding passed though, don't you think?
Tlaloc
player, 278 posts
Mon 2 May 2011
at 18:03
  • msg #351

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I am greatly enjoying the Comedy Gold to found on the conspiracy sites.   Apparently this Osama fellow has been in a freezer for almost ten years and now just dumped into the sea.  Now the whole plan to take away our rights as US citizens by planning the 9/11 attacks is complete.

*cue evil laughter*
Sciencemile
GM, 1564 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Mon 2 May 2011
at 19:39
  • msg #352

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

What's worse, he might be a better Martyr than he was a Leader.
Tlaloc
player, 279 posts
Mon 2 May 2011
at 20:03
  • msg #353

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

AQ is basically a franchise.  He might have been a symbol but this certainly hasn't stopped Islamic terrorism.
Vexen
player, 439 posts
Mon 2 May 2011
at 22:24
  • msg #354

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

There does seem to be a lot of trolling about this on various websites, allegedly by those from other countries. However, there's a lot of trolling on the internet anyway, so take that with a grain of salt. As they say, haters gonna hate.

I do feel, however, Osama's death is more of a victory for the U.S. and it's allies and less of a death nail in AQ. In reality, given that his compound was without any connections to the outside world besides courier, there really wasn't a lot of leading he could be doing from that post. It's definitely a symbolic achievement, and one we should be reveling in, should we be so inclined, but ultimately, it doesn't probably didn't mean much for the war effort, aside perhaps a boost in morale, which is definitely always welcome.

I can imagine President Bush has bittersweet feelings about the news. I can imagine him and his team very much wanted for this to happen during their term. Not just because he wanted the credit, if there's any credit to even be had by any President, but because I imagine he and his team tried really hard to bring him to justice, and they just couldn't do it within those years. I'm sure their efforts played a big part in allowing this to happen at all, however. I imagine most of us pretty much gave up on the prospect, until this bit of news came down.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:29, Mon 02 May 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 280 posts
Mon 2 May 2011
at 23:33
  • msg #355

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Vexen (msg #354):

I actually thought that Bush, Cheney, Clinton, and many other politicians gave very level and welcomed recognition to the armed forces and intelligence units who really made this happen.

Most thought the dude was already dead.
silveroak
player, 1189 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 01:52
  • msg #356

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I thought he was in Iran.
It probably does spell the end to Al Queida, but a lot of that will be the members drifting off to other groups, or breaking off into factions. With luck there will be infighting and power struggles...
spoonk
player, 20 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 02:34
  • msg #357

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Now that the patsy Tim Oswald (CIA Asset) is supposedly gone, and his body dumped in the ocean, which just happens to be convenient.  I wounder who the next Emmanuel Goldstein will be.
katisara
GM, 4968 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 3 May 2011
at 11:30
  • msg #358

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Ooh, that's an intriguing storyline. I wonder if I can wrap it into a game somewhere.
Tlaloc
player, 281 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 11:39
  • msg #359

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

What occurs to me as I watch and read this unfold, where is the anti-war crowd?  Where is the outrage at Gitmo (where the trail to Osama started under Bush and completed under Obama)?  Where is the venom to be spewed on a President who not only continued Bush's policies but elevated them?  I remember some extreme rhetoric about war-crimes for targetted assassinations and military trails at Gitmo (both are Bush\Obama policies).

It seems that the anti-war movement was merely an anti-Bush movement pretending to have ethics and morals.  Don't get me wrong, there are a few die-hards who have kept the faith but the rest are sad and unprincipaled leftists who can't bring themselves to admit they were merely jumping on the bandwagon.
katisara
GM, 4969 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 3 May 2011
at 12:53
  • msg #360

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

The more pragmatic reason is because everyone else is being louder and crazier, and loud and crazy makes the news.

Less pragmatic is that Osama was a valid military target, not a civilian. Military action against a military target is completely different from military action against civilian targets (civilian casualties, many targeted assassinations), unwarranted military action against invalid military targets (Iraq), or inappropriate action (Gitmo).

Less pragmatic still is that some people are complaining. Already people are asking if Obama is using this to boost his popularity (which is currently in a lul), if this changes the situation at all, if we should be celebrating the death of a man, if this will have unanticipated negative backlash.
silveroak
player, 1190 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 13:27
  • msg #361

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

The problems I had with Bush in terms of teh war (which is a small subsection but they are teh ones being discussed at the moment) was 1) The *indefinite* incercertion of *massive* numbers of detaininees without review trial or apparent oversight. Now there are still detainees, but the situation beyond that has changed drastically, there being fewer and with much more individual review as to their situations.
2) The ongoing occupation of Iraq with massive troop comitment and no realistic definition of either victory or an exit strategy.

Both of those things have changed.
And technically what happened to Osama Bin Lauden wasn't an assasination. Capture was one of teh options in teh mission briefing (even if nobody intended to actually use it) and it was conducted as a raid, not, for example, a lone sniper waiting for him to put his head outside. A 40 man squad is not an assasination. Osama had an opportunity to surrender to them, albeit by what few reports there are a very small window of opportunity.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:11, Tue 03 May 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 282 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 13:38
  • msg #362

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #361):

1) Do tell how the numbers have changed.

2) What is the exit strategy?  What is the definition of victory?

And, technically, a Seal team entering a compound is exactly what was occuring before when the hew and cry of "assassination teams" was raised.  Once again mere semantics does not absolve the anti-war/Bush movement of its duplicity.

Oh, and I don't think you meant Obama.
silveroak
player, 1191 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 14:21
  • msg #363

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

No, the assasinations under Bush that were raising outcries were the use of hunter predator drones tracking cell phones of civilians which struck without warning from an altitude at which they could not be percieved. No raid, no capturing a location, just killing inconvenient people.
2) The numbers at Gitmo? http://www.americanthinker.com...itmo_is_closing.html
quote:
The releases bring to 310 the number of detainees who have departed Guant�namo to other countries, including Albania, Afghanistan, Australia, Bahrain, Belgium, Denmark, France, Great Britain, Kuwait, Morocco, Pakistan, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Spain, Sweden and Uganda.

About 450 detainees remain at the detention center, including 120 who are considered eligible for transfer or release. Decisions in those cases depend on discussions between the United States and other nations.


Plus I haven't heard anything about waterboarding under Obama...
This message was last edited by the player at 14:22, Tue 03 May 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 283 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 14:31
  • msg #364

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #363):

You mean the drone strikes that accelerated under Obama in Pakistan and Yemen?

Those numbers hardly show that Gitmo is closing.  Especially since Obama has approved the military tribunals.  Not to mention the number of detainees that go back to Jihad as soon as they are released.  Gee, it's almost as if Gitmo was populated with terrorists or something.  But your right, Obama closed Gitmo just like he promised.

As for waterboarding, it wasn't a widespread practice and used on three people total I believe.  It served a valuable purpose at the time.
silveroak
player, 1192 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 14:37
  • msg #365

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

So how many detainees do you have documentation of going back to terrorism when they have left?
Vexen
player, 440 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 14:44
  • msg #366

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
In reply to Vexen (msg #354):

I actually thought that Bush, Cheney, Clinton, and many other politicians gave very level and welcomed recognition to the armed forces and intelligence units who really made this happen.

Most thought the dude was already dead.


Oh, no! I wasn't trying to insinuate that Bush and co. weren't anything but delighted by this news. It really wasn't meant to be political in nature. But, with as much as he threw his faith behind the military to catch this guy, and he came really close at times, from what I understand, it just didn't happen to play out during his Presidency.

I didn't mean to say he was jealous or something. For the pain this man caused to his country, I'm sure they wanted, on some level, to play a hand in his capture or assassination. That's a rather human desire to have, one that would be understandable for any of us. That's all I meant.

Even though I am something of a more liberally minded person overall, I have little to criticize Bush over about his character. Especially since stepping down from office. As a former President, and as a human being in general, he's been nothing short of a class act.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:47, Tue 03 May 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 284 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 14:54
  • msg #367

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #365):

Obama's Director of National Intelligence’s office has confirmed the rate of recidivism at 25%.  One might jump to the conclusion that a great many of these people were there for a reason.
Tlaloc
player, 285 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 14:56
  • msg #368

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Vexen (msg #366):

Not a problem.  Who wouldn't want to announce the death of this human filth?
spoonk
player, 21 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 14:59
  • msg #369

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

For the record, I believe 9/11 was an inside job.  So this Osama thing is just propaganda in my book.
Tlaloc
player, 286 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 15:08
  • msg #370

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to spoonk (msg #369):

Is that based on any evidence?
spoonk
player, 22 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 15:14
  • msg #371

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

There are way to many questions that surround the day.  I do have a collage level paper written up, but we had a to keep it under 3 pages standard spacing.  Also had to have work cited page as well.  It was a lessen to present a argument in a minimal amount of pages just to get your point across.  The collage paper alone only covers Building 7.  I would post it here, but I think it would require its own thread so it wasn't just spamming the thread.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:18, Tue 03 May 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 287 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 15:20
  • msg #372

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to spoonk (msg #371):

I have read much about Building 7.  What do you think of this:

http://skeptoid.com/episodes/4085
spoonk
player, 23 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 15:27
  • msg #373

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I will have to read it over, but not at this time, I'm on my way out the door.  As for enough evidence, Alex Jones has a number of documentaries out that cover different aspects.  But because they are films set up by an activist I don't refer em because the argument is always bias information.  I was military for 6 year, and was in be 9/11.  But I also had a TS clearance and got to see a lot of dirty stuff.
silveroak
player, 1193 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 15:42
  • msg #374

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Tlaloc (msg #367):
A recitivism rate of 25% does not mean that 25% go back to terrorism, it means 25% wind up reincarcerated somewhere else. Simply having lived 10 years in a prison type environemnt will bring a certain degree of recitivism because they aren't able to handle he sunstructrued life of freedom. Compare to US prisons from http://www.infoplease.com/ipa/A0933722.html
quote:
Within three years of their release, 67% of former prisoners are rearrested and 52% are re-incarcerated, a recidivism rate that calls into question the effectiveness of America's corrections system, which costs taxpayers $60 billion a year

Tlaloc
player, 288 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 16:13
  • msg #375

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #374):

Actually, this DNI report means that 25% of these detainees return to terrorist or insurgent related activity.  Nice try tough.  That is how the Obama adminstration was trying to spin it as well.  I don't consider terrorism to be similar to stealing cars or shoplifting.
silveroak
player, 1194 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 16:38
  • msg #376

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

So the people putting out the report are defining it to mean re-entering prison, teh word itself means re-entering prison, but your definition means turning to terrorism or insurgency so that proves it must be so? Or do you have documentation demonstrating that is what the report means, as opposed to meaning what the administration which commisioned the report says it means?
silveroak
player, 1195 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 16:49
  • msg #377

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

According to http://www.fff.org/comment/com1002d.asp recidivism for Gitmo detainees includes writing op-ed pieces that decry the terrible conditions in Gitmo, so I guess they are using a different standard...
Tlaloc
player, 289 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 17:28
  • msg #378

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #376):

Twist and spin.  Recidivism means the tendency to relapse into a previous undesirable type of behavior, especially crime.  If you are going to hide behind definitions you should use the words you don't have to redefine.

http://www.washingtontimes.com...rs-return-terrorism/

quote:
of the 150 former GITMO detainees assessed as confirmed or suspected of re-engaging in terrorist or insurgent activities, the Intelligence Community assesses that 13 are dead, 54 are in custody, and 83 remain at large


150 of the 598 detainees released engaging in terrorist or insurgent activity.  Do you need me to do the math as well?

I believe I will stick with my statement that many of those in Gitmo are/were there for a very good reason.  One that Obama seems to have figured out considering that he isn't closing its doors anytime soon.
Tlaloc
player, 290 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 17:32
  • msg #379

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #377):

I am sure a man who wrote "The Guantánamo Files: The Stories of the 774 Detainees in America’s Illegal Prison" is unbiased or unprejudiced in any way.  Obama would have closed Gitmo if any of this screed was remotely true.  It would have been a nice way to showcase an actual difference between his admin and that of Bush's.
spoonk
player, 24 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 19:35
  • msg #380

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I have read the mans point of view on building 7, I do not agree with his interpretation of the building falling in on it self as just a fluke.  I have uploaded my paper to this link so you can read it at your own pace and liking.

https://docs.google.com/docume...amp;authkey=CKe1gKIM
Tlaloc
player, 291 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 19:52
  • msg #381

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to spoonk (msg #380):

He doesn't call it a "fluke".  He describes why the building fell and how it conforms to how a damaged building like building 7 would fall in such a way.  I have read Jone's take on it and find it rather paranoid and dismissive of the actual extensive damage that occured to that building.

But I will read your paper tonight.

Here is some pretty interesting testmony on Building 7:

http://www.911myths.com/html/wtc7_damage.html
This message was last edited by the player at 19:56, Tue 03 May 2011.
katisara
GM, 4970 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 3 May 2011
at 20:25
  • msg #382

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
150 of the 598 detainees released engaging in terrorist or insurgent activity.  Do you need me to do the math as well?


Wow, 448 out of 598 people held prisoner in Gitmo, without trial or rights, returned to normal life with no intention of terrorist or insurgent activity? I wonder how many of those people were just normal civilians whose rights we trampled on for our own convenience ...

Now I will be fair, Tlaloc brings up a good point. Bush got a lot of flak for Gitmo (rightly so), and since he left office with that still in place, it hung on his head. Obama promised to close Gitmo, but he kept it open way too long, kept prisoners in custody but transferred them to other locations (which is totally cheating) and otherwise didn't live up to the spirit of his promises. I honestly do not know if there are still prisoners being held like this (I assume not, just because I haven't heard about it for a while). But that is the nature of human memory; gitmo was sooo two years ago. For most of us, it's ancient history. It just doesn't occur to us that it's still relevant and should be stuck on Obama.
Tlaloc
player, 292 posts
Tue 3 May 2011
at 20:47
  • msg #383

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
Wow, 448 out of 598 people held prisoner in Gitmo, without trial or rights, returned to normal life with no intention of terrorist or insurgent activity? I wonder how many of those people were just normal civilians whose rights we trampled on for our own convenience ...


Taken off battlefields and found conducting operations against our troops but hey, why bring that up?  Everytime someone tries to show me one of the released detainees who had nothing to do with terrorism or the insurgency they seem to have been a terrorist or a part of the insurgency.

That fact that some might have learned from the experience at Gitmo says that some of these guys were smart enought to renounce the ways that got them there.  Either that or their old comrades might have guessed, quite rightly, that any interaction with them would be observed and a security risk.  Just because someone is a terrorist does not make them an idiot.  Many are highly intelligent.

quote:
Now I will be fair, Tlaloc brings up a good point. Bush got a lot of flak for Gitmo (rightly so), and since he left office with that still in place, it hung on his head. Obama promised to close Gitmo, but he kept it open way too long, kept prisoners in custody but transferred them to other locations (which is totally cheating) and otherwise didn't live up to the spirit of his promises. I honestly do not know if there are still prisoners being held like this (I assume not, just because I haven't heard about it for a while).


You don't hear about it because the liberal media, who are in love with Obama, won't let you hear about it.

quote:
But that is the nature of human memory; gitmo was sooo two years ago. For most of us, it's ancient history. It just doesn't occur to us that it's still relevant and should be stuck on Obama.


Highly revealing.  I find it very sad that so many are just now remembering the threats we face and what was, and is, required to deal with them.
Falkus
player, 1206 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 00:18
  • msg #384

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

  Highly revealing.  I find it very sad that so many are just now remembering the threats we face and what was, and is, required to deal with them.

I've said it before; I'll say it again.

The true test of moral character is how you deal with adversity.

Phrases like 'ends and means', 'hard men doing hard things', 'necessary evil', will take us to a very dark place.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:18, Wed 04 May 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 293 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 01:19
  • msg #385

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Falkus:
Phrases like 'ends and means', 'hard men doing hard things', 'necessary evil', will take us to a very dark place.


Phrases don't take you a very dark place, it is a lack of morals and ethics that does that.  Not employing hard men to do hard things can allow atrocities to occur.  Not employing certain means to get to certain ends can allow your freedoms to be stripped from you.  Shying away from necessary evils can allow even greater evils to occur.

Mere phrases are no measure of what one must do in a very real, very hostile world in order to ensure freedoms and lives.  Weakness can invite disaster just as much as malice and contempt.

Dare I say that more of the world's troubles could have been prevented with a little more testicular fortitude.
silveroak
player, 1196 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 01:51
  • msg #386

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Then agin, when the response to an attack is to round up the ussual suspects, the fact that the ussual suspects have been rounded up does not prove they had any connection to the attack...
Vexen
player, 441 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 02:32
  • msg #387

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
Phrases don't take you a very dark place, it is a lack of morals and ethics that does that.  Not employing hard men to do hard things can allow atrocities to occur.  Not employing certain means to get to certain ends can allow your freedoms to be stripped from you.  Shying away from necessary evils can allow even greater evils to occur.

Mere phrases are no measure of what one must do in a very real, very hostile world in order to ensure freedoms and lives.  Weakness can invite disaster just as much as malice and contempt.

Dare I say that more of the world's troubles could have been prevented with a little more testicular fortitude.


That possibly might be true. Sometimes, hard choices have to be made, and sometimes, the necessary solutions aren't always the ones we would prefer. In fact, sometimes, for justice and righteousness to be served, sometimes the only path for real success is the one that is the most questionable. It may very well be the case that necessary evils are needed in order to attain reasonable security. I can agree with that. I think most but the most idealistic and optimistic can agree with that.

The question then becomes "where do we draw the line?" At what point do we lose our righteousness, and join the masses of other countries in being just self-concerned. At what point do we lose moral authority? At what point do we become the very thing we are accused of being, committing a war on Islam, and locking up people for the rest of their lives without evidence or even a reason. At what point do their claims of fighting a war from the west become rather justified?

Or does that not even matter? In the end, does self-defense serve as the justification for any means? Liberty can be just a phrase as well. Is it not worth the blood of innocents, or do necessary evils circumvent even that, when push comes to shove?

Are there any lengths you wouldn't be willing to support for the interest of self-preservation, Tlaloc? Torture? Bombing a facility known to hold innocents in order to claim the life of high officer of a terrorist organization? Using roadside bombs and suicide attacks?

By the way, just to cut off suspicions at the pass, this isn't meant to be derogatory, or judgmental towards you. It's a genuine curiosity. We all draw the line somewhere (well, most of us). I just want to know where you draw the line.

It may very well be a question of what each of us values more, maximum security, or maximum liberty? One may not be able to have one with the other.
Falkus
player, 1207 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 03:34
  • msg #388

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Not employing hard men to do hard things can allow atrocities to occur.

By causing atrocities of their own. By overthrowing the rights and freedoms that we've worked to build up over the last few centuries.

Not employing certain means to get to certain ends can allow your freedoms to be stripped from you.

They have been stripped from us; and it wasn't terrorists that took them.

Shying away from necessary evils can allow even greater evils to occur.

Putting the world's oldest democracy on the road to being a police state is the greater evil.

The ends never justify the means; because the means determine what sort of ends you'll get.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:34, Wed 04 May 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 294 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 11:21
  • msg #389

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Falkus:
By causing atrocities of their own. By overthrowing the rights and freedoms that we've worked to build up over the last few centuries.


I do not believe that hard men automatically cause atrocities of there own.  This is where your phrase fails.  Hard men carry the tasks the others cannot or will not do.  Like fight just wars that protect lives and freedoms.

quote:
They have been stripped from us; and it wasn't terrorists that took them.


I do not agree that our rights have been "stripped" due to precautions that have to be made to protect our actual lives but I am thankful for the many watchdogs out there that keep government in line.  It is a line that moves back and forth.

quote:
Putting the world's oldest democracy on the road to being a police state is the greater evil.


Police state?  Please.  More has been done to damage our freedoms due to pushing government run healthcare and government run auto manufacturing than the Patriot Act.  Sometimes the most seemingly benevolent acts cause the most evil.

quote:
The ends never justify the means; because the means determine what sort of ends you'll get.


Ah, that word.  Never.  I no longer use it as it never seems to be true.  To end WWII we killed a great many Germans and Japanese and we lost a great many Europeans and Americans (those hard men) to do so.  Killing them was not a good act but a necessary one and great good came of it for both Germany, Japan, and the world in general.
Falkus
player, 1208 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 11:25
  • msg #390

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Health care is a violation of our rights along the lines of giving the FBI permission to wiretap anybody they please without warrant?

Right; I'm done here.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:26, Wed 04 May 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 295 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 11:30
  • msg #391

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Vexen (msg #387):

Theoreticals aside, the lines I would draw depend totally on what is known about the situation.  You summed it up quite nicely with this:

quote:
In fact, sometimes, for justice and righteousness to be served, sometimes the only path for real success is the one that is the most questionable. It may very well be the case that necessary evils are needed in order to attain reasonable security.


Like my WWII example above.  Or bombing Serbians to protect Muslims from genocide.  Or using assassination teams to unlawfully enter a nation to eliminate a known terrorist.  The results are something to be proud of but no one should revel in the methods that needed to be employed.
Tlaloc
player, 296 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 11:30
  • msg #392

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Falkus (msg #390):

Okay.  Have a nice day.
silveroak
player, 1197 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 12:31
  • msg #393

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I will agree that they probably illegally entered a foriegn country without permission or declaration of war.
It still wasn't an assasination. Assasins strike once from teh shadows in silence, they don't send a team of 40 men in body armor with rifles to secure teh compouncd and sieze computer equipment.
It was a raid. You can question, if you really want to, the morality of that raid, but as a purely technical note it was not an assasination.
I would not object if we had assasinated osama bin lauden, but this was not an asasination.
katisara
GM, 4971 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Wed 4 May 2011
at 13:27
  • msg #394

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
Taken off battlefields and found conducting operations against our troops but hey, why bring that up?  Everytime someone tries to show me one of the released detainees who had nothing to do with terrorism or the insurgency they seem to have been a terrorist or a part of the insurgency.


Then why can't we give them trials already? If they're clearly guilty, this should be open and shut. If they're not clearly guilty, they're presumed innocent, and we're black-bagging civilians.

quote:
You don't hear about it because the liberal media, who are in love with Obama, won't let you hear about it.


But I did hear about it ... two years ago. It's just old news is old news. The media never reports on anything which they deem is 'stale'.
Tlaloc
player, 297 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 13:28
  • msg #395

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #393):

Assassination: the killing of somebody, especially a political leader or other public figure, by a sudden violent attack.

I would call what we did an assassination considering the whole purpose of the mission, or raid, was to kill Osama.  You call it what you will but it fits the technical definition of an assassination.
silveroak
player, 1198 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 13:39
  • msg #396

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

from http://www.thefreedictionary.com/assassination
quote:
as·sas·si·nate (-ss-nt)
tr.v. as·sas·si·nat·ed, as·sas·si·nat·ing, as·sas·si·nates
1. To murder (a prominent person) by surprise attack, as for political reasons.
 


suprise is an essential element, and by the time 40 men have stormed your compound that is no longer teh type of suprise being refered to by an assasination.

Again, he *did* have the opportunity to surrender, which is the primary difference between an assasination (such as a sniper hiding and killing without warning) and a raid on an enemy target which happens to be command leadership.
Tlaloc
player, 298 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 13:47
  • msg #397

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #396):

I would say having helicopters land in my yard would be quite a surprise.  But I guess now you are going to debate the definition of surprise.  This operation fits your definition and mine.

And we actually don't know if he had the opportunity yet.  First he was armed, now he wasn't.  First he used a woman as a shield, now he didn't.  Many in the media are referring to this as an assassination and I see no reason not to call it such.
silveroak
player, 1199 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 13:54
  • msg #398

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

from http://www.merriam-webster.com...ionary/assassination
quote:
Definition of ASSASSINATE
transitive verb
1: to injure or destroy unexpectedly and treacherously
2: to murder (a usually prominent person) by sudden or secret attack often for political reasons


yes the helicopters landing in your yard are a suprise. By the time 40 men have gotten off of them and taken your house by force, you are no longer suprised. You are tactically disadvantaged, but certainly you have been given an opportunity by implication to surrender at that point.

Many in the media are also questioning whether or not it actually happened, or whether it was simply a distraction from Obama's birth certificate release. As John Stewart said, the fact they even raise these points tells you everything you need to know about them. There are people in teh media who are simply divorced from reality. If they are so blinded by tehri hatred of Obama that they will make Osama Bin Lauden into a martyr to further their cause then quite frankly they are the traitors to America. Because Obama never ordered the terrorist attack on the world trade center sacrificing thousands of American civilians.

These Fox News commentators need some perspective.
Tlaloc
player, 299 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 14:16
  • msg #399

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #398):

Definition 2 definitely defines what occurred.  Why do you keep posting defintions that agree with me?

Using John Stewart as a source negates your critique of Fox News.  Why even bring it up?  I have seen the word assassination used on MSNBC, CNN, and Yahoo News.  I haven't watched Fox News since last Thursday night I believe.  Is there some reason you are so fixated on Fox News?

The assassination of Osama is a good thing in my book and Obama made the right call.  I don't say that often and neither Fox News or John Stewart have had any impact on that conclusion.  Unlike others I can think for myself.
katisara
GM, 4972 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Wed 4 May 2011
at 14:22
  • msg #400

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

You guys really need to stick to the military terms for military activities. An assassination (or "targeted killing") is generally accepted as the killing of a civilian (or "unlawful combatant") for political reasons. I have never heard of killing of a particular military target as part of a standard military action called an assasination. A sniper killing a squad's captain is not assassination. A police officer shooting an armed suspect is not assassination. A sniper killing a politician IS assassination. Bin Laden was a lawful combatant, he was armed, and he was posing an active threat to the military personnel seeking to capture him.

Per the Third Geneva Convention, Bin Laden was not a civilian because he actively took part in military activities.

However, if the goal is to smear Obama, he has indeed authorized the assassination of civilians. For example, Anwar al-Awlaki.
Tlaloc
player, 300 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 14:32
  • msg #401

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #400):

I can't believe that I am actually the one defending Obama assassinating Osama.  I would give him extra kudos if he gave the command to not accept the scumbag's surrender thus sparing us a painful trial.  The White House has claimed that Osama was unarmed and I see no real problem with calling it an assassination considering it fits almost every definition of one.  Many in the media, a good many who are also defending Obama's decision, are using the word assassination.

Call it what you will.  Obama did good.
silveroak
player, 1200 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 15:29
  • msg #402

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Then they are ignorant if they are calling it an assasination.
The reason the phrase 'tergetied killing' was invented by the Bush White House is because they wanted to avoid the term assasination as it by definition is an unlawfull act or murder.
Those in the media using teh word have also not been challenged on it's accuracy and are, by their nature, sensationalistic in their reporting.
And insuinating that others on here cannot think for themselves is offensive. I used a quote from John Stewart that expressed a perspective well, I did not site him as a source of fact.
RubySlippers
player, 184 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 15:31
  • msg #403

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
In reply to katisara (msg #400):

I can't believe that I am actually the one defending Obama assassinating Osama.  I would give him extra kudos if he gave the command to not accept the scumbag's surrender thus sparing us a painful trial.  The White House has claimed that Osama was unarmed and I see no real problem with calling it an assassination considering it fits almost every definition of one.  Many in the media, a good many who are also defending Obama's decision, are using the word assassination.

Call it what you will.  Obama did good.


Fine if the world wants to there is the world criminal court they can drag the soldiers and commanders there for trial if they want to take on the US, until then everyone seems happy we took the villian out. I only question ewhy no video feed I would love to have seen his face on video as he saw death in the eyes and out men ready to deliver justice and our revenge.
silveroak
player, 1201 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 15:33
  • msg #404

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Because they didn't add a camera crew to teh black ops strike force.
It is rather counter intuitive to make a video recording of a group so top secret that teh names of teh heros who killed Bin Lauden are classified. Sure it would be neat to have a video, but to expect it?
Tlaloc
player, 301 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 15:35
  • msg #405

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #402):

You define those using the accurate term of assassination as ignorant.  I do not since it was an assassination and fits the definitions you have provided.  Crossing an international boundary to perform this assassination can be considered unlawful.  I see it as justified.  Neither here nor there.

quote:
And insuinating that others on here cannot think for themselves is offensive. I used a quote from John Stewart that expressed a perspective well, I did not site him as a source of fact.


And your insinuation that using the term assassination is a sign of ignorance is not?  How about insinuating that someone's take on the situation is straight from Fox News?  I did not even mention your name in my comment about thinking for myself.  You placed yourself there.  Please hold yourself to the standards you hold others to.
silveroak
player, 1202 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 15:52
  • msg #406

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I refered to your statement as an insinuation, and I do not recall stating that you get all your information from Fox News- my comment about Fox News was related to teh fact that that is where conspiricy theorists who have been claiming that Osama Bin Lauden was not actually killed and that this is a diversion from the birth certificate have been aired. And yes, i have no problem with teh point that reporters are often ignorant, especially in tehir use of language. Over the past 15 years I have met a great deal of agravation with reporter invented language and that has niothing to do with where they stand on teh plitical spectrum. The earliest was "pleaded" instead of "pled" which began durring the OJ Simpson trial, at least that stuck out in my mind, so yes, when it comes to language reporters are, in general, ignorant.

But here is the point I am coming to- if this is not a backhanded attack on Obama then why ask "where is the outrage" which implies it should be there, instead of saying "I was suprised that there was no need to defend the president from this group, which I would have expected to denounce his decision." Instead what you presented was a transparent straw man attack, in which it was asking others to behave in a way that was consistant with a straw man image of them rather than who they actually were, and did so in an accusatory rather than inquisitive manner. mere confusion that the people who had protested Bush's actions were not teh 2 dimentional cartoon characters that conservative pundits had made them out to be would be one thing, but to attack them for not being so or worse, accuse them of political opportuism for failing to behave according to teh cartoonish expectations is an outrage of political opportunism in it's own right.
Tlaloc
player, 302 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 16:15
  • msg #407

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #406):

So in your reply to me I am supposed to know this history of aggravation you have with reporters and the language they use?  I can only respond to what you provide and how you provide it.

quote:
But here is the point I am coming to-


Finally!

quote:
if this is not a backhanded attack on Obama then why ask "where is the outrage" which implies it should be there,


No backhand attack against Obama.  For all his promises to dismantle Bush's policies he has done remarkably little.  He has, in fact, justified those policies by keeping them.

My statement is a full-frontal attack on anti-war movement and the politicians and "activists" who jumped on the bandwagon merely out of Bush/Repubican hate.  I am asking why everyone who was protesting Bush policies are not continuing their struggle.  It shows a shallow duplicity.

quote:
instead of saying "I was suprised that there was no need to defend the president from this group, which I would have expected to denounce his decision." Instead what you presented was a transparent straw man attack, in which it was asking others to behave in a way that was consistant with a straw man image of them rather than who they actually were, and did so in an accusatory rather than inquisitive manner.


Straw man?  Where is the straw man?  I merely observed that the anti-war movement had fizzled out even when the wars have not ended nor have the policies they expended their faux outrage against.  Apparently being a cowboy, ignoring borders, not notifying Congress when employing the military is perfectly acceptable when a Democrat does it.

quote:
mere confusion that the people who had protested Bush's actions were not teh 2 dimentional cartoon characters that conservative pundits had made them out to be would be one thing, but to attack them for not being so or worse, accuse them of political opportuism for failing to behave according to teh cartoonish expectations is an outrage of political opportunism in it's own right.


Actually, in light of their actions, and subsequent silence once a Democrat was elected, the protestors have proven their two-dimensional and opportunistic nature.  You want cartoonish I would refer to your views on Fox News and conservatives.

I supported Bush in his actions to deal with international terrorism and I support Obama in his continuation of the Bush policies on international terrorism considering there has been very little change.  That is what is called "consistency".

Something a vast majority of the former anti-war crowd lacks.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:17, Wed 04 May 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 303 posts
Wed 4 May 2011
at 20:29
  • msg #408

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Iowahawk says it better than I:

http://iowahawk.typepad.com/io...n-pride-is-back.html

Man this guy hit the nail on the head!
silveroak
player, 1203 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 02:29
  • msg #409

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

And the point I have repeatedly demonstrated is that there are differences in how the war is being conducted, and that there are differences in terms of reductions of force, and the simple fact of the matter is that "The Anti War Movement" is not a monolitic characture. Some people *are* still protesting the war, others feel that there is progress enough being made for now, still others feel that progress enough has bewen made in what you describe as slight change. It is your characterization that "If they were seriouss then they must follow X behavior" that is the straw man because the prediction it espouses is based on a 2 dimentional charicature of perfectly rpedictable cartoon people who must do either x and be true to the cause or do Y and be motivated purely by partisan politics. It completely ignores not only the actual complexities of the situatio but the possibility that people who believe differently than you are capable of complex or nuanced thought processes. In short it is prejudicial towards anyone who happens to disagree with you by assuming anyone with a different opinion to yours must be of a grossly inferior intellect.
Tlaloc
player, 304 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 04:29
  • msg #410

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #409):

And you seem to have forgotten that I mentioned that there were die-hards who remain opposed to the war for the same reasons under both Obama and Bush.  At least I can honor their committment in the face of the media black-out as well as admiting they have a genuine belief in peace.

If you are talking about methods and change please tell me how things are different.  Your nebulous descriptions of "differences" doesn't really describe anything.  Perhaps you are talking about the massive increase in drone attacks?  The only difference being that once they were bad and now they are no big deal.  Oh, how about the steady stream of coffin pictures the anti-war crowd was begging for?  I notice we see alot of those these days with the increase in casualties in Afghanistan.  We don't?  Strange that.  Of course Cindy Sheehan (sp?) is constantly in the news.  She isn't?  Olbermann certainly went off on Obama for golfing while soldiers are dying.  He didn't?  I could go on and on and on...

But hey, how about actually providing some kind of evidence that Obama is fighting the war differently.  Please show the radical departure from Bush's policies that have led to the anti-war movement to nod their heads in agreement with Obama's war policies.

quote:
In short it is prejudicial towards anyone who happens to disagree with you by assuming anyone with a different opinion to yours must be of a grossly inferior intellect.


Funny.  That is exactly how I would characterize your prejudicial treatment of conservatives, tea partiers, and generally anyone who doesn't use the highly specialized definitions you seem to create when questioned.  A minor correction: I don't believe these fair-weather peaceniks are of grossly inferior intellect.  I believe they are of grossly inferior ethics and morality.

Be offended by my opinion and the facts if you wish but you can't counter the fact that there are no massive protests any anymore and that the Democrats are no longer the party of anti-war even though Obama is doing exactly what Bush did if not expanding those once hated policies.  It simply suited them politically during the Bush years but, as they say, that was sooooo two years ago.
silveroak
player, 1204 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 13:09
  • msg #411

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I don't deny the fact that there are no *massive* anti war protests animore, but I still reject your bianary logic.
However in case you dind't notice there *was* a massive troop draw down in Iraq, which is teh war most people opposed. Of course it isn't like the media gives voice to nuance easilly, so there weren't a lot of 'get out of Iraq and back into Afghanistan' protests, they just protested the Iraq war in general because both the tried and true anti war and teh are you kidding me whta is the tactical objective here crowd could agree that the Iraq war was bad.
In terms of drone attackls it's not that teh use of drones was bad it's that the use of drones to assasinate civilians was bad. Choice of targets counts more than the actual body count in measuring these things.

As for whether or not I stereotype conservative media? yes, I do a bit, simply because they stereotype themselves so effectively that there was at one point teh suggestion that Glen Beck was secretly lampooning the conservative position because, it was assumed by some, there was no way a real person could actually be such a 2 dimentional caricature of the positions he espoused. Fox News has made a mockery of itself, I just point and laugh. Personally i would like to see conservatives clean house, get rid of the demagogery and actually bring their perspective and ideas with an intelligent voice to teh table, I think that these things can add to America at a time that they are needed, but they have become so comfortable being the gadfly and the cartoon image that they haven't been willing to shed the mantle of their own absurdity. And the reason from what I can tell is the real tragedy- they don't respect their own followers enough to believe they will continue to have political support if they begin to behave intelligently.
It was the finest moment of conservatives in this decade when McCain stood in front of his supporters and told them that Obama was not a Muslim, he was an American, and not out to destroy the country, but merely someone who had a difference of opinion as to how it should be run. The saddest part was the crowd's reponse immediately afterwards.
I know that tehre are intelligent and nuanced conservatives out there, but I would like to strt hearing from them instead of the same old "I know you are but what am I" response with the fingers stuck in the ears.
katisara
GM, 4973 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 5 May 2011
at 13:30
  • msg #412

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I also don't think very many people were against the war in Afghanistan. That made sense. But the war in Iraq? I *still* don't totally get that one. That's an important point your blogger missed; neither Afghanistan nor Pakistan are in the 'middle east'. Our finding Osama in Pakistan doesn't really justify our actions in Iraq. Economically the whole affair still comes off as silly. I don't see the gains.

I also know several people (myself included) who disagreed with our invading foreign nations, but said 'well, we're there now. We can't just abandon it half done. We shouldn't have intruded, but now that we're there, we have to stick it out.' I don't think that's as big in the media, but it does seem a completely valid answer.
Tlaloc
player, 305 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 13:44
  • msg #413

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #411):

If by "no massive anit-war protests" you mean non-existent then you would be correct.

You seem to have missed the surge in Afghanistan as well as our involvement in a little place called Libya.  Which, by the way, was not approved by Congress nor was it voted on in the Security Council of the UN.  I am still awaiting the cries of "war crime" from the anti-war crowd but they don't seem to be around anymore.

So drones aren't killing civilians anymore?

http://news.yahoo.com/s/afp/20...a_afp/pakistanunrest

quote:
It was the first missile strike to hit North Waziristan tribal district since a diplomatic furore erupted between Pakistan and the United States over a drone attack on March 17, which killed 39 people including civilians.


quote:
Local security and administration officials in Miranshah gave a higher toll of 25 dead, including three women and four children.


These dead civilians are on Obama's watch.  2011.  Is this that wonderful choice you are talking about?  I couldn't hear the protests over these drone attacks over the crickets chirping.

As for your views on Conservatives, Fox News, Glenn Beck, Tea Partiers?  Well, it is what it is.  It seems that liberals and leftists only like Conservatives who are willing to give up their core beliefs.  The left is far more intolerant of dissent from the party line than the right.  Next time you are on a lefty forum just throw out an idea that perhaps, just perhaps, you would like to see smaller government and see the responses you get.  Not very pretty.

Every Libertarian and Conservative I know does not believe Obama is a Muslim.  Everyone knows he is an atheist who worships government power.  The "Church" he belonged to in Chicago was a mere stepping stone to establishing himself there.  It says much that someone believes a proud moment to be merely stating the blatantly obvious.

quote:
I know that tehre are intelligent and nuanced conservatives out there, but I would like to strt hearing from them instead of the same old "I know you are but what am I" response with the fingers stuck in the ears.


I doubt many liberals and leftists would know one if they met one.  Such closed minded, party-line folk are often stunned and shocked that people can have opinions other than those they have been drilled into their impressionable minds.  I have actually met and befriended many a leftist or liberal who is open to opposing views and factual, coherent debate.  But they are few and very far between.
Tlaloc
player, 306 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 13:49
  • msg #414

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #412):

That is because Iraq wasn't about Osama.  It was about removing a tyrant whose only interest was the destablization of his neighbors.  I don't know of anyone who has pointed at Osama's death as justification for invading Iraq.

I say that if the world, not just the US, actually took on the tyrants of world instead of rewarding them with "aid" and seats on various UN councils (Syria and Sudan anyone?) that the world would be a better place.
katisara
GM, 4974 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 5 May 2011
at 15:43
  • msg #415

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
I say that if the world, not just the US, actually took on the tyrants of world instead of rewarding them with "aid" and seats on various UN councils (Syria and Sudan anyone?) that the world would be a better place.


And that's fine, but that doesn't make people who disagree with you 'hypocrites'. Many people were campaigining specifically against the Iraq war.
Tlaloc
player, 307 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 15:58
  • msg #416

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to katisara (msg #415):

You are correct.  Disagreeing with me does not make a person a hypocrite.  What does make them a hypocrite is protesting the Iraq war when Bush is in office and then immediately siding with Obama on Iraq policy when it is not much different than Bush's policy on Iraq.  The Democrats no longer declare the war lost nor do they hound the President over his Iraq policy.  Their anger against the war was fake and politically motivated even though a great many of them approved of it in the first place.  You know, the John Kerry Syndrome.

That was my point and, of course, I have no problem with you disagreeing with me.  You call it like you see it and so do I.
katisara
GM, 4975 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 5 May 2011
at 16:48
  • msg #417

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Okay, well we have multiple different cuts on this, althouh I only brought up two;

1) People who disagreed with the Iraq war specifically. They generally still do disagree with it. I haven't seen anyone say, three years ago, 'invading Iraq is a terrible idea', and today say 'invading Iraq was a good and necessary idea'. I DO know some people who held the converse position. They used to think invading Iraq was a good idea (because of information available at the time), but don't think so any more, and want Obama to pull out. From my experience, these people haven't changed.

2) People who think INVADING is a bad idea, but cleaning up your mess is good. Bush invaded. Obama did not. So you can be upset with Bush for MAKING the mess, but that doesn't confer to Obama for continuing the war in order to clean it up.

Then of course you have the general population who cared about the war in 2004 because it was current news, but don't care about it now because it's almost ten years old. That's pretty standard, and isn't a reflection of Obama vs. Bush, rather 'new can of worms' vs. 'old can of worms'.
Vexen
player, 442 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 18:32
  • msg #418

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
Every Libertarian and Conservative I know does not believe Obama is a Muslim.  Everyone knows he is an atheist who worships government power.  The "Church" he belonged to in Chicago was a mere stepping stone to establishing himself there.  It says much that someone believes a proud moment to be merely stating the blatantly obvious.


With all due respect, that doesn't really sound much better than the first. You just replaced Muslims, one group that the American people villfy, for another group the American people villify. Not to mention, it's one that Obama constantly gets called as well. If you're trying to make yourself sound more reasonable, I don't think that's really the way to do it. It comes off as "Well, I know that Obama's not a secret, evil Muslim ready to open the way for the death of America. That's just silly! All real Conservatives and Libertarians know he's really an amoral sociopath bent for world domination. It's apples and oranges, really!"

What I don't understand is why we have to constantly attack Obama's character. If you don't like his policies, that's fine. Even someone as admittedly left-leaning as myself thinks there's plenty of legitimate reason to criticize him on his politics or the way he's handled incidents. So, why sink it down to the "he's a mean, awful, poo-poo head" level? Maybe it's relevant to you, I don't know, but to me, it's kinda offensive, both to those of us who think he's not a bad guy, and to those who have legitimate gripes against his term as President.

Also, the assertion of atheism on that is something I take somewhat of an offense to. It's like saying "Well, he's obviously a bad, power-hungry President who wants to destroy America as we know it. Therefore, he must be an atheist!" Why does atheism even come into the matter? Why is it even relevant? How does it further your argument against him and his doctrine? Because, if it doesn't, other than to just insult the man, then it probably doesn't need to be said, and, in my opinion, it just bogs down the real discussion that should be had about his policies.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:52, Thu 05 May 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 308 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 18:51
  • msg #419

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Vexen (msg #418):

First, I don't agree that Muslims are villified in the US.  If anything I believe too many people are afraid to confront the cancer of extremism that festers in the Muslim community out of fear of being labeled an "Islamophobe".

Second, I don't agree that Atheists are villified seeing as how I am an Atheist myself.  So pretty much I am assigning Obama to the same state of godlessness that I myself occupy.

That he worships the power of government over the ignorant masses is quite apparent in the way he treats the media and the way he looks down on the American people in general.  You know, the "bitter clingers" and "those who would balance the budget on the backs of the poor".  If he wishes for his opponents to not attack his character then perhaps he might start by showing some character himself.  Any man who pines for the power of Hu Jintao has an obvious disdain for the democratic process.

So you missed the mark completely.  Atheism is something Obama and I can agree with.  His disdain for capitalism and free markets and host of other issues are where we disagree.
Vexen
player, 443 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 19:13
  • msg #420

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I disagree with the notion that Muslims and Atheists aren't vilified in society. I'm not an Atheist, but as an Agnostic, I often get grouped in as one. I could tell you a few stories of how I feel I've been treated at oddly for it, but ultimately, that would be fairly anecdotal, and likely wouldn't add much of a point besides just sharing. Type in on Google "most distrusted group in America", and Atheism is all over it. In my experiences, plenty of people do distrust Atheists in general. The term gets thrown around, especially in the Family-values crowd (not all conservatives, mind you, as I think true libertarians have no issues with the religion of others). I would argue religion is a big factor in how a good portion of the population judges others, and I feel that assertion is evident by the difficulty Romney has in getting his nomination, even though he is a fairly intellectual centrist conservative that the party needs right now to win over the moderates and independents.

I do think there are people who are as you describe, afraid of being labeled an "Islamaphobe", but I feel there are plenty on the other side of the coin as well, who would be completely happy with outright harassing Muslims and those of Middle-Eastern decent in the name of self-defense.

But that's all beside the point. Forgive me if I have misinterpreted your statements, but I feel as if my question remains unaddressed. If it's not a big deal, why bring it up? The man says he's a Christian. Why can't we just accept that, and focus on his policies instead? Even if he is a Christian, how does that hurt your argument any? It's this weird little baggage, this added tac-on that doesn't seem to belong in the discussion.

As a side note, I disagree with your assertion. As most people who have been around in this forum for many years can tell you I am someone who finds capitalism distasteful. I am, rather self-admittedly, anti-capitalist. And, as someone who truly disagrees with the system, I can honestly say that, from my estimation, Obama isn't of the same beliefs as myself. He might be more accepting of a more socialistic interpretation of capitalism than you'd like, but he doesn't really appeal to me as holding my beliefs either. He seems rather traditionally leftist to me, and a fairly close to center one at that.
This message was last edited by the player at 19:19, Thu 05 May 2011.
Tycho
GM, 3324 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 19:14
  • msg #421

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I haven't had much time (or energy) to get into the discussion here lately, but I saw this and just wanted to make a few comments:

Tlaloc:
I doubt many liberals and leftists would know one if they met one.  Such closed minded, party-line folk are often stunned and shocked that people can have opinions other than those they have been drilled into their impressionable minds.  I have actually met and befriended many a leftist or liberal who is open to opposing views and factual, coherent debate.  But they are few and very far between.


This sort of jumped out at me, because it highlighted a contrast between how Tlaloc seems to view himself, and how he comes off here to me.  I wouldn't have guessed he had liberal friends, or that he valued being open to opposing views and facts.  The impression I've gotten of him here has been rather the opposite, really;, that he finds all liberals (or at least all people who disagree with him) repugnant, and that anyone who changes their mind is a spineless hypocrite.  Though he seems to come down on "party line folk" in the quote, to me he's always seemed like one of the more partisan folks here.

And this got me thinking.  If my impression of Tlaloc could be so far from how he views himself, how likely is it that all of us have a view of ourselves that is rather different from how people here view us?  After some thinking about this, I thought probably everyone here views him or herself as someone who's open-minded, fair, patient, objective, and polite.  But how many people here other than ourselves do we view that way?

So what's this all mean?  First, we probably all know it in a sense, but probably tend to ignore it in practice, but we're all biased, even when we try not to be.  We all unconsciously magnify the good things about people we like (including ourselves) and the bad things about people we don't like or disagree with.  To a degree, that's just human nature, and we can't make it go away.  However, we can work against it, I think.  One way is the good old golden rule.  When posting here, do think "how does this person deserve to be treated," but rather, "how do I want them to treat me?"  This not only helps improve our own behavior, but also gets us in the habit of putting ourselves in the shoes of others, which starts to lessen the natural tendency to separate people into "us" and "them."  (or at least helps to bring some people in our "them" group into our "us" group).

Second, attacking groups we disagree with, we can ask ourselves not just "am I guilty of something similar," but instead "do people consider me guilty of something similar?"  This does two things.  First, it gets us thinking about how our message is likely to come across, not just what we think it means.  Second, it gets us pondering why people might think someone is guilty of x, y, or z even when they're not, which can get us to go back and re-examine our original accusation, and check to see if we're not unfairly characterizing them in the same way that others might be unfairly characterizing us.

I don't say all this because I think I've mastered it, or that I'm unbiased or anything like that.  Quite the opposite, in fact.  I know I'm biased, I know I can often come off in a way that isn't how I like to think of myself.  I do make a conscious effort to think about such things, but even when doing so, I can find myself surprised by comments like the one Tlaloc made above.  Basically what I'm getting at, is that I think we'd all like to have more open-minded, less personal, less aggressive discussion of these topics.  But it starts with each of us making a conscious effort to do it, not with hoping/expecting/demanding that "the other guy" does it.  It's a bit cliche, perhaps, but to paraphrase a good quote : "be the change you want to see in the [CC:R]" ;)  If we don't like it when people view us as a simple-minded straw man of our actual views, lets not do it to others.  If we don't want people focus purely on our downsides, lets not do that to others either.  If we want people to listen to our points respectfully, and with an open mind, lets make a conscious effort to do so.

This is not to say we can't disagree.  To a degree, that's what we're here to do! ;)  But if we give some thought to the way in which we prefer to be disagreed with, we might all find the discussion a bit more enjoyable and fruitful.
Tlaloc
player, 309 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 19:31
  • msg #422

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Vexen (msg #420):

Any group can claim to be villified, Atheists villify the Christians, the Pro-Choice villify the Pro-Life, blah, blah, blah.  As a Libertarian I believe that everyone has the right to believe what they wish and associate with whom they wish.  I don't believe that Conservatives courting "moderates" is a winning ticket.  McCain was a "moderate" wet dream and he got his ass handed to him.  This next race is going to be won only by a person showing themselves to have a firm understanding of what drives an economy, something Obama clearly doesn't possess.  Romney has the RomneyCare albatross around his neck and is a bad choice overall.

I agree, of course, that there are morons in all walks of life who believe that they have the right to threaten others and harass others on the basis of religion, skin color, or sexual orientation.  They are known as "assholes".  They are not what I am talking about.  Assholes are a given.

But let me address your restated question: Obama is an Athiest who doesn't have the testicular fortitude to proclaim that he is one.  The USA is a very religious country and many see it as political suicide to declare one's non-belief.  I would like to see a politician take a brave stand and proudly proclaim their godlessness.  The reason I see Obama as a Atheist is that he acts like a certain brand of Atheist.  Namely a Marxist.  Man that guy loves his class warfare.  He is hardly the unifier the media tried to sell us.

But hey, if you don't like me commenting on his religion, or lack thereof, I can drop it.  I just didn't think it was that big a deal and really not that hard at all to see.

I understand where you are coming from although I must disagree that capitalism is a bad thing.  Considering the millions of humans who have died at the hands of anti-capitalists in the 20th century I would say that capitalism is only the system that promotes the betterment of humanity.  Is it without it's problems and difficulties?  No.  But just because nothing is perfect does not mean that everything is wrong.
Tlaloc
player, 310 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 19:45
  • msg #423

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tycho:
This sort of jumped out at me, because it highlighted a contrast between how Tlaloc seems to view himself, and how he comes off here to me.  I wouldn't have guessed he had liberal friends, or that he valued being open to opposing views and facts.  The impression I've gotten of him here has been rather the opposite, really;, that he finds all liberals (or at least all people who disagree with him) repugnant, and that anyone who changes their mind is a spineless hypocrite.  Though he seems to come down on "party line folk" in the quote, to me he's always seemed like one of the more partisan folks here.


I never said that my liberal and religious friends never argue.  We do, in fact, go at it quite heatedly.  But it always comes down to me respecting their right to believe any stupid thing they wish.  In this they agree with me and return the favor.  That is all I ask.

The rest of your post I can pretty much agree with.  Except for one thing, of course.

"Open Mind"

Many people have this concept that you cannot oppose someone else's opinion and still have an open mind.  I can consider what you say but when it flies in the face of facts and reality I will not say "well, you have a point".  I will say "you are wrong".

And basically I don't have a problem with that.  I won't run to the moderator when someone does a backhanded insult towards me or hints at a lack of intellectual capacity or brain size.  I answer it on these forums the way I do face to face.  Except when I say it face to face most are stunned with the charm in which I say it.

So let's fight.  But let's fight knowing that I have listened to, or read, your words and am responding to you with my actual beliefs and opinions and that I fully support your right to believe what you do and the right to say what you believe.  That is why I have friends who range from members of the CPUSA to evangelical Christian Creationists.  Life is too short to hang around people who are just like you.  That doesn't mean you have to be "open-minded" to some of the crap they choose to believe.
Tycho
GM, 3325 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 20:16
  • msg #424

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
Many people have this concept that you cannot oppose someone else's opinion and still have an open mind.

Really?  I don't think I've ever met anyone who's expressed that position.  Interesting.

Tlaloc:
I can consider what you say but when it flies in the face of facts and reality I will not say "well, you have a point".  I will say "you are wrong".

Have you considered another other possibilities?  There are numerous other options between "you are wrong," and "well, you have a point," which might prompt more fruitful discussion.  "You are wrong," tends to come off to people as "I'm not even going to listen to you," even if that's not what its intended to mean.

I guess it depends on the different goals we all might have.  Which I suppose is another thing we ought to try to keep in mind.  For some, the point is just to say what you believe.  For others, its to change minds.  For others it to try to understand why people believe what they believe.  For others the goal is to express judgment of those who hold different views.  How we respond is usually based almost entirely on our own goals, but if we tailor our response (by which I mean the delivery, not the content) to the goals of whomever we're talking to, everyone in the discussion might enjoy it more and get more out of it.
Vexen
player, 444 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 21:21
  • msg #425

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Tlaloc (msg #422):

You're right that any group can vilify another, and in American politics (or possibly politics in general), they often do. Pro-Choicers do vilify Pro-Lifers, and vice versa. And I find that a shame. But, I do think that there are certain groups in which the public at large makes unfortunate assumptions about more than others. Once more, I go to the 2006 poll which found that Atheism, by a wide margin, was the most mistrusted group in America. Similarly, many people, especially on the Right, tend to group in Atheism with virtually any idea they disagree with morally, as if Atheism goes hand in hand with amoral, totalitarian communistic ideals. And, as I'm sure someone like you can attest to, that isn't the case.

If I may borrow some of your statements from your on-going discussion with Tycho, I think we disagree on what "Open-mindedness" means. You seem to believe that "Open-mindedness" means accepting the beliefs of others indescriminately. If you feel that's the case, I don't think you and myself (as well as Tycho) are talking on the same level. We don't think that's the case. To myself, being open-minded means not simply discounting another because they happen to disagree with your interpretation of events or reality.

Forgive me if I misinterpret your statements, as I'm almost certain I have, but the reality you paint seems to be that "you see reality and anyone who disagrees with you either is in denial, or blind to it." That's more the idea we're challenging. If you disagree with us, that's fine. We're not asking you, or anyone else, to even go so far as to say "we have a point." If you don't think we have a point, please, by all means, call us out on that. But, the way you seem to come off to myself is that, somehow, you feel you have a better grasp on reality than anyone else, that you see reality as exactly as it is, and you completely discount the idea that anyone could possibly interpret events differently, unless they're in-denial, they're being partisan, or they're just stupid.

You speak of reality as if there's only one real understanding of it, and that reality is the philosophy you personally ascribe to. Your language doesn't seem to allow the possibility that others, who are equally intelligent, morally upstanding, and rational, could see the exact same event, and interpret it in an entirely different manner. For example, you see it plainly obvious that Obama is an atheist, and you shout to the world that it's self-evident. However, for something so allegedly obvious, I think there are a lot of people, if not most people, on this forum who don't see it as such. And, unless you think we're lying or intentionally making ourselves ignorant to the signs, it doesn't really fit in the paradigm of the world as you describe. Similarly, you state that he's an anti-capitalistic secularist, as if it were only conclusion. However, here I am, as a self-admitted anti-capitalistic secularist, and I'm telling you that I don't identify with this man. If you're the only one who thinks it's obvious that Obama is an atheistic anti-capitalistic, maybe it's not as obvious as you think.

Having an "Open Mind" as myself and Tycho describe it doesn't mean always accepting everything that the other side offers. That would be rather problematic. Instead, what we're talking about is being open to the possibility that there might be other, valid interpretations of reality other than one's own. The possibility that your take isn't the only rational take on the issue, and the notion of not automatically discounting what another has to offer simply because their interpretation doesn't match up with your own. Even your defense for yourself seems to be full of the notion that you're right and they're wrong. Like: "Of course I have friends who disagree with me! They're all stupid and ignorant, as anyone who disagrees with me is, but that doesn't mean we can't be friends!"

Tycho, as he often does, puts it in a much more eloquent manner than I do. I don't necessarily consider myself perfect or right in my beliefs. I have my biases, and I have my beliefs, but I try to be open to the possibility that my biases and beliefs could be wrong. That I may completely misunderstand the reality of the situation. That, to me, is the essence of being "Open-minded", accepting that we're not all omniscient and we might not grasp matters in the way that's objective and fair, and open to the possibility that there could be another way to look at the same problem, as many big questions in life don't often have one simple answer to them. Though I do my best to not default to my own biases and preconceptions, I know for certain that I fail from time to time. Or, due to my own short-sightedness, I failed to consider a different angle that might more adequately address an issue. I am human, after all.

Now, with that diatribe out of the way, I'll take a moment to address the other bits of politics. I always admired McCain, and at first, I had a tough time choosing between Obama and him. But he didn't lose my vote because he was a moderate Republican. That's why I liked him! As a person who finds political extremism distasteful on either side, McCain's record came off much more so as centrist, and had he had stuck with that in the general election, I may well have voted with him. However, for some reason, for the general election, he took a sharp turn Right to appease the conservatives who weren't happy with him. He sold himself as a hard-line conservative, and that turned me off. Obama came out looking more centrist, so I voted for him. He got some really bad advice, given that one usually does the opposite, selling themselves as a hardliner for the primaries, and centering themselves for the election. Granted, that's just my vote, and I'm not necessarily representative of the population (in fact, I'm pretty sure I'm not), but that's what did it for me, which is exactly the opposite of the portrayal that is was his moderate past that cost him.

I like Romney. A lot. He might be conservative, but he doesn't come off in a manner of someone who's just oppositionally so. He comes off as an intellectual, a rarity in a party that, to me, seems to almost pride itself on seemingly anti-intellectual tendencies, and a distrust for elitism. And he comes off as at least accepting of compromise, which I think is needed in the coming era. To me, I don't get this flip-flop nonsense. It's one thing to be a hypocrite, and to do one thing, while saying another. But, it's been years since he was a governor, and sometimes, people change over a course of years. It's natural for people's opinions to shift one way or another over a period. Very few people remain the same throughout their lives. Why politicians don't get to change their minds beats me. If you change and grow as a person, that's viewed generally positively. But, if you do it as a politician, that seems to be viewed as spineless and weak. Apparently, the ideal politician never changes his or her beliefs in anything, ever, no matter how the climate or the world changes.

And if your only argument against the principles of anti-capitalism is that there were some bad people who espoused it in the 20th century, then, I apologize, but I find the argument rather unconvincing. Just because someone did something bad in the name of an idea doesn't mean the idea is bad, especially if those bad things had little to do with the idea itself; if anything, and that's a big if, it just says that someone could possibly interpret that idea in a very bad way. It's not fair to label an idea as negative just because someone else who agreed with it did some bad things in it's name. If that were the case, it would be fair to hang the Witch Trials, Imperialism, or the Inquisition over the heads of Christianity, because bad things happened in it's name. But, in my estimation, it wouldn't.

That isn't to say there aren't problems with socialism or communism. There are. But it's not fair to argue that, based on the people who agree with it, it's bad. If you think it's a poor system, which is a valid position to hold, argue on it's merits. If it's truly a bad system, there should be plenty to find.

On a side note, I would like to add that I don't find capitalism inherently evil. Do I think it lends itself to the more self-centered side of human nature? Yes. But I do think it's possible to do in a way that's relatively fair and as minimally invasive as possible. There is no perfect system. And I'd long since accepted the idea that we're likely never going to turn away completely from capitalism. So, I do my best to compromise my beliefs to fit them within the current paradigm. If we're going to have capitalism anyway, then I might as well work within it to promote a more fair system than to eschew myself from politics entirely.
This message was last edited by the player at 07:03, Fri 06 May 2011.
silveroak
player, 1205 posts
Thu 5 May 2011
at 23:57
  • msg #426

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Being a little pressed for time, I'm going to throw this in- I didn't say Obama's execution of teh war didn' *kill* any civilians, I said he did not *target* any civilans, and once agint you twisted my words into what you wanted to argue against instead of what i said.
Tlaloc
player, 311 posts
Fri 6 May 2011
at 04:47
  • msg #427

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #426):

Like silveroak, I am pressed for time so to Vexen I say that I will give you a response your thoughtful post deserves tomorrow.

To silveroak: please show me where Bush specifically targetted civilians.  Your failure to provide the context of your statement does not translate into me "twisting" your words.  So please, provide the evidence that Bush was telling the US military to target civilians on purpose.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:48, Fri 06 May 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 312 posts
Fri 6 May 2011
at 15:15
  • msg #428

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Vexen (msg #425):

Sorry for not responding.  My boy's B-Day is today and I had to decorate the dining room for him last night, I was also working on a contract last night, and I had to pack for a rock-climbing trip last night as well.  Full schedule but I have a few minutes to repond during this class I am taking today.  So on we go!

Living where I do it would be those who proclaim to be Christian who have to keep their heads down.  That being said, I don't care what people mistrust.  I will not pretend to be something that I am not.  I might not declare my religion unless people come out and ask me but I am not in the habit of pushing my non-belief down people's throats as long as they don't try to push their faith on me.

Open-mindedness.  Open-mindedness to me is listening to someone without pre-judgement of what they are saying or basing a reaction upon who you believe them to be.  Once their statement is complete I have the full right to make a judgement based on that statement.  You wrote this:

quote:
To myself, being open-minded means not simply discounting another because they happen to disagree with your interpretation of events or reality.


So I couldn't simply discount another's belief if they interpret the fact that the Earth is a sphere to mean that it is flat?  I believe I can discount that person as not having a firm grasp of reality based on that.  I have no problem with discounting or judging people based on what they say to me.  Nor do I believe that many here have a problem with it either.  I am just more forward about saying it.  That being said, the Flat-Earther might have several other opinions and beliefs I agree with though I would be wary of their furhter beliefs based on the flat-earth belief.

quote:
But, the way you seem to come off to myself is that, somehow, you feel you have a better grasp on reality than anyone else, that you see reality as exactly as it is, and you completely discount the idea that anyone could possibly interpret events differently, unless they're in-denial, they're being partisan, or they're just stupid.


I don't see the problem there.  Judgement is not a bad word and yes, I do believe I have a better grasp of reality than a great many others in this world.  High self-esteem is not a crime either.  I am too old to get mired down in self-doubt nor do I waste time faking humility.  I still have a lot to learn but I pick and choose to learn from those who can actually teach.  To find those people I have to make a judgement and the success of my life so far tells me that I am pretty good at it.

quote:
You speak of reality as if there's only one real understanding of it, and that reality is the philosophy you personally ascribe to. Your language doesn't seem to allow the possibility that others, who are equally intelligent, morally upstanding, and rational, could see the exact same event, and interpret it in an entirely different manner.


Actually, I am the only one who understands my reality.  Many here would like some validation of their version of reality but, as I said, I no longer argue things I do not personally believe.  This is why I do have Christian Creationist friends, Atheist friends, Buddhist friends, Muslim friends, Communist friends, Liberal friends, Progressive friends, Conservative friends, Wiccan friends, etc.  I find common ground with all of them.  Not the same things between them all but they know I have an open mind and that I will tell them exactly what I think if they ask me.  They might disagree but they know where they stand with me.  They know I pull no punches.

Note that I believe that much is lost in these arguments and discussions because of the text based nature of a forum.  Many a point is lost due to lack of inflection, body language, and eye contact.  Face to face debate is a quickly dying artform.

quote:
If you're the only one who thinks it's obvious that Obama is an atheistic anti-capitalistic, maybe it's not as obvious as you think.


And the reality is that it only takes one person to be right.  The mob, which is the basic nature of liberalism, is often wrong.

quote:
He comes off as an intellectual, a rarity in a party that, to me, seems to almost pride itself on seemingly anti-intellectual tendencies, and a distrust for elitism.


That is quite a condemnation of the Right.  Perhaps you aren't as moderate or open-minded as you would like to believe?  I would say it is quite healthy to not follow someone simply because the mob considers them "elite".  There are alot of elite academics out there who are complete dumbasses.  In fact, I would say the "green" movement and the Church of AGW are far more anti-intellectual and anti-scientific than any right-wing boogey-man.

Like Marxism, letting elites make your decisions has caused nothing but suffering throughout history.  I am in the camp that your life is best run by yourself.  Although I am far more Libertarian than Conservative I see the Conservatives as the closest thing to Libertarians that I can find.  The Conservatives are far more intellectual and reality based than the Liberal/Progressives who believe that truth and facts are relative.  The current surge of pride and approval of assassination under Obama is proof of the groupthink inherent in the Left.

quote:
And if your only argument against the principles of anti-capitalism is that there were some bad people who espoused it in the 20th century, then, I apologize, but I find the argument rather unconvincing.


Oh that is hardly the only argument that I have but I do find it interesting that the fact that anti-capitalism fails every time its tried, along with a huge body count, would be unconvincing.

quote:
That isn't to say there aren't problems with socialism or communism. There are. But it's not fair to argue that, based on the people who agree with it, it's bad. If you think it's a poor system, which is a valid position to hold, argue on it's merits. If it's truly a bad system, there should be plenty to find.


Where do I say that socialism/communism is bad based on the people that are associated with it?  I say it is a bad system completely on its own.  Bad people just find is easier to gain control through such systems.  It dehumanizes its subjects and inevitably leads to atrocity, human misery, and mass graves.  I just didn't know that you wanted to argue the merits of capitalism over anti-capitalism.  By all means fire up the thread and I will join you there.

quote:
On a side note, I would like to add that I don't find capitalism inherently evil. Do I think it lends itself to the more self-centered side of human nature? Yes.


I would agree with this statement.  But I would rather deal with people's self-interest than the steam-roller that is the greater glory of the collective.  Marxist governments don't remove self-interest it merely puts the tools of total control in the hands of those who will use them for their own interests.

quote:
So, I do my best to compromise my beliefs to fit them within the current paradigm. If we're going to have capitalism anyway, then I might as well work within it to promote a more fair system than to eschew myself from politics entirely.


Interesting.  I find too many people are too willing to compromise their beliefs.  Perhaps this is what people here find so aggravating or curious about me.  I do not compromise my beliefs to fit a peradigm.  I make the world a better place by changing the peradigm to fit my beliefs.

Perhaps that is where our concepts of "open-mindedness" differ?  Yours seems to incorporate a concept of compromising your core beliefs to conform to the current truth.  I am complete against that concept.
silveroak
player, 1206 posts
Fri 6 May 2011
at 15:39
  • msg #429

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

quote:
The U.S. first said it used targeted killing in November 2002, with the cooperation and approval of the government of Yemen.[1][17]
It used a CIA-controlled high-altitude Predator drone to fire a Hellfire missile at an SUV in the Yemeni desert containing Qaed Salim Sinan al-Harethi, a Yemeni suspected senior al-Qaeda lieutenant believed to have been the mastermind behind the October 2000 USS Cole bombing that killed 17 Americans.[1][18][17] He was on a list of targets whose capture or death had been called for by President George W. Bush.[1] In addition to al-Harethi, five other occupants of the SUV were killed, all of whom were suspected al-Qaeda terrorists, and one of whom (Kamal Derwish) was an American.


No raid, no compound, no chance of surrender, not armed at the time to anyone's knowledge, *that* is an assasination. Nothing but death from above while he was driving his car.
Tlaloc
player, 313 posts
Fri 6 May 2011
at 15:52
  • msg #430

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #429):

So a SEAL shooting an unarmed man, Osama, in the head is not an assassination?  Funny that so many definitions says it is.  I really don't know why you keep pushing this.  Is it because you can't believe Obama would use assassination as a tool in a Overseas Contingency Operation or a Kinetic Military Action?  Or that you believe assassination has something to do with ninja snipers or death from above?  This was a particular man targetted for a particular reason and executed at a time and place of our choosing.  An assassination by any definition, including those provided by you.

Once again, I applaud Obama for assassinating the human filth known as Osama bin Laden.  But hey, keep throwing definitions around if you wish.
Tycho
GM, 3326 posts
Fri 6 May 2011
at 21:31
  • msg #431

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

For what it's worth, my view would be that if it was an attempt to capture, during which he was killed (which is what the government is claiming, though I'm not sure I buy it) it wouldn't be an assassination.  If they went in purely with the intent to kill him, then it would be an assassination.  And to be honest, I'd be a somewhat uncomfortable if that's the case.  Yes, it's good that he's no longer able to plan attacks on us, and hopefully the world is safer without him in it, and it seems like many people feel some kind of sense of closure after the killing (not entirely sure how I feel about that aspect of things, really, but can't begrudge people their feelings at the end of the day, especially for something like 9/11).  But I'd like to think we don't make the rules up as we go along, and bend them when we need to.  As Falkus has said already, our morals are what we do in the worst case scenario, not what we do when everything is rosey.  If we really did just go in with no intent to capture him alive, that means we really are a country that doesn't oppose assassination, and that disappoints me (as did finding out that we were a country that wasn't opposed to torture).  I'm glad that Bin Laden is out of the picture, but I have an uneasy feeling about the whole thing, to be honest.  The dancing in the street made me uncomfortable as well.  Again, I can't begrudge people's feelings, but what it brought to my mind was the images of people dancing in the street after 9/11.  On the one hand, I know we're not so different as the people who hate us, and wish more people understood that, but on the other hand, I sort of hoped that we were at least a little bit different.  I guess it's a bit like Tlaloc said:  I wish we wouldn't be so willing to compromise our beliefs based on the changing situation.

I don't say all this to take a side, really.  I'm still not entirely certain how I feel about the whole thing, especially as it sounds more likely that it was purely a "shoot first and take evidence later" operation, rather than one with the goal of taking him alive.  I certainly think bin Laden deserved what he got, and much worse really, but if we had to compromise out own principles to give it to him, it sort of sours it for me.  It's sort of like playing on a sports team, and having a really close game that your team just barely wins, and you feel really good about it, until your teammate starts telling you that he was cheating the whole game.  I could be pretty comfortable with "try to take him alive, but don't take too many risks to do it," but "shoot him no matter what" would make me less proud of the country at a moment when most people are feeling lots of pride.  It may be that I never find out for certain just what the orders were, and will always have this lingering doubt in the back of my mind, saying "when the chips are down, we're an 'ends justify the means' nation after all.  We have plenty of ideals in blue skies, but we'll toss them out the window if we need to."  Perhaps its unrealistic to expect otherwise, I don't know.
silveroak
player, 1207 posts
Sat 7 May 2011
at 00:06
  • msg #432

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

At any point from when teh helicopters landed on his lawn to when he was shot in the head *following a firefight* in which his men returned fire Osama had the opportunity to surrender. A man driving his SUV being targeted by a predator does not have that opportunity.
On the other hand an armed camp of combatants in a combat zone is aware they are under teh constant threat of bombardment, so additional precision due to the drone's advanced capabilities are not an assasination. And civilians who are collateral damage are not targets. I would assume anyone who roleplays in combat situations would be aware of the technicallities of these differences.
Vexen
player, 445 posts
Sat 7 May 2011
at 00:59
  • msg #433

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
In reply to Vexen (msg #425):

Sorry for not responding.  My boy's B-Day is today and I had to decorate the dining room for him last night, I was also working on a contract last night, and I had to pack for a rock-climbing trip last night as well.  Full schedule but I have a few minutes to repond during this class I am taking today.  So on we go!


Oh, no. You never have to apologize for anything like that, though I apreciate the courtesy. Life comes before some silly forum discussions, even if it's silly forum discussions we enjoy, especially when it comes to celebrations with our loved ones. I hope you had a wonderful time.

I can't speak for the forum, but as far as our discussions are concerned, you never have to feel obligated to get back to me at a moment's notice. Come back in a week, if it's better for you. Take a month. Don't respond at all. Really, you shouldn't feel pressured to respond to anything of mine if you don't have the time or interest. This is all for our enjoyment, mostly, and if we learn a thing or two along the way, then all the better.

quote:
So I couldn't simply discount another's belief if they interpret the fact that the Earth is a sphere to mean that it is flat?  I believe I can discount that person as not having a firm grasp of reality based on that.  I have no problem with discounting or judging people based on what they say to me.  Nor do I believe that many here have a problem with it either.  I am just more forward about saying it.  That being said, the Flat-Earther might have several other opinions and beliefs I agree with though I would be wary of their furhter beliefs based on the flat-earth belief.


In the interest of Open-mindedness, yes, you shouldn't discount the Flat-Earther automatically without actually hearing it, just because you find the conclusion silly. That doesn't mean you have to buy their argument, or you can't dismiss their premises. In my mind, being open-minded doesn't mean granting truth to everyone's theories. But, at least hear the rationale out. Even if you don't agree with the conclusion, it could have surprisingly sound logic.

Or, you may find that some of the ideas we have taken for granted aren't as solid as they appear at a glance. In science, nothing is above the scrutiny of falsification. Even principles as established as "laws" can be challenged and disproved, if one finds sufficient basis for challenging our understanding of it. And, usually, that basis won't be found in the conclusion. It will be in the premises.

quote:
I don't see the problem there.  Judgement is not a bad word and yes, I do believe I have a better grasp of reality than a great many others in this world.  High self-esteem is not a crime either.  I am too old to get mired down in self-doubt nor do I waste time faking humility.  I still have a lot to learn but I pick and choose to learn from those who can actually teach.  To find those people I have to make a judgement and the success of my life so far tells me that I am pretty good at it.


Here's where our differences in philosophy seems to start becoming more noticeable. You're right that judgement isn't necessarily a bad thing, and high self-esteem certainly isn't a crime. But, to be fair, I don't think I was arguing that it was. I feel judgement should be reserved for when one actually looks at the argument in full, rather than to judge solely on the conclusion, and if I didn't convey that properly, I apologize. Not sure what age has to do with it, but self-esteem is generally a good thing to have a healthy amount of. I would be weary lingering onto arrogance, as having too high of a self-esteem tends to lead to taking one's attributes for granted, but I won't preach to you on how to live your life.

I'd also argue that success in life isn't the most objective measure of determining one's ability to make a good judgment about matters other than possibly what got them that success. If someone is a good businessman, if such a thing could even be objectively defined, that doesn't mean he knows much about astrophysics. I'd argue plenty of people who are successful don't make good choices in other areas. Charlie Sheen would be a fun example, or, more relevantly, I think you would agree that there are some pretty staunch Christians who are successful in life, despite having made the wrong decisions regarding religion and their understanding of the universe, according to your philosophy.

There's also the matter of how one actually determines who can "actually teach." Out of curiosity, how do you know who can "actually teach"? Is it that they agree with your general conception of the world? Or is there something more objective to judge that standard by, such as a degree or accreditation? Can one "actually teach", even if one isn't formally educated?

I don't think humility is a bad attribute to have, however. I find it rather admirable and realistic, as it's very unlikely any of us, in my estimation, has a true understanding of the universe. Even with your superior intellect, I'm sure you even acknowledge that you don't, and likely can't, know everything. I'm a firm believer that knowledge and wisdom can be found in very surprising places, and I like to keep my mind open to new sources where I can. But, to each his or her own, I suppose.

I have to ask, however, if just because the statement of "faking humility" made me a little curious: do you think I'm greeting you with a false sense of modesty in my statements, and this is some act to persuade you or those reading? Or do you think my humility is genuine, and I really don't feel as if I hold the objective analysis that you seem to feel you have?

quote:
Actually, I am the only one who understands my reality.  Many here would like some validation of their version of reality but, as I said, I no longer argue things I do not personally believe.  This is why I do have Christian Creationist friends, Atheist friends, Buddhist friends, Muslim friends, Communist friends, Liberal friends, Progressive friends, Conservative friends, Wiccan friends, etc.  I find common ground with all of them.  Not the same things between them all but they know I have an open mind and that I will tell them exactly what I think if they ask me.  They might disagree but they know where they stand with me.  They know I pull no punches.


Perhaps. I'm certainly not going to argue how to run your friendships. However, I have to imagine that, for most of the world, approaching with such an assertive style is not that appealing, both for the purposes of persuasion, and as a source of entertainment. If I had approached these posts with the same level of aggressive assertiveness, than I imagine our conversation would be much closer to the line of discussion you have between yourself and silveroak. While I certainly can understand having confidence in your beliefs, approaching too strongly sometimes discourages a tone of civility and rational discussion. And, with the recent trend of threads being essentially writen to the tone of "Tlaloc vs. The World", I imagine it's not the best manner to win over friends who don't automatically agree with your conclusions. With all due respect, insulting one's beliefs don't generally come off as a friendly, respectful practice, however it may work out for you in your personal life.

quote:
And the reality is that it only takes one person to be right.  The mob, which is the basic nature of liberalism, is often wrong.


Actually, perhaps I'm not the typical liberal, but I often feel the mob is wrong too. I don't consider myself the token liberal by any measure. In fact, it's one of the essential failings of democracy in general, that, for the most part, people as a whole don't usually vote on a rational basis. That isn't to say my way is "the rational basis", but it's hard to feel too confident in a system where the slogan or the D/R by the candidate's name is the most predictable measure by which to determine how one votes. The fact that we as a nation have such ridiculously short collective attention span and memories is especially troublesome.

That said, note on liberalism aside, I feel almost as if this is an incomplete statement. It only take one person to be right...for what? Only one person needs to be right in society? That doesn't seem right, given we have a democratic process. The "one person" may be right, but that doesn't mean it can aspire much change in society unless he can convince others that his way is indeed the right one.

If you mean that only one person can be right, I disagree with that notion as well. That sounds like falling into a basic either/or fallacy, where the only possibility that's considered is the one of the sides is right. There's also the possibility, as I would argue is often the case in politics, that neither side has an accurate depiction of reality, and both offered answers don't really solve a given problem, or both sides offer a solution to the problem, and it's simply a matter of preference over which one to choose. Other than that, I'm not sure what you mean by it only taking one person to be right.

quote:
That is quite a condemnation of the Right.  Perhaps you aren't as moderate or open-minded as you would like to believe?  I would say it is quite healthy to not follow someone simply because the mob considers them "elite".  There are alot of elite academics out there who are complete dumbasses.  In fact, I would say the "green" movement and the Church of AGW are far more anti-intellectual and anti-scientific than any right-wing boogey-man.

Like Marxism, letting elites make your decisions has caused nothing but suffering throughout history.  I am in the camp that your life is best run by yourself.  Although I am far more Libertarian than Conservative I see the Conservatives as the closest thing to Libertarians that I can find.  The Conservatives are far more intellectual and reality based than the Liberal/Progressives who believe that truth and facts are relative.  The current surge of pride and approval of assassination under Obama is proof of the groupthink inherent in the Left.


Fair enough on the first point. That was my take based on the 2008 elections, in which Palin;s crowd in particular seemed to depict "real America" as rural, small town folk who work hard for a living and never had time for college , but I'll admit I could be wrong with that assertion. But, that particular note struck me, for a reason I'll get to in a moment.

You're right that there's a certain degree of group-think on the left. I'm not much of an environmentalist, and I've seen some of those green rallies personally. I wasn't impressed. I'm convinced that there are a lot of people on the Left who don't know the half about the real arguments of the party and are just working off the emotion of their peers and for a few select issues.

But, if you think that's a unique attribute to the Left, I'm sorry, but I feel as if that's viewing society with rose-colored glasses. The Right is pretty prone to this too. The Birthers, the Death-panels, Obama is a Muslim, the assertion that tax rates have been raised in unprecedented levels federally, that gays trying to brainwash children, that Planned Parenthood is primarily an abortion provider, etc. A huge proportion of Republicans believe in at least one of these ideas, despite the fact that there's not a lot of evidence that supports it, primarily due to group think. There's a lot of group think that goes along in that crowd.

That isn't to say one side is better than the others. Speaking as a psychologist, group-think, like it or not, is a pretty common phenomenon in just about every walk of life where a group of people come together and share an identity. Not just in politics, but in many aspects of life. Sports teams, classmates, family, friends, coworkers, nationality, ethnic groups, gangs, fans, shippers, professions, religions, gender, age groups, communities, activism, hobbies, and on and on and on. It's a pretty common principle of sociology, and for some reason, you really believe that the Right is immune or resistant to it, I'd be very interested in hearing the rationale on that one. Hell, if you can make a strong case, I may just do push amongst my colleagues for a study on finding out just why the Right would indeed be resistant to it. In the interest of science, it would made a fascinating correlational study, if you proved to be right one that, that, for some reason, people who were inclined to be conservative or libertarian had some kind of resistance to the group think tendencies that embrace all the rest of society. I just haven't seen anything to make me think that's the case.

But getting back to my original point, I don't think that conservatism and libertarianism is necessarily anti-intellectual. It's the culture more than anything. In fact, part of that reason that stuck out to me is because, at heart, I really feel that, amongst the sides of the political spectrum of America, the Right really should be the intellectuals. In my mind, they represent the realistic side of our national consciousness. The side the tempures the idealistic pipe-dreams of the Left with a more viable, cost-effective alternative. To me, that's how the two-party system is supposed to work.

Not this "one side takes all" nonsense, because no going to ever win for any sustainable period. Rather, who take the best both has to offer, and make it work together somehow. I feel like the liberals should be the bleeding hearts that the Right often depicts them to be, as the more emotionally based party. But, unfortunately, it seems like the Right uses emotional appeal as a strong basis for their support, when I think it should be their appeal to intellect, and I feel a lot of intellectuals go to the Left, not because their argument is stronger, but because the Right tends to paint them as elitist, and tries to discount them, for reasons I don't even understand, possibly for populous appeal amongst their base. Not really sure, to be honest, but I just get the feeling that they don't embrace intellectuals like Romney, and that's a shame. Correct me if I'm wrong.

quote:
Oh that is hardly the only argument that I have but I do find it interesting that the fact that anti-capitalism fails every time its tried, along with a huge body count, would be unconvincing. 


I suppose that depends on your definition. The European standard doesn't seem to be very capitalistic, and yet, they seem to be mostly okay (about the same as us). Also, not many countries in general even attempt communism, so much as use it as a platform, then quickly turn against it once in power. The same standard could be used to criticize democracy, given that most of those attempts come from a bloody coup, and bring forth fairly oppressive regimes. Just because America was successful doesn't mean it's the standard of history.

And, as many point out, Amercia itself isn't a full, free-capitalistic society by any means. The augment in general now a days comes less in terms of overthrowing the system entirely and more from of balancing social interest and economic realities. Where one puts itself along that line really determines whether or not someone is capitalistic or socialistic.

quote:
Where do I say that socialism/communism is bad based on the people that are associated with it?  I say it is a bad system completely on its own.  Bad people just find is easier to gain control through such systems.  It dehumanizes its subjects and inevitably leads to atrocity, human misery, and mass graves.  I just didn't know that you wanted to argue the merits of capitalism over anti-capitalism.  By all means fire up the thread and I will join you there.


I'm sorry for misunderstanding, but to be fair, the only reason you gave in the last post was that people who espoused anti-capitalistic ideals have done some bad things. As for your other points, I'd say you could find a lot of people who would argue the exact same thing for capitalism. For many people, it's a system that necessitates suffering, that rewards greed and disloyalty, and treats people as numbers, praising companies for exporting domestic jobs to exploit poor economies in other countries. I'd argue the only reason excessive abuse doesn't occur is because of our democracy. Compassion is not an inherent capitalistic value, and it's not in the interest of any company to look out for national interest, aside how it's shareholders can profit financially from it.

quote:
I would agree with this statement.  But I would rather deal with people's self-interest than the steam-roller that is the greater glory of the collective.  Marxist governments don't remove self-interest it merely puts the tools of total control in the hands of those who will use them for their own interests.


This may surprise you, but I also agree with this statement. I may be anti-capitalist, but I'm not a Marxist. The two are not hand-in-hand. In my opinion, the inherent flaw in communism is that it's far too idealistic. It has far too much faith in the goodness of humanity. It trusts that the government will look out for the interest of it's people, and follow the principles it sets, and most often, they don't.  Communism is platform for a populous revolution, after which the leaders quickly turn their backs on it. That said, there has been talk of a democratic communism. I do wonder how that would work in practice.

Of course, I wouldn't promote capitalism as morally superior either. If anything, capitalism has the advantage of essentially exploiting the selfishness of people in general. In my estimation, the only reason it works is because we impose limits as a society. As have a limited capitalism, not a full one, like keeping a caged demon whom we hope to profit from, and silently hope isn't influencing us to lead to it's eventual freedom. But, at the same time, while not offering any incentive to do so, it hopes that, somehow, those who have been maladed by the system will be taken care of, for reasons not really fully discussed. I'm not a big fan of Keynes, but I think he states it rather eloquently in this statement

John Maynard Keynes:
"Capitalism is the astounding belief that the most wickedest of men will do the most wickedest of things for the greatest good of everyone."


Or, to put it in the form of a popular internet meme.

1.) Company fires employees for workplace efficiency, putting a family out of work to increase revenue.
2.) Company replaces worker with a cheaper worker, often illegal immigrant or exports jobs overseas, ensuring that society doesn't recover those jobs and a lower standard of living for everyone.
3.) ???
4.) Profit


quote:
Interesting.  I find too many people are too willing to compromise their beliefs.  Perhaps this is what people here find so aggravating or curious about me.  I do not compromise my beliefs to fit a peradigm.  I make the world a better place by changing the peradigm to fit my beliefs.

Perhaps that is where our concepts of "open-mindedness" differ?  Yours seems to incorporate a concept of compromising your core beliefs to conform to the current truth.  I am complete against that concept.


Perfect way to end the exchange, isn't it? This perhaps is the most straight-forward distinction between our philosophies. I think of the community of needs and desires, and I'm willing to compromise my own for the collective good. Where you seem to believe that one's own interest is what each of us should be concerned with.

I will note, however, that I don't change my beliefs, per say. I don't just take the populous opinion as my own. If that were the case, I would be a pro-capitalist, patriotic Protestant. But, I'm not. Rather, I accept that my views aren't likely to be adopted my the mainstream, and I'd rather I see the community in general improve through small steps rather than force my ideology on a public that isn't interested. I believe in them, and I think that they have a rational basis, but those were never qualities that were necessary to form popular opinion.

Ironically, I feel as if the two of us are much more similar than you may think, the main difference being more or less this last ideal, that I think in more of a community standard, where you take a more individualistic approach. Would you agree?
This message was last edited by the player at 01:46, Sat 07 May 2011.
silveroak
player, 1208 posts
Sat 7 May 2011
at 02:31
  • msg #434

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Enlightened self interest means recognizing that you can promote your needs and desires more effectively with compromise than with conflict, and to be willing to surrender some of your own well being for a greater group well being which in turn provides you with an overall benefit.
For example, 'socialized' medicine means everyone gets a basic level of health care, which retards the spread of disease, which means I am less likely to get sick.
Obstinate Self promotion is, by definitional contrast, merely unenlightened self interest.
katisara
GM, 4976 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sat 7 May 2011
at 11:49
  • msg #435

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I think the term 'open-minded' means a person who can listen to another viewpoint unclouded by his own opinions and preconceptions. We are all close-minded to one degree or another. I don't think people can accurately judge whether or not they are open-minded (because our judgment is clouded by our own opinions and preconceptions). It's something better judged by those with a more objective position.
RubySlippers
player, 185 posts
Sat 7 May 2011
at 14:47
  • msg #436

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I have a simple solution right now US law requires a company puts the best interests of the stockholders first beyond mandatory laws for example pollution and workplace safety. So just change that to include an equal duty to the community and the United States so that it must be a major and equal consideration to the company duty.

This way if they build a factory abroad, ourtsource work or close a factory here to move it to China they would have to demonstrate its good for stockholders and the nation (and local communities). Simple.
katisara
GM, 4977 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sat 7 May 2011
at 16:45
  • msg #437

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

And how do you determine what is 'good for the community' (and which community?)

IMO, the better way is to incentivize behavior you want corps to engage in. If you want them to hire X% domestically, give a benefit for doing that and a penalty for hiring overseas.
spoonk
player, 25 posts
Sat 7 May 2011
at 16:47
  • msg #438

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

You know, it could also be due to the fact that America has the second highest tax rate on companies in the world.  With Japan being the first highest.
katisara
GM, 4978 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sat 7 May 2011
at 18:28
  • msg #439

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Indeed, I think it is. Plus we tax them for money made overseas in a completely draconian method (which we're pretty much alone on). We give our auto industry massive gifts, then tax, penalize and regulate them to the point that they can't compete.

Part of the problem too is people need to recognize everything comes with a cost. Sometimes the cost is for us to have smaller houses, fewer television channels and live a little more modestly, in order to guarantee we'll have work next year.
silveroak
player, 1209 posts
Sat 7 May 2011
at 19:40
  • msg #440

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In my opinion taxing corporations is simply innane.
Vexen
player, 446 posts
Sun 8 May 2011
at 00:01
  • msg #441

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
I think the term 'open-minded' means a person who can listen to another viewpoint unclouded by his own opinions and preconceptions. We are all close-minded to one degree or another. I don't think people can accurately judge whether or not they are open-minded (because our judgment is clouded by our own opinions and preconceptions). It's something better judged by those with a more objective position.


I do think that's a bit of an unrealistic standard for the definition of "open-minded", if only because, as you already sort of state, it's a nigh-impossible one to meet. No one is completely objective on every issue. To define it in such a way makes it, in essence, a fantasy concept. It's like defining "healthy" as being invulnerable to death, as, similarly, by that standard, no one is healthy. Health, in essence, becomes an practical impossibility.

Not to mention, as to bring up your usual rational skepticism, how does one determine who's "more objective" in a certain matter?

At any rate, with all due respect to Ruby's suggestion, I think I have to agree with katisara on this one. If you want to encourage a business to modify it's practices in a particular manner, it's probably better to reward them for doing so. It might seem to be appeasing to selfishness, but that's sorta how the system works.

I'm fine with the business taxes more or less as they are. Instead, if we want businesses to stay and enact in a manner that benefits the nation, we offer healthy tax incentives for doing so. That, to me, seems like the best manner of going about it. The only problem I have with the tax reductions I often see on the Right is that they seem to hand them out like candy on Halloween, fairly indiscriminately, and with no condition (other than the occasional campaign donation). Ironic, given that they seem to hold the American people to the completely opposite standard, suggesting that they need to work for their handouts.

One of the interesting ideological differences between the Left and the Right seems to be where they place their faith. The Left tends to place their faith in the Government to act efficiently, which, it usually doesn't. The Right tends to place their faith in Business to act in a manner that benefits the country, which, often, it doesn't.
spoonk
player, 32 posts
Fri 27 May 2011
at 22:55
  • msg #442

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Given the fact that the Obama administration is now involved in more conflicts and has more troops deployed than at any time during the Bush administration, how confident should we be that a government promise to veto the alarming worldwide war provision contained in the National Defense Authorization Act will be kept?

Yesterday the House passed the act, “including a provision to authorize worldwide war, which has no expiration date and will allow this president — and any future president — to go to war anywhere in the world, at any time, without further congressional authorization. The new authorization wouldn’t even require the president to show any threat to the national security of the United States. The American military could become the world’s cop, and could be sent into harm’s way almost anywhere and everywhere around the globe.”

Earlier this week, the White House indicated that it would veto the worldwide war provision, not because it is a flagrant violation of the War Powers Resolution and the basic tenet of not investing dictator powers in a president, but because it could cause “confusion”.

“The Administration strongly objects to section 1034 [the worldwide war provision] which, in purporting to affirm the conflict, would effectively recharacterize its scope and would risk creating confusion regarding applicable standards. At a minimum, this is an issue that merits more extensive consideration before possible inclusion…” the White House wrote to Congress.

The administration’s problem with the provision has nothing to do with the fact that it would make Obama above the law and completely unconstrained by Congress, their only concern is that it would hinder alleged terrorists from being tried in federal courts.

“Section 1039 is a dangerous and unprecedented challenge to critical Executive branch authority to determine when and where to prosecute detainees,” wrote the White House, indicating that a compromise could be made that would ensure the bill’s passage.
spoonk
player, 33 posts
Sat 28 May 2011
at 11:08
  • msg #443

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Texas is/was trying to pass a law that that would make it illegal for the TSA to do "enhanced" pat downs of travelers along with the X ray scanners.  This bill was unanimously voted for by the Texas house.  All 138 Reps approved it, 138 to 0.  When it went to the senate.  30 out of 31 Senators were in support of it.  They were still in support of this even after The Feds threatened to shut down airports in Texas if the TSA were challenged.

Lt. Gov. David Dewhurst of Texas then had a private talk with the senators and some how, the bill was thrown out of the senate.  The Lt. Gov is also a ex CIA operative, coups in Latin America, and other ties that just go on as you start to look into public records.


HB 1938 reads in part:

    (b) An airport operator may not allow body imaging scanning equipment to be installed or operated in any airport in this state.

    (c) An airport operator commits an offense if the operator fails to comply with Subsection (b).

    (d) An airport operator who commits an offense under Subsection (c) is subject to a civil penalty in an amount not to exceed $1,000 for each day of the violation.

HB 1937 includes the following:

    (3) as part of a search performed to grant access to a publicly accessible building or form of transportation, intentionally, knowingly, or recklessly:

    (A) searches another person without probable cause to believe the person committed an offense; and

    (B) touches the anus, sexual organ, or breasts of the other person, including touching through clothing, or touches the other person in a manner that would be offensive to a reasonable person.

    (f) …. An offense under Subsection (a)(3) is a state jail felony.

Both bills empower the Texas Attorney General to bring suit in court.

The TSA will likely challenge such a law, but the Texas legislature stands on solid ground. Local governments control airports and no enumerated power in the Constitution gives the federal government the authority to regulate them. Under the Tenth Amendment, airport operation falls under state jurisdiction.

TSA regulations allow for passengers to refuse the body scans, but they must instead submit to an intrusive full-body pat down. This package addresses both issues. The HB 1938 legislation addresses the physical installation of full-body scans, and HB 1937 addresses the problematic constitutional issues of TSA security screening procedures. Random full-body scans and pat downs in the absence of probable cause arguably violates the Fourth Amendment.

    The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated…
silveroak
player, 1235 posts
Sat 28 May 2011
at 12:33
  • msg #444

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

The Federal government has teh poweer to regulate interstate commerce. Airports and airport security fall squarely and cleanly within that jurisdiction. All this bill would end up doing is costing the state of Texas a lot of money in court.
Additionally, durring this time the airports would be shut down with air traffic controllers being federal employees and most airports falling under city administrations- the bill may have a lot of support when people are riled up but once the concsequences hit it would ahve been an unmittigated disaster.
katisara
GM, 4999 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sat 28 May 2011
at 12:44
  • msg #445

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

But the federal government is also prohibited from unwarranted search or seizure.

I don't know that it would end in a court case. There would be a pissing contest, but politics get strange.
silveroak
player, 1237 posts
Sat 28 May 2011
at 12:54
  • msg #446

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Katz v. United States, the US Supreme Court ruled that the 4th Amendment does not apply where there is not a reasonable expectation of privacy.
PLus technically in an airport situation you are giving consent to be searched- with the right to fly being denied if you do not grant the consent, and the TSA is well within tehir rights to deny anyone the right to board a plane and cross state lines.
spoonk
player, 39 posts
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 12:33
  • msg #447

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Here is an interview done on public recording of court houses and cops.  It is 8 minutes long.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LY0MUARqisM&feature
katisara
GM, 5001 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 13:18
  • msg #448

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Excellent video and very true.

I understand the reason for the laws against wiretapping - you have a reasonable expectation of privacy when on the phone and such. However, misapplying it so that recording something in public is a punishable offense is just a misapplication. I know in a few of those states, that issue is being addressed.

But in general, yes, there are places where you can be filmed (i.e., public) to a reasonable degree (i.e., not under the clothes) and that applies to everyone, police and civilians. Similarly, there are places you cannot be filmed (i.e., private) and ways you cannot be filmed or searched (i.e., beneath the clothes) without your specific consent. Saying "you don't have to consent, you just won't ever be permitted to leave your house or do your work" is not permitting consent.
silveroak
player, 1241 posts
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 13:21
  • msg #449

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Actually if you streak down a public street it is perfectly lawfull for someone to film that.
spoonk
player, 40 posts
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 13:40
  • msg #450

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

That was your decision to streak down the street like that.  You were not told you had to take your cloths off in order to walk down the street.

Though it would be unlawful to streak in the first place as it is public indecency :P
Tlaloc
player, 338 posts
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 14:10
  • msg #451

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to spoonk (msg #450):

I just want to hear the story of how Silveroak learned about the laws regarding streaking and filming said streaking.
Tycho
GM, 3332 posts
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 15:34
  • msg #452

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I'd largely agree with the thrust of the clip, though a few thoughts came to mind:

First, I was almost entirely with the clip until the very end, when the guy they interviewed said something like "there's nothing they can do to stop you from filming them, putting your own little spin on it, and putting it out there." [emphasis added by Tycho].  That part about putting spin on it gave me a bit of pause.  The whole reason I think cameras are good is because they can reduce the amount of spin that can be put on things.  But people using cameras, and then adding their own spin, such as creative editing, or outright faking things in the footage, that doesn't sit well with me.  Not saying its a reason to stop people from filming things, but the idea of people "adding their own spin" on what they film made me feel much less impassioned about their cause.  It sort of makes me think "if its just going to be used as another way to spin and slant things, how much do I really care about it?"  It also made me wonder if any spin had been added to the footage they showed.  Did the words the cops spoke actually match the subtitles?  Probably, but I didn't go back and check.  Would it be cool if the actual dialog was completely different from what the subtitles said?  I don't know.  Anyway, if it hadn't been for that little statement at the end, I would have had a much more positive view of the clip.

Second, I often hear people complaining about CCTV's, "big brother" nation, etc., in response to the amount of cameras around public places these days.  If I recall correctly, some people here even go so far as to non-destructively interfere with such cameras.  Is there a double standard at all if we demand that others not film us, "violating our privacy" in public, but then turn around and demand that others let us film them?  Presumably there's a proper balance between not being on film every second you're in public, and not being able to film any event that you happen to see unless you have a press pass, but where is that proper balance?  Do/should we have any right to expect not to be filmed when we leave our house?  Do/should other people?  If I decide to stalk someone, and wait outside their house with my camera, and follow them around, filming their every action while they're in public, most people would consider that very creepy, and something that the law should be able to step in and stop.  But what if I'm doing it because I think they've broken the law, and I want everyone to know about it?  What if I put it on my website with "this is this person's habits, so you can know when to break into their house."?  What if that person happens to be a cop?  If I film them leaving work, driving home, and going into their house, then post that on the internet with a message of "somebody get rid of this guy!" is that different from filming them making an arrest?  I'd say yes it is, but I'm not sure how to write a workable law that is able to differentiate between all the cases where my gut tells me filming is good, and those where my gut tells me it's going to far.  I'd like to think there's a reasonable balance that can be struck.  What do you guys think?  Is it all or nothing, or can a balance be found that doesn't require a very subjective law?
katisara
GM, 5002 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Wed 1 Jun 2011
at 16:45
  • msg #453

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tycho:
First, I was almost entirely with the clip until the very end, when the guy they interviewed said something like "there's nothing they can do to stop you from filming them, putting your own little spin on it, and putting it out there." [emphasis added by Tycho].


I don't think he was referring to quite as much spin as all that. If I filmed a cop pulling me over for speeding, then dubbed it so he was soliciting me for sex, that WOULD be illegal. If, however, I put up the video and commented it by saying I totally wasn't speeding and he smelled like a pickle, that's pin is okay.

(But I do agree with the thrust of your point.)


quote:
If I recall correctly, some people here even go so far as to non-destructively interfere with such cameras.


I recall all of that, also without the 'non-' bit.

quote:
Is there a double standard at all if we demand that others not film us, "violating our privacy" in public, but then turn around and demand that others let us film them?


Also bear in mind who we are talking about. I am 'the public'. I am not the government. Therefore, I need to be fighting for my powers as a member of the public. That's part of the balance of power. If I said 'yeah, okay, it's cool to set up cameras on all the roads' then they'd set up cameras in side of cars. Meanwhile, when I say 'hey, I have a right to film police acting on behalf of the public in the public space', I get put in jail for the night. So yeah, it sort of behooves me to stand up for my personal rights at the expense of those of the government. When I'm elected god (I'm still in the running, if anyone is interested in voting for me), I'll take a more balanced view, but right now it's just asking to get run over.
Vexen
player, 451 posts
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 06:18
  • msg #454

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

After the interesting Palin description of Paul Revere's ride this weekend, and the predictably expected response about the "liberal lame-stream media," I had a discussion with a friend. And, as a result of that, we came to question something that has been taken as a given for at least the past decade or so.

Is the media really liberal?

I used to not really question it. It seemed like a lot of people said so, so I kinda took it without question. However, I'm not so sure anymore.

In the world of T.V., Fox News, a rather conservative-oriented news network, has universally had the consistently highest ratings in viewership than any of the news networks, and by a rather large margin. On radio, liberal-oriented programs don't usually fair too well outside of NPR; in general, it's considered pretty dominated all and all by commentators on the Right. Newspapers seem to be regionally based, and tend to work off their readership. In the L.A. Times, you're probably going to get a liberal-slant, whereas in, say, the Houston Chronicle, you're probably going to get a slant on the Right. The internet is pretty chaotic and impossible to measure with any real specificity in this regard, but it's safe to say that just about every political take is covered somewhere on it.

In the traditional formats of media, it seems like, if anything there's a Right-favor, given that the Conservative News, both on T.V. and on Radio, tend to dominate in terms of attention and reception (and, in the case of the latter, sheer availability). I may grant that Hollywood is liberal, but they don't tend to concern themselves with politics so much as entertainment.

So, if I may pose a question, how exactly is the mainstream news liberal?
This message was last edited by the player at 09:28, Thu 09 June 2011.
Sciencemile
GM, 1585 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 09:10
  • msg #455

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

It's just Rhetoric.  The combination of poisoning the well with an implied shadow conspiracy shows it to be something to be dismissed.

even the "Main-stream Media" is a pretty vast category of things, so to say that the whole thing's Liberal, or Conservative, or controlled by Jews, or whatever, simply shows the shallowness of thought that went into the statement.
This message was last edited by the GM at 09:11, Thu 09 June 2011.
Tlaloc
player, 340 posts
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 12:39
  • msg #456

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Vexen (msg #454):

Palin got the history right.  The Palin haters, the media, got it wrong.

But yes, the media, news  is overwhelmingly liberal.  It is not a conspiracy it is just a fact.  When 85+% of media employees identify with the Democrat party it can't help but be carrying water for the Democrats.  Last election cycle, 2008, campaign donations from employees of big media companies are tilted 100-to-1 in favor of the Democrats.

Here is a UCLA study of media bias which, crazy enough, found a liberal bias in the media:

http://newsroom.ucla.edu/porta...Finds-UCLA-6664.aspx

Saying the media is controlled by Jews is conspiracy.  Saying it is slanted with a liberal bias is reality.
katisara
GM, 5003 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 13:15
  • msg #457

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Remember that most media comes from a handful of sources; the AP and television news correspondents. Radio shows can't afford to send their own people out, except for local news. They just rehash what everyone else is saying. So if you're a conservative news source but your source is liberal, you're not going to be able to pick up on the talking points which are pro-liberal.

When I watch or read news, there are a few clues I watch for to determine the bias;
Guns are evil, quoting the Brady group, not knowing what an 'assault weapon' is, etc.
Number of references to pro-life vs. pro-choice (by those names), references to the 'right to choose' or 'woman's right to her body' vs. 'right to life'.
Unnecessary slams on people based on political affiliation. Failure to include party tags on people from the favored party getting slammed.
Homosexual 'rights' (when not talking about the right not to be stoned).
Arabs/Mexicans/whoever are cast as the devil incarnate vs. not.
Headlines phrased to cast the opposing party in a negative light.

Fox is indeed biased--biased crazy. Fox isn't conservative, it's borderline fascist. As much as I would love a true conservative tv channel, I don't think we have it.

CNN tries to be fair and balanced, but if you watch, you can catch where the bias is. Homosexuals have a right to be married (which just hasn't been recognized yet), guns are out of control (not crime), 'remembering Roe v Wade', etc. Still, they make an effort to mix it up, so they had a really good interview with Ron Paul and they talk a lot about financial conservatism.

ABC has struck me as the most balanced of the news sources. Unfortunately, their site sucks, but I catch fewer triggers in general, and those triggers are almost equally balanced between the two sides.
silveroak
player, 1242 posts
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 14:16
  • msg #458

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

One of the main news sources is teh Knight-Ridder news wire. Back in teh 1990s it made a decision to begin transmitting conservative news stories almost exclusively. the result? America became more conservative. It has become an oft repeated mantra that teh media is liberal, so people who identify as moderate or conservative and believe that have the idea of a liberal media a s a touchstone for where political matters lie, and as such tend to position their own opinions to teh right, to varrying degrees, of that position.
So in short it becomes a self fulling prophecy. If the same news stories were run in europe and in America with teh exact same slant they would be considered conservative by European standards and liberal by American standards. Because America defines their news to be liberal and positions themselves accordingly, while Europe- where news is censored by teh government, though not a whole lot, believes that government control puts their media to teh right of the mainstream.
In fact the American Government exercises more censorship over our media than Europe does over theirs (and it might appear that they are right about the effects as our media is in fact more conservative than theirs) but because we have an amendment guarunteeing free speach we believe it will be more liberal.
silveroak
player, 1244 posts
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 14:27
  • msg #459

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Also: http://www.usatoday.com/news/w...in-paul-revere_n.htm
No, Palin was not right, and incidentally the Birtish were not trying to take away our guns. they were trying to hold our country. The British had excessive taxes for teh time, but they did not have any laws restricting private ownership of guns.
Tlaloc
player, 342 posts
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 14:32
  • msg #460

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
One of the main news sources is teh Knight-Ridder news wire. Back in teh 1990s it made a decision to begin transmitting conservative news stories almost exclusively. the result? America became more conservative.


This is why America became "more" conservative?  An interesting theory.

quote:
It has become an oft repeated mantra that teh media is liberal,


A mantra with fact to back it up.  The only reason that conservative views ever made mainstream reporting is the advent of cable news and the internet.

quote:
So in short it becomes a self fulling prophecy. If the same news stories were run in europe and in America with teh exact same slant they would be considered conservative by European standards and liberal by American standards.


So you are saying that American news reflects Americans views and European news reflects European views?  I certainly expect no less and would be stunned if anyone did.

quote:
In fact the American Government exercises more censorship over our media than Europe does over theirs (and it might appear that they are right about the effects as our media is in fact more conservative than theirs) but because we have an amendment guarunteeing free speach we believe it will be more liberal.


Really reaching there.  Once you get to the point it seems that you are saying that liberal bias in the media is merely a perception caused by having freedom of speech?

That is another interesting theory.

But I enjoy facts and I don't see any facts that back up your theories.
Tlaloc
player, 343 posts
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 14:51
  • msg #461

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #459):

Also:

http://bostonherald.com/news/u...bg?articleid=1343353

Paul Revere wrote his own account of the ride, written twenty-three years later, and recounts how the British captured him, and how he attempted to dissuade the British from advancing.  Revere warned that he had roused the local militias and that there would soon be 500 or more armed citizens coming together to repel the British.  If all people know of Revere is Longfellow’s poem, which is what the reaction to Palin's remark seems to show, then they know far less than they think.

Palin was right.  This is like when she was harrassed for saying the Tea Party happened in 1773.  It did.

You are also wrong about the British control of firearms.  Colonists could only buy weapons through commercial channels that could be policed.  The amount of weapons and especially powder that an individual could own was monitored and was the biggest bone of contention as was denying colonists the ability to manufacture their own weapons and produce their own powder.

You are correct though that the taxation without representation was the biggest issue.
silveroak
player, 1245 posts
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 14:53
  • msg #462

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

http://www.simplypsychology.org/conformity.html
Now instead of a point of light what we have is the question iof where teh bias of the media is.
Most people believe the media is to the left, therefore the remaining people tend to agree for the sake of conformity.
Most people want to confomr to then norm, which they have defined as to the right of the media, and so they internalize their perceptions and adjust their own views to conform.
It's simple mass psychology, and realistically an effective emans of government control so long as everyone is convinced the government is not controling the media.
Even though they fund public broadcasting
and have a federal comuncations regulatory commitee
and the clear influence they weild through access to varrious 'public' forums such as teh white house press conferences, press releases, and the Valarie Plame issue where the media was clearly manipulated through managed leaks.
Of course as long as teh public believes the emdia is liberal this will be more effective for those who want to make America more conservative- move teh media to the right and the nation moves to teh right, move teh media to teh left and everyone complains about how the media bias is getting worse.
Tlaloc
player, 344 posts
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 15:02
  • msg #463

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #462):

So instead of relying on the facts: political donations, polls, studies, etc.  You are relying on this theory of conformity.  Ain't buying it.

This gem fits the conspiracy meme ScienceSmile wrote about:

quote:
Of course as long as teh public believes the emdia is liberal this will be more effective for those who want to make America more conservative- move teh media to the right and the nation moves to teh right, move teh media to teh left and everyone complains about how the media bias is getting worse.


This must be that Vast Right-Wing Conspiracy thing we were warned about.

But one thing you did write has me curious,

quote:
the Valarie Plame issue where the media was clearly manipulated through managed leaks


What do you think happened in this case and who was manipulated?
katisara
GM, 5006 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 15:18
  • msg #464

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
One of the main news sources is teh Knight-Ridder news wire. Back in teh 1990s it made a decision to begin transmitting conservative news stories almost exclusively. the result? America became more conservative.


I have never heard of that. Do you have any sources?

Regardless, when the same newspaper writes 'democratic leader steps down' and the next day 'republican leader ejected' for basically the same story, that's an objective bias. If you mention the 'woman's right to choose' 8 times, and a fetus's right to life 0 times, that's an objective media bias. Might the bias be more acceptable in Europe? Sure. Might it be caused by some event in the 1990s? Sure. But it doesn't change the fact of the bias.
Tlaloc
player, 345 posts
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 15:24
  • msg #465

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

On a side note, searching for stuff about Knight-Ridder gets you a ton of information on David Hasselhoff.
spoonk
player, 41 posts
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 16:57
  • msg #466

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Google keeps track of what you search for, it creates a profile for you.  If we were both to look for the word Egypt, both of our screens would look different.  My screen doesn't bring up David till about 3 pages deep into it.
katisara
GM, 5007 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 17:35
  • msg #467

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

That would explain why David comes up when I search for, well, just about anything ...
Tlaloc
player, 346 posts
Thu 9 Jun 2011
at 17:39
  • msg #468

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to spoonk (msg #466):

Don't use Google but I am sure Bing does the same.  It has a "did you mean?" function that displays "knight rider" stuff.
silveroak
player, 1247 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 01:48
  • msg #469

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

My source is my sister who was in journalism and working at a paper when knight ridder issued the memo.
katisara
GM, 5008 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 10:03
  • msg #470

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

My cousin said you're completely making that up (which is to say, I can't verify your hearsay, and I can't use it to support my views when sharing them with other people).

I can see that Knight Ridder is a real company and bought a bunch of newspapers in 1997, although they're all small papers that I've never heard of. They do or did own a bunch of companies around 1996 which look to be media companies (but again, nothing that seems important), and they owned a bunch of news television channels, but those were all sold in '89, so are outside of the scope of your claims. I guess I'm just having difficulty how 'The Kansas City Star' had any serious influence on cross-national news reporting for two decades.
silveroak
player, 1248 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 12:41
  • msg #471

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Well before my sister's report I also worked in radioo for a while and Knight Ridder didn't simply own a few newspapers, they were the primary news wire by which all the major news outlets got their national stories. They now go under KRT, their current web site is here: http://www.krtdirect.com/ though that follows a massive breaking up of the company in 2006 http://www.alternet.org/media/33571
finally perhaps this will help:
http://www.fair.org/index.php?page=2447
Tlaloc
player, 347 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 13:30
  • msg #472

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #471):

So the first link takes me to a site that has news links from Yahoo.  It seems like a financial search engine.  Not the monstrous conservative website I was expecting.

The second link talks about McClatchy buying Knight-Ridder which I already knew about from trying to chase down this wonderful theory in the first place.  It talks about the sell off of Knight-Ridder papers and focuses on the concentration of newspaper ownership with a focus on the Bay Area of California.

As for FAIR being capable of analyzing anything "fair" about accuracy and fairness... well, let's just say that any organization that has Noam Chomsky as a keynote speaker at its 15th Anniversary party is not to taken seriously and should not be considered "centrist" or objective.

So to sum it up, the theory that Knight-Ridder turned America conservative, as interesting as that sounds, is false.  I will agree on with Kat and Kat's cousin on this one.
katisara
GM, 5010 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 13:43
  • msg #473

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Thank you for the links. I'm definitely learning a lot.

For anyone not interested in reading the links, the second is a news article talking about how Knight Ridder was broken up.

The third link is a survey done of around 160 DC-area news people across all mediums done in 1998. They were asked an assortment of questions. These news-people generally agreed:

Their coverage of economic and policy coverage is excellent. Broadcast TV coverage sucks.
They see themselves as fair and balanced.
They thought entitlement programs need 'reform' to slow spending.
Support environmental laws even if they have a real cost.

(All other questions were 60% or less agreeing in any particular direction, and included things like corporate power, health insurance, NAFTA, taxes.)

The report did not address issues like abortion, religion, homosexuality, foreign affairs (beyond foreign trade). The report suggested there are reports which provide 'persuasive evidence' that the media does not report with a media bias, but this report fails to reference what studies it is referring to.

According to the report, when compared to the general public, the news media is *more conservative* on matters of economic policy, which seems to run counter to silveroak's original claim. However, again, it has no references to social policy.
Tycho
GM, 3334 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 16:20
  • msg #474

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I've never heard about Knight-Ridder making a conscious decision to become more conservative, but certainly they were a major player in American news, and had major impact on what news people got for many years.  If that's being disputed, there's plenty of info online about it.  To be honest, the idea of Knight-Ridder sending around an email saying they're only going to report conservative news stories seems very unlikely to me, but for the sake of discussion, what do people think of the hypothetical situation?  Would it be wrong/problematic/etc. for them to do so?  If they had done so, and it had had an observable impact on the political views of Americans, would that be a good/bad/neutral thing?  In other words, setting aside for the moment the question of whether it not actually happened, would it matter if it did, and how?
katisara
GM, 5012 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 16:56
  • msg #475

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I feel pretty comfortable saying that the media, who is our most valuable source of information, intentionally slanting that information to portray possibly dishonest (or less than fully honest) positions is both immoral and dangerous.

Of course, that may be due to my particular bias, which leans more towards a scientific background, rather than that of the average person, which leans more towards reality.
Tlaloc
player, 352 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 18:56
  • msg #476

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

On a Palin sidenote, I am finding it funny that the conservative media drones at MSNBC, the NYT, and other hotbeds of conservative thinking are absolutely wetting themselves over the release of emails from when Palin was Governor.  Some outlets are asking for online help in combing through the documents.

Let's see, economy in the tank, deficits, overspending, Obamacare...  Forget that!  Let's go after someone who no longers holds political office!  Yeah, that's the ticket!  Now that's transparency!

Oh those evil concervatives and there vendetta against Palin.
Vexen
player, 454 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 19:09
  • msg #477

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
On a Palin sidenote, I am finding it funny that the conservative media drones at MSNBC, the NYT, and other hotbeds of conservative thinking are absolutely wetting themselves over the release of emails from when Palin was Governor.  Some outlets are asking for online help in combing through the documents.

Let's see, economy in the tank, deficits, overspending, Obamacare...  Forget that!  Let's go after someone who no longers holds political office!  Yeah, that's the ticket!  Now that's transparency!

Oh those evil concervatives and there vendetta against Palin.

Do you mean liberal? MSNBC isn't usually defined as a Right-leaning organization.

But, is this really that surprising? The news industry is, at it's heart, a business. While each may have their talking points, in the end, a lot of it is about attracting interest, ratings, readers, and consequently, money. Those kinds of stories catch people's attention.

Is it an important story? I haven't heard the particular one you're talking about, but probably not. But, if they talked about the economy, Obama, and the wars 24/7, most people wouldn't likely pay attention. It might be sad, but it's sorta the reality. The American people don't want to hear about their own doom, gloom, and misfortune all day every day. Eventually, we naturally kinda tune it out, or find something a little more fun to hear about, or to get mad it, or to feel righteous fury for.

Palin delivers on both ends. In that context, is it really that surprising?
Tlaloc
player, 353 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 19:19
  • msg #478

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Sarcasm my friend.  Aimed at the notion that the media leans to the right.

No one really cares about Palin's emails from 2009 and before.  Do you care?  This is a manufactured event by the liberal media.  They would love to destroy a woman who has so far made them look like idiots.

I know you see it as a business, and it is, but the bias is real and they love to destroy conservatives.
Vexen
player, 455 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 19:25
  • msg #479

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
Remember that most media comes from a handful of sources; the AP and television news correspondents. Radio shows can't afford to send their own people out, except for local news. They just rehash what everyone else is saying. So if you're a conservative news source but your source is liberal, you're not going to be able to pick up on the talking points which are pro-liberal.


But doesn't this preclude that those that transmit those sources don't add their own spin on it, if not at least sometimes verify it's credibility? Even if it is the case that the primary sources have a liberal bias (which I'm not sure is the case, but I'll accept it for the sake of argument), Rush Limbaugh, despite not having actual reporters or correspondents at his disposal, manages to put on a show with a very heavy conservative Right-wing slant. As does the majority of radio, and the most popular TV new network by a wide margin (though to a lesser degree). Are you suggesting that even these very hard-line stations and personalities simply take the liberal source, and repeat it with no take of their own? Maybe that's the case, but it's not what I see.

And I just don't understand how that rationale suggests that the media is liberal. So there are liberal reporters out there. But there are very many conservatively-identified reporters out there too. Seemingly just as many, or possibly even more. Therefore, all media is liberal? How is Glenn Beck any less media the David Gregory?
Tlaloc
player, 354 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 19:29
  • msg #480

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Vexen (msg #479):

Once again, the studies of campaign donations and polls of how media employees self-identify show that the media is overwhelmingly liberal.  Your feeling that there are more conservatives in media over liberals is wrong in the face of the facts.

The emergence of a conservative voice in media is new but it doesn't counter the liberal bias that is still alive and kicking in TV and print media.
Vexen
player, 456 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 19:30
  • msg #481

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
Sarcasm my friend.  Aimed at the notion that the media leans to the right.

No one really cares about Palin's emails from 2009 and before.  Do you care?  This is a manufactured event by the liberal media.  They would love to destroy a woman who has so far made them look like idiots.

I know you see it as a business, and it is, but the bias is real and they love to destroy conservatives.


I would suggest to you a similar question that I asked Katisara. Namely, what qualifies media? You describe it as if it were a singular entity, that news organizations are hive-mind like creatures that somehow can focus all of it's part on a conspiracy agenda that blinds the American Public.

Except you, apparently. Why is it that you can see this as some obvious ploy, but it's not so obvious to the rest of us?

Is Rush Limbaugh any less media than, say, Rachael Maddow? Why?
This message was last edited by the player at 19:30, Fri 10 June 2011.
Vexen
player, 457 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 19:34
  • msg #482

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
The emergence of a conservative voice in media is new but it doesn't counter the liberal bias that is still alive and kicking in TV and print media.


It is? I hate to harp on the same example, but my uncle's been listening to Rush since I was a little girl still playing with Barbies and Legos. How, exactly, is it new?

And, assuming it is true, what's so special about the current era that makes the conservative voice capable of entering the media now, as opposed to, say, 50 years ago?
Tlaloc
player, 355 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 19:37
  • msg #483

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Vexen (msg #482):

Rush's show was on AM all those years ago and was a speck in the wilderness.  It was only allowed after Reagan threw out the Fairness Doctrine.  Considering the liberal stranglehold on news up until cable and the internet I would say, yes, it is a new thing.
Tlaloc
player, 356 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 19:45
  • msg #484

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Vexen:
I would suggest to you a similar question that I asked Katisara. Namely, what qualifies media? You describe it as if it were a singular entity, that news organizations are hive-mind like creatures that somehow can focus all of it's part on a conspiracy agenda that blinds the American Public.


The main stream media are the major networks that broadcast the news.  This comes out of the big three TV stations and the big papers that dominiated news for decades.

And yes, the liberal mind is a hive entity.  Be around a bunch of liberals and voice an opinion outside their dogma and see what happens.  This is why liberals freak out about Fox News because they dare to give voice to conservative views.  This is why they call for "fairness" and "civility" and point towards conservative voices while caring not one whit about the vicious, foaming liberal voices in their own midst.

quote:
Except you, apparently. Why is it that you can see this as some obvious ploy, but it's not so obvious to the rest of us?


Excellent way to make this a "big group of us" against "you" argument.  A perfect example of that hive mind you spoke of as well as an excellent demonstration of conformity silveroak spoke of.  Although I am not the only one who knows of the liberal bias in the mainstream media I would remind you that it only takes one person to be right.

quote:
Is Rush Limbaugh any less media than, say, Rachael Maddow? Why?


I didn't say Rush isn't a part of the media but he is only one voice, as is Maddow.  Just that Maddow's views are more in line with a majority of those in the media.  Understand?
katisara
GM, 5015 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 20:08
  • msg #485

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Vexen:
But doesn't this preclude that those that transmit those sources don't add their own spin on it, if not at least sometimes verify it's credibility? Even if it is the case that the primary sources have a liberal bias (which I'm not sure is the case, but I'll accept it for the sake of argument), Rush Limbaugh, despite not having actual reporters or correspondents at his disposal, manages to put on a show with a very heavy conservative Right-wing slant.


Okay, I hope we can all agree that Limbaugh is a very different caliber of 'news' than say ABC or CNN. Obviously, yes, if you are willing to spout information without coherence or factual support, your 'news' may have whatever bias you choose to put on them. However, if you are a little lighter on the entertainment value, you are unlikely to report the news story of 'Obama kills Osama Bin Laden -- Or Did He?' If you question the credibility of your own news, that seems sort of self-defeating, doesn't it?

And I will certainly admit both my own political and locational bias--my area is extremely liberal, so I'm inundated with it, and that's because that's what the local population wants to read. I also don't watch goofy 'news' like Glenn Beck or Limbaugh, so I don't count their bias. Like I said, when I look at CNN, I can count headlines and say 'huh, it's pretty clear these reporters don't like issues X, Y or Z'. When I look at ABC, I get mixed messages (if any). When I look at the Sun, I can tell that they really don't like politician X. When I watch Fox, I can tell they don't like rational thought. And I'm happy to sit down with anyone, today, and do a statistical analysis of headlines to show you how I get to those conclusions.
Vexen
player, 458 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 20:23
  • msg #486

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
In reply to Vexen (msg #482):

Rush's show was on AM all those years ago and was a speck in the wilderness.  It was only allowed after Reagan threw out the Fairness Doctrine.  Considering the liberal stranglehold on news up until cable and the internet I would say, yes, it is a new thing.


Err...how old do you think I am? ^^;;

I was born during the latter part of the Reagan presidency. I understand that a couple of decades isn't that long ago for some on this board (sorry, sorry, don't kill me ^^;;), but that pretty much encompasses my entire life. That was quite a while back.


Tlaloc:
The main stream media are the major networks that broadcast the news.  This comes out of the big three TV stations and the big papers that dominiated news for decades.


But, papers are dying. Pretty harshly. The internet has made it essentially a decaying medium. And, as I've stated before, Fox is the biggest news network there is, by far. Similarly, Conservative radio dominates the market nation-wide. So, why aren't they a part of the "main-stream" media?

It just seems to me that the term "mainstream media" intentionally excludes the most popular forms of the media, because they don't like to consider themselves a part of the media. Even though they are.

quote:
And yes, the liberal mind is a hive entity.  Be around a bunch of liberals and voice an opinion outside their dogma and see what happens.  This is why liberals freak out about Fox News because they dare to give voice to conservative views.  This is why they call for "fairness" and "civility" and point towards conservative voices while caring not one whit about the vicious, foaming liberal voices in their own midst.


I have to say, it is kind of offensive to suggest that liberals can't think for themselves. Speaking personally, I used to like Keith Olberman, but over time, he's grew just far too extreme for me. Bill Maher is starting to head that way too. Ed Shultz is little more than a liberal Glenn Beck, all about this black and white morality that paints the Republicans as if they're Saturday Morning cartoon villains. All those voices are far too much for me. I reject these voices. I know other liberals who do as well. I have to disagree with your assessment.

Similarly, I have to say that I see a similar behavoir on the Right as well. It's not as if one suggests Obama isn't a communist/socialist/atheist/Muslim/etc., in a crowd of Conservatives, and they're willing to throw an intellectual tea time to sit down and discuss the issue like gentlemen. No offense, but when we've suggested similar things in the past, you yourself have tended to come off...well, less than friendly.

quote:
Excellent way to make this a "big group of us" against "you" argument.  A perfect example of that hive mind you spoke of as well as an excellent demonstration of conformity silveroak spoke of.  Although I am not the only one who knows of the liberal bias in the mainstream media I would remind you that it only takes one person to be right.


My apologies. I didn't mean to set this up in a manner that personally focused on you as the adversary to us. Just to clarify to those that are reading. Tlaloc is not someone to just group up against. Everyone please argue on one's own merits.

That said, once again, you seem to suggest that liberals have some kind of alien mind set. Do you honestly not see Conservatives fall into group-think as well? It's a fairly common behavior in society. It just seems like you're singling liberals out for something everyone does to some degree. It's pretty hardwired into human nature. We are social animals.

quote:
I didn't say Rush isn't a part of the media but he is only one voice, as is Maddow.  Just that Maddow's views are more in line with a majority of those in the media.  Understand?


I suppose, but I still don't really see how Maddow is in the majority.

Allow me to ask you a question: Do you think Conservative media is more honest than Liberal-media? Do you think they just tell it as they see it, or do you think that they also give their own spin on a given story? If they do, what's the difference?
This message was last edited by the player at 20:23, Fri 10 June 2011.
silveroak
player, 1250 posts
Fri 10 Jun 2011
at 23:58
  • msg #487

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

It seems to me that teh primary rgument for the Media being liberal is "tehre are an overwhelming number of studies and everyone knows it's true" along with "studies which show the media is conservative are unreliable while ones showing it is liberal are dead on"
The fact is that teh media oscilates arround the center, to whatever degree there is an objective center, and so does the American public. Since the American public gets it's information overwhelmingly from the media it only makes sense that media bias informes public bias. However the mantra "the media has a liberal bias" being accepted as truth by virtue of being oft repeated means that most people will assume whatever information they get from the media is left of center even when it is right of center.
So when the media swings right, it pushes the puli harder to the right than the influence that is exerted when it swings left.
The counterweight to this system is that what is right and left is also subject to change- when Clinton embraced Republican econiomic ideas they suddenly became left or liberal agenda issues where before they had been right influences- the whoe dialogue is really floating in space and right, left and center are all relative.
Tycho
GM, 3335 posts
Sun 12 Jun 2011
at 10:13
  • msg #488

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
I feel pretty comfortable saying that the media, who is our most valuable source of information, intentionally slanting that information to portray possibly dishonest (or less than fully honest) positions is both immoral and dangerous.


If "the media" as a whole did so, I think I'd certainly agree, but my question is more about individual components of the media, even if they are large/significant ones?  Is it immoral and dangerous for FOX to be intentionally a "conservative" news source?  Or for MSNBC to be intentionally "liberal?"  (note, for what it's worth, I'm not sure where I stand on the question yet.  I certainly don't like intentionally partisan news, but I'm not sure if I'd label it immoral or dangerous.  Counterproductive, I'd probably give it, though).

On the general topic, here's a few vaguely connected thoughts, let me know if you guys tend to agree with them:

1.  There are extreme partisans on both/all sides.
2.  Both sides like to focus on the extremists on the other side, probably in part because it's easier, and probably in part because it's the extremes that they're most uncomfortable with/afraid of (even if the extremes tend not to have as much power as the other side normally feels--its sort of how we tend to be more afraid of terrorism than we are of driving, even though the latter is statistically a bigger danger).
3.  Everyone, regardless of political/ideological stripe has unconscious biases.  They can attempt, with conscious effort, to avoid letting them affect their decisions/reporting style/whatever, but it's unlikely they'll be completely successful at it.
4.  Some people have conscious/intentional biases, i.e., they're in the "damn right I hate (liberals/conservatives/whoever)" camp, and don't think there's any need or point in being open-minded to their ideas.
5.  Many/most news sources are for-profit, and thus have to tailor their news output to what people are willing to pay for/are interested in/etc.


Okay, I'm hoping those are fairly non-controversial.  Now for stuff that people may be more likely to disagree with.

1.  There has been an increase in the political tribalism of late.  More of an "if you're not for us, you're against us" view.  I see this more from the right, but that may be my own bias, so won't disagree if someone says it happens just as much from the left, but I think someone who wants to be a moderate will have great trouble being accepted by much of the right these days (terms like RINO get tossed about at self-proclaimed moderates these), which leads to people being "staunch conservatives" or "liberals" without much room, in the popular view, for anything in between.  Thus, any news source that isn't "pro conservative" becomes "liberal" by default.

2.  Studies have shown that with "the main stream media" there are far more people who consider themselves liberal than conservative.  However, just being made up of liberal people isn't quite the same as having an intentional, overt liberal bias.  Point 3 above would make it likely that this would lead to a good deal of unintentional/subconscious bias.  But you can be liberal (or conservative) and still strive to be objective/balanced/whatever.  That is sort of my take on the "main stream" media (though since I don't have a TV, I may not be in much of a position to judge it):  it tries to be balanced, but because it is made up of more liberals than conservatives, unintended bias will at times be evident.

3.  There exist on both sides intentionally partisan news sources (e.g., Fox, MSNBC, etc.), but I think there isn't as much of a "conservative in make up, but attempting to be neutral" sector of the media as there is for the "liberal in make up, but trying to be neutral" mainstream media.  The WSJ might be the best example I can think of, but its audience isn't nearly as big.

4.  For whatever reason, giving the other side a fair hearing, or a voice, or whatever you want to call it, seems to have become associated with liberals more so than conservatives.  Certainly there are those on both sides who don't do so, and have no interest in doing so, but the only ones who seem to really endorse the idea of giving "the other side" the chance to make their case seems to be the moderate left these days.  Tlaloc mentioned the fairness doctrine, which was a law that basically required "both sides" of any news story to be presented.  It was overturned back in the Reagan days, and is still a bit of a bugbear for conservatives, though most (but not all) liberals seem to prefer it not be in place anymore either.  It seems most conservatives feel "why should my side have to fairly present the other sides view?!"  But many journalist feel that they have an obligation to present both sides of a story.  This has caused some problems for liberals (the one that springs to mind is the presentation of "both sides" of the climate debate leading many people to think scientists are roughly evenly split on the climate change).  It may be that mainstream media has accepted the "present both sides" principle (even if they don't want the obligation to do so made law), which for whatever reason has become a liberal view, hence discouraging conservatives from going into mainstream media.

5.  Its generally good politics to be seen as a victim.  Being the victims of media bias gets people fired up, so its something they bring up a lot, even if the effect of the bias is fairly mild.  Politicians keep bringing it up because it keeps their supporters fired up, gets them to the polls, etc.  In the long run, though, I think it may be bad policy for the right, though.  By stirring up hatred of the mainstream media, they're not encouraging conservatives to get into it and undo the bias.  Rather, it encourages conservatives to go into more intentionally partisan news, which increases the problem.  In the short run, having their own intentionally partisan news sources which only tell their base what they want to hear could be beneficial, but I think in the long run its counter productive for them.  There will always be those at either extreme who will never be able to talk to each other, but if one "side" slips entirely into "I don't trust any news that doesn't actively reinforce my views" part of the spectrum, I think they're bound to lose their long-term viability.

I know none of those are really conclusions as such, more just a collection of thoughts, but what do people think?  Am I way off here?
katisara
GM, 5018 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sun 12 Jun 2011
at 11:37
  • msg #489

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tycho:
but my question is more about individual components of the media, even if they are large/significant ones?  Is it immoral and dangerous for FOX to be intentionally a "conservative" news source?


I gotcha. I think it is dangerous, regardless. They're basically teachers. Is it alright to have one teacher who teaches crazy? Not really. Now granted, the damage is lessened considerably, since there are counterweights. But ultimately, it serves to brainwash the already-biased and the unwary.

Is complete non-bias possible? Of course not. Is it so dangerous we should regulate it? Probably not, because there are other dangers that come with the government regulating the media. But in an ideal world, I'd feel a lot happier if Bill O'Reilly had to transmit under the heading of entertainment, not news.

quote:
1.  There has been an increase in the political tribalism of late.


What span of time are you talking about? If you're including papers from the 19th century, I'd disagree. Compared to the time since Clinton? Alright. I honestly don't know, but I'll take your word for it.

I can't really comment on the rest. I avoid news and politicians when I can help it. My news is c/o Colbert, my wife and CNN.com twice a month.
silveroak
player, 1253 posts
Sun 12 Jun 2011
at 13:50
  • msg #490

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I think part of the question is whether they try to 'sell' to the same demographic that they slant to. If I am reporting "news for liberals" with a liberal slant then that is just a matter of matching the market. If I describe myself as "fair and ballanced" and am slanting hard to the right, then that is fraud.
Tycho
GM, 3340 posts
Thu 16 Jun 2011
at 18:26
  • msg #491

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
I gotcha. I think it is dangerous, regardless. They're basically teachers. Is it alright to have one teacher who teaches crazy? Not really. Now granted, the damage is lessened considerably, since there are counterweights. But ultimately, it serves to brainwash the already-biased and the unwary.

Is complete non-bias possible? Of course not. Is it so dangerous we should regulate it? Probably not, because there are other dangers that come with the government regulating the media. But in an ideal world, I'd feel a lot happier if Bill O'Reilly had to transmit under the heading of entertainment, not news.

Okay, I can largely agree with that.

katisara:
What span of time are you talking about? If you're including papers from the 19th century, I'd disagree. Compared to the time since Clinton? Alright. I honestly don't know, but I'll take your word for it.

I was thinking mostly in my lifetime, so from Reagan I guess (I was alive for a bit of Carter, but politics weren't much of an interest to me back then!).  In some ways there's definitely always been partisanship, but I feel like it's increased with every election of my lifetime.  Every time the senate changes hands, the filibuster seems to be used more often, to the point that now its basically assumed that every bill requires 60 votes to pass, and the minority party will call foul at any bill passed with a simple majority.  It seems like very president has more trouble getting judges appointed.  It seems like "moderate" has become an insult in today's political climate.  Being able to forge a compromise and work across the aisle used to be seen as good things, but now they're viewed as reasons to vote someone out of office.  There's always been mudslinging and things that seem out of order, so it's not that the worst behavior has gotten worse over time, so much as it's just become the norm.
silveroak
player, 1257 posts
Thu 16 Jun 2011
at 23:02
  • msg #492

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Us politics was this divisive once before, though admitedly that did wind up in a civil war...
Sciencemile
GM, 1592 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Wed 22 Jun 2011
at 21:21
  • msg #493

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

So John Huntsman is going to be running for president.  I'm not completely sure about his political views - and by that I mean I don't know really much about them - but what I've gathered from the small bit of news on television they're really pushing him as a compromising individual.

This image might make it difficult for him in the primary elections, if things are indeed getting more polarized.

But it'd really be great if that trend reversed, and we were arguing over eating steak vs. lobster, rather than having a choice between two piles of dog crap and debating over which one is going to taste worse going down.
Tlaloc
player, 357 posts
Wed 22 Jun 2011
at 21:36
  • msg #494

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

To Silveroak: US politics, and politics in general, are always divisive and always have been.  To say we are on the verge of a civil war is a joke.

To Sciencesmile: Huntsman is the media candidate.  That is why they are pushing him.  Look at the way they pushed McCain into the nomination and then immediately whipped out the knives once he secured it.  Huntsman is the candidate that the liberals would love to see because he is easily beatable.
Sciencemile
GM, 1593 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Wed 22 Jun 2011
at 23:11
  • msg #495

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

quote:
Huntsman is the media candidate.


Not to trigger your fear of defining your terms, but I can pretty much say you're wrong that Huntsman is the media candidate right now; your only rebuttal can really be explaining what you meant by "the media", and then defining it to mean whatever you want it to mean instead of what it generally means to people who understand enough about a group not to see it as a monolithic entity.

quote:
That is why they are pushing him.  Look at the way they pushed McCain into the nomination and then immediately whipped out the knives once he secured it.


I remember the elections, I watched more television then than I did at any other point in time.  I can tell you with much certainty that McCain was not the major focus of any media outlet's attention when it came to the Republican Party's candidate.

quote:
Huntsman is the candidate that the liberals would love to see because he is easily beatable.


And why is he easily beatable?  He seemed to be a pretty popular governor, if it's to believed by Pew Research polls and gubernatorial election results.
Tlaloc
player, 358 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 00:40
  • msg #496

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Sciencemile:
Not to trigger your fear of defining your terms, but I can pretty much say you're wrong that Huntsman is the media candidate right now;


First, I have no fear of defining a term.  What I object to is having to teach Economics 101 in order to proceed with a topic.  Big difference.  And, all things considered, it is you that is wrong on this topic.

quote:
your only rebuttal can really be explaining what you meant by "the media",


I love this.  Apparently you are the one who determines what I can and cannot provide as a rebuttal.  And interesting ploy I must admit.

quote:
and then defining it to mean whatever you want it to mean instead of what it generally means to people who understand enough about a group not to see it as a monolithic entity.


Of course you don't see it that way.  I could say that is because you see it completely wrong but that would be being confrontational and that simply is not allowed.  I must say you have a point and then go about proving you wrong.

But I won't do that.

The mainstream media, by which I mean NPR, CBS, NBC, MSNBC, ABC, CNN, NYT, LAT, and many, many others, is liberal and Democrat.  That is proven and I have proven it before.  It is hardly an argument to say I am breaking new ground or redefining terms.  I leave that to liberals.

quote:
I remember the elections, I watched more television then than I did at any other point in time.  I can tell you with much certainty that McCain was not the major focus of any media outlet's attention when it came to the Republican Party's candidate.


I watched and read a great deal too and disagree with you most whole-heartedly.  McCain was "the Maverick", the one who disagreed with the Republican base.  It was he who could capture those moderates.  He was the nice guy, except to other Republicans, and would be the voice of moderation and compromise.

quote:
And why is he easily beatable?  He seemed to be a pretty popular governor, if it's to believed by Pew Research polls and gubernatorial election results.


It isn't to be believed.  Check out his announcement.  Reporters far outnumbered supporters at the kickoff in Liberty Park and at a follow-up rally in New Hampshire.  The fact that the man has a bevy of McCain consultants steering his ship tells me alot.

Former McCain consultant John Weaver who is now the key Huntsman strategist, said that the campaign will be "mellow".  Instead of calling out political opponents by name they will keep it vague.  Huntsman has been buoyed by months of glowing coverage from print media who love the fact that he calls the GOP "devoid of ideas" and "a very narrow party of angry people."  See?  Like that wonderful McCain campaign he is only willing to take on his own party.  How did that turn out?  *listens for crickets*

You can't beat a Democrat, especailly a sitting President, by being Democrat Light.  It has been tried and it has failed.  Huntsman is a loser from the word go.
Sciencemile
GM, 1594 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 01:27
  • msg #497

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Ahh, now begins the chipping away until there is nothing left.

quote:
I love this.  Apparently you are the one who determines what I can and cannot provide as a rebuttal.  And interesting ploy I must admit.


Not a ploy or a command, but a prediction, and one which was not left disappointed.

quote:
First, I have no fear of defining a term.  What I object to is having to teach Economics 101 in order to proceed with a topic.  Big difference.  And, all things considered, it is you that is wrong on this topic.


Given that you were flinging around terms so wildly as to mistake my question of how to create jobs with how to increase wealth, I don't really see much of a difference that you seem quite confident in what you're saying, even when it doesn't make a lick of sense.

quote:
The mainstream media, by which I mean NPR, CBS, NBC, MSNBC, ABC, CNN, NYT, LAT, and many, many others, is liberal and Democrat.  That is proven and I have proven it before.  It is hardly an argument to say I am breaking new ground or redefining terms.  I leave that to liberals.


But not Fox, right?  Because Fox is a small thing that almost nobody watches.

Oh wait, no, compared to all the television stations you just listed off, none of them come close to viewership compared to Fox News and it's television programs; 2010 the Top 10 cable news programs were entirely filled by Fox News programming.

http://www.mediabistro.com/tvn...grams-of-2010_b45587

quote:
FOX News Channel (FNC) continued its ratings dominance among its cable news competition in all categories during the third quarter of 2008 according to Nielsen Media Research. During an unprecedented period for political and financial news and events, FNC was once again the highest rated cable news network for the 27th consecutive Quarter (see below). Among all basic cable channels, FNC ranked 4th for the Quarter in prime time viewership, with CNN and MSNBC lagging behind at 9th and 23rd, respectively.*


http://www.observer.com/2008/m...-cable-news-networks

So even if we were to take as a given that all the television stations you displayed were liberal as crap, none of them can be considered mainstream compared to Fox.

via the Radio, things look a little more even, with NPR programs like All Things Considered having 13 million listeners.

However, if you take a look at the list of most-listened to talk-shows on radio, we see that you're damn wrong again when it comes to an overwhelming liberal bias in the "mainstream media".

http://talkers.com/online/?p=71

You see, generally mainstream refers to "the majority".  At least what most people understand the word to mean.

Plus I say you're just plain wrong about NPR being Liberal.  It's a little thing called Objective Journalism.

quote:
I watched and read a great deal too and disagree with you most whole-heartedly.  McCain was "the Maverick", the one who disagreed with the Republican base.  It was he who could capture those moderates.  He was the nice guy, except to other Republicans, and would be the voice of moderation and compromise.


A nickname doesn't equivocate to undue attention, sorry. Since really what this argument comes down to in the meantime is just numbers, I can pretty much ask people in the forums to ring in on this.

Q:  What do you remember the media focusing on the most, both positively and negatively, when it came to the Republican Ticket in the 2008 Presidential Election?

My answer, of course, is Sarah Palin; The Right-Media adored the hell out of her, and the Left-Media couldn't stop making fun of her.

quote:
It isn't to be believed.  Check out his announcement.


I did, both of them in fact.  I watch CSPAN.

quote:
Reporters far outnumbered supporters at the kickoff in Liberty Park and at a follow-up rally in New Hampshire.


What significance does this have to his popularity as a governor?  Quite a trip from Utah to New Hampshire.

quote:
The fact that the man has a bevy of McCain consultants steering his ship tells me alot.


What, someone loses an election and all of a consultants who went to school and got degrees in political science suddenly gets tainted forever?  What do you think they're consulting him on, exactly?

Looks like he has a couple Mitt Romney hairstylists in tow too, so I guess that doubly-dooms him.

quote:
Instead of calling out political opponents by name they will keep it vague.  Huntsman has been buoyed by months of glowing coverage from print media who love the fact that he calls the GOP "devoid of ideas" and "a very narrow party of angry people."  See?  Like that wonderful McCain campaign he is only willing to take on his own party.  How did that turn out?  *listens for crickets*


It was the vice presidential pick that really sank him.

Frankly, basing your campaign on promoting your own merits is a breath of fresh air compared the usual mudslinging.

Once again, I don't care how much worse the other pile of crap will taste if they're a pile of crap too.  Negative arguments don't win my vote.
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:39, Thu 23 June 2011.
Sciencemile
GM, 1595 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 01:54
  • msg #498

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Besides, if anybody was going to be the "Media's Pick", it'd be Donald Trump, and he'd be touted on Dr. Phil, Oprah, and every crappy day-time television show and night-time reality show as one of the greatest geniuses the world has ever known.
Tlaloc
player, 359 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 02:09
  • msg #499

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Sciencemile:
Ahh, now begins the chipping away until there is nothing left.


Then you will have to do better than this post.

quote:
Not a ploy or a command, but a prediction, and one which was not left disappointed.


Are you not entertained?

quote:
Given that you were flinging around terms so wildly as to mistake my question of how to create jobs with how to increase wealth, I don't really see much of a difference that you seem quite confident in what you're saying, even when it doesn't make a lick of sense.


Given that I actually corrected a minor mistake of the one term I used I would say that I at least have the ability to admit error.  The fact that you don't understand an argument does not mean it does not make sense.  It merely doesn't make sense to you.  Once again, big difference.

quote:
But not Fox, right?  Because Fox is a small thing that almost nobody watches.

Oh wait, no, compared to all the television stations you just listed off, none of them come close to viewership compared to Fox News and it's television programs; 2010 the Top 10 cable news programs were entirely filled by Fox News programming.


And yet all the studies and political donations, and they include Fox News, show a decided leftward tilt.  The reason they are a trusted news source and the reason they have ratings is that they actually report the news and actually place actual conservatives next to actual liberals on their panels.  Big shocker there.  Not to mention that an actual majority of people in this country actually lean to the right on most issues.

http://www.politifact.com/trut...h-fox-news-are-most/

Here is a debunking of the mis-informed nature of the average Fox viewer.  I am sure it will make no impact what so ever.  Socialist dribble like MSNBC has never caught on and, hopefully, never will.

quote:
So even if we were to take as a given that all the television stations you displayed were liberal as crap, none of them can be considered mainstream compared to Fox.


And yet Democrat donations from those in the media business outpace donations to Republicans by 100-1.  Funny that.

quote:
via the Radio, things look a little more even, with NPR programs like All Things Considered having 13 million listeners.

However, if you take a look at the list of most-listened to talk-shows on radio, we see that you're damn wrong again when it comes to an overwhelming liberal bias in the "mainstream media".


Wow.  An actual "Damn" in there.  AM radio was the first place that conservative speech was allowed and only because the "Fairness" doctrine was abolished by Reagan.  Nice try but consider that the conservative voice is self-funded and that NPR is paid for by my own tax dollars.

quote:
You see, generally mainstream refers to "the majority".  At least what most people understand the word to mean.


Sure I would see if I merely suspended reality.

quote:
Plus I say you're just plain wrong about NPR being Liberal.  It's a little thing called Objective Journalism.


This is easily debunked with a mere Bing search.  Not even worth it.  If you believe that is objective journalism then I understand the problem you have with media being liberal.  You obviously believe that objective = liberal.

quote:
A nickname doesn't equivocate to undue attention, sorry. Since really what this argument comes down to in the meantime is just numbers, I can pretty much ask people in the forums to ring in on this.


Appeal to the masses.  Yet another way to get out of addressing a point yourself.  I assume this is the "we are many" argument that holds no water.  As I often say, it only takes one person to be right.

quote:
My answer, of course, is Sarah Palin; The Right-Media adored the hell out of her, and the Left-Media couldn't stop making fun of her.<quote>

Bingo!  So you don't think the venom aimed at Palin and the softcore porn adoring Obama was a sign of bias?  Man, you're proving my point!

<quote>I did, both of them in fact.  I watch CSPAN.


As did I.  And?

quote:
What significance does this have to his popularity as a governor?  Quite a trip from Utah to New Hampshire.


Palin's approval rate was 68% before the election and that was after being eviserated by the liberal media.  Taking your logic you would approve of President Palin?

Didn't think so.

quote:
What, someone loses an election and all of a sudden someone who went to school and got a degree in consulting suddenly gets tainted forever?  What do you think they're consulting him on, exactly?


They actually get tainted when they believe that the same strategy that lost them one election will work in another.  Hey wait!  Isn't that some kind of definition for insanity?

quote:
Looks like he has a couple Mitt Romney hairstylists in tow too, so I guess that doubly-dooms him.


Once again, I leave the realm of personal appearances to the liberals.  I personally don't care about his appearance.  Just like I didn't give a damn about Obama being black.  I just saw a corrupt leftist Union shill from Chicago.  But hey, we libertarians are like that.

quote:
It was the vice presidential pick that really sank him.


She had more experience and more intelligence than the current occupier of the White House.  Once again, proving my point.

quote:
Frankly, basing your campaign on promoting your own merits is a breath of fresh air compared the usual mudslinging.


Pointing out realistic flaws is not "mudslinging".  It is reality.  The use of the term "mudslinging" is code for Democrats who try to silence Republicans.  By the way, the whole birther thing was started by Hilary.

quote:
Once again, I don't care how much worse the other pile of crap will taste if they're a pile of crap too.  Negative arguments don't win my vote.


Then keeping Obama in power is your choice.  Not attacking the man's obvious inept handling of... well... everyting is a losing proposition and that is what Huntsman is.  A loser who is surrouded by those who are consultants of losers.  Back him if you wish but you are assuring Obama's second term.
silveroak
player, 1270 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 02:19
  • msg #500

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

1) Yes, politics has always been divisive. That does not mean it has been *equally* divisive at all times.
2) I did not say that we are headed for a civil war, I said the last time politics was this divisive that was the ultimate outcome. Given that the smaple size is one it is not predictive, but it should be cautionary.
3) What killed McCain was the fact that he had to rush to the right to get his own base to vote for him after the nomination, which left moderates feeling like the Maverick had become the Sellout.
4) the dream Republican Canidate for liberals at this point is Palin. Whether she is the laughingstock that she is believed to be may be an issue, but it is who most solid democrats would love to see Obama running against in 2012.

Interestingly Obama right now loses to a generic Republican, but beats all actual Republicans in any given poll.
Tlaloc
player, 360 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 02:20
  • msg #501

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Sciencemile (msg #498):

Trump wasn't even a Republican.  He was a land-grabbing Democrat opportunist.  A media side show.  Once again, the liberal media would have loved him being the Republican nominee.
silveroak
player, 1271 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 02:26
  • msg #502

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

trump first talked about running as a Republican in 1988, then joined the Reform party, then switched back to being a Republican http://wiki.answers.com/Q/Is_Donald_Trump_a_democrat
So I would agree with all of that except Democrat.
Tlaloc
player, 361 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 02:31
  • msg #503

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

silveroak:
1) Yes, politics has always been divisive. That does not mean it has been *equally* divisive at all times.


Yet I do.

Teddy Kennedy once tried to keep that war-monger Reagan out of office by fabricating a Soviet detente with Andropov.  Is appealing to a foreign power to win elections within the realm of divisive?

How about recent history?  G.W. Bush bring back any memories?

Look at Clinton's healthcare attempt.

Man, the list goes on...

quote:
2) I did not say that we are headed for a civil war, I said the last time politics was this divisive that was the ultimate outcome. Given that the smaple size is one it is not predictive, but it should be cautionary.


Laughable.

quote:
3) What killed McCain was the fact that he had to rush to the right to get his own base to vote for him after the nomination, which left moderates feeling like the Maverick had become the Sellout.


Hardly.  He completely abandoned the Right to try to capture that glorious middle.  Look at who won by doing that.  I mean there is... and there is... Oh wait.  There's no one!

quote:
4) the dream Republican Canidate for liberals at this point is Palin. Whether she is the laughingstock that she is believed to be may be an issue, but it is who most solid democrats would love to see Obama running against in 2012.


Liberals fear Palin.  That is why they dig through old emails, rent houses next to hers and send legions of reporters everywhere she goes without actually reporting what she says.  Unless out of context of course.

I don't believe she will run this time but she can still rile up the base.

quote:
Interestingly Obama right now loses to a generic Republican, but beats all actual Republicans in any given poll.


Not interesting at all considering the field right now.  Once it is down to a few choice Republicans the media, the liberal media that is for those who require a definition, will start the rumor mongering and the mudslinging which supposedly is called "objective reporting" to some.

They will focus on the wonders of the easily beatable candidate and marginalize and smear the ones who are actual conservative Republicans.  Look what they are alreay doing to Christia and Perry and they aren't even running yet (or ever).
Tlaloc
player, 362 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 02:35
  • msg #504

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #502):

Show me the money!

Political Donations: Might as well start here:

Charlie Rangel (D-NY): 2006 – $10,000 Yes, he of corruption, tax evasion, and mass liberalism

Frank Lautenberg (D-NJ) $12,000 Total, $2,000 in 2006 Re-election

Harry Reid: Donated $4,800 in 2010 to Reid to defeat Sharon Angle. $10,400 to Reid overall

Chuck Schumer: Donated $4,000 during 2010 Election Cycle

Kirsten Gillibrand: $5,800 over past 2 cycles

Ted Kennedy: $7,000

John Kerry $5,500 ($2,000 in 2004 Pres race, which he also gave Bush $2,000. How bi-partisan!)

Democratic Senatorial Committee: $116,000 (versus $30K to GOP equivalent)

Quite the staunch Republican eh?  Also for single-payer healthcare by the way.  Yep.  A Republican all the way.
silveroak
player, 1272 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 02:42
  • msg #505

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

A businessman is buying politicians. There's news.
He also supported Bush's presidential campaign in 2004, as well as Mitt Romney and Newt Gingrich.
Tlaloc
player, 363 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 02:47
  • msg #506

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #505):

And how much did he support it?  Do you mean calling Bush the worst Presdient ever?  Is that support?
silveroak
player, 1273 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 12:32
  • msg #507

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

He wouldn't be the only Republican to offer that opinion.
The fact is that Donald Trump has been consistantly either Republican or Reform since the 1980's, but has made contributions to both the major parties and does business in New York which tends to be predominantly Democratic, so he has made an 'investment' in many Democratic politicians.

You do realize the democrats are not some hostile foreign agency whose primary goal is to undermine and destroy the Republican party, right? Seriously all the talk about some kind of Manchurian canidate for teh other pary is just ludicrous- people run to get elected not to try and undermine someone else's ideals.
katisara
GM, 5034 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 13:05
  • msg #508

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I see this is heating up. Please try to tone down the adversarial voice and the claims against other forum members. If things start off so hot, they don't have far to fall.
silveroak
player, 1274 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 13:27
  • msg #509

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I appologize, I did not intend to make that personal- It is an entire chorus of characters from the right who sem to have this attitude- many on Fox but also a large community on teh Internet that basically approach politics with teh idea that there is a "True Conservative Cause" agiant an Evil Liberal Conspiricy to Advance their Agenda which frankly *is* an example of recent divisiveness.
Oh, and to that point- I am not talking about months when I say that teh divisiveness has risen, I am talking about over teh last 2 decades,so "what abou the Bush years" really *makes* my point rather than arguing against it. Just because I didn't liek teh guy doesn't mean I don't think his presidency was devicisive. In fact if you look at how unified the country was on 9/12/01 it is frankly astounding how quickly we have gone to each other's throats.
katisara
GM, 5036 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 13:30
  • msg #510

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

And I don't disagree with you -- but I also notice the reverse is true. Talking with people in my area, a lot of them seem to see the Democratic party as the 'great liberator' who 'understands them' and is fighting against the Republican menace.

Of course, your region I believe is around 90% Republican, and mine is 99% Democrat. A lot of it is people being people, just wearing different colored jerseys.


On another note, the Wall Street Journal wrote an interesting article about how the current hegemony is poised for collapse:
http://online.wsj.com/article/...od=wsj_share_twitter
silveroak
player, 1275 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 13:57
  • msg #511

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I do agree, but then again the American system is also set up to support a duopoly, and has been ever since the constitution was changed to allow a winner take all presidential election (president and vice president on the same ticket instead of vice president being second place) All things considered it might be a good idea to replace teh presidency with a triumverate exective brach comprised of teh top 3 vote getters. But Since that isn't a likely solution in teh forseeable future-
The US went through many parties each time there was an upheaval until the populist movement threatened to upset teh Republican and Democratic parties back in teh 1940's. Then each party took a portion of that platform and incorporated it into their own platforms, which gave the impression that they could continue to do that and the two parties would be here to stay.
Another movement began, which I don't know of any good label for, in the 1990s, and at that point the Democratic party fitfully but successfully incorporated a part of it's platform into their own. Republicans took this as a sign of Democrats caving and rsisted change by declaring victory. In a way the current "tea Party Revolution" Within the Republican party is a result of that.

Where will things go from here? At the moment it looks like the Republican party will probably fracture, leaving people with three parties to vote for. It is likely this will happen as soon as the Tea party decides it can really stand on it's own and not just pay lip service to non-partisnaship, and it will absorb some of teh independant voters and at teh same time the Republican party will absorb some Independant voters who were put off by tea party antics- right ow the only thing holding tea Party and Republican together is the idea of "teh greater evil" namely that having Those Evil Democrats in power is a threat worth banding together over and sacrificing for- mostly, I would say it is the Tea Party sacrificing their ideals to the Republican party who is selling them on the fear of Democratic power.

Of course should the split occcur the situation will be quite interesting as well- at that point teh Democratic party will have roughly 1/3 of teh vote with teh remaining 2/3 of teh country desiring an alternative and no longer locked into a single competing "brand" Eventually one of two things will happen: some group will ammass enough of the vote to topple the democrats and initiate a free for all on the other ide of the equation (hopefully!) or the situation will stabalize again with someone ammassing enough of an alternative concsencuss opinion that about half of teh country will hold their noses and vote for one side or the other and a new duopoly will be established.

Of course even if the Democratic party falls there will eventually be a new Duopoly, that is the way the electoral system is set up. But it is the times of crisis that allow for change.

The alternative of course is that teh divisiveness is increased to pressure the Tea Party to not break away from teh Republican nest, driving the country furtehr apart to preserve the party, both parties will continue to bleed membership with the Democrats keeping the statistical edge and teh entire situation held togetehr by the sense of inevitablity- you have to vote for one of teh two major parties because otehrwise teh wrong party will be in power. Each villifying teh other more and more, stoping further and furtehr because they ahve to 'fight fire with fire' until the whole system breaks down, someone winds up taking charge and our democracy falls to some form of dictatorship.
Tlaloc
player, 364 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 14:14
  • msg #512

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Actually silveroak, I don't believe there is an evil conspiracy.  I just believe that liberalism and progressive thought run counter to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.  I don't believe that people set out to be against those concepts.  I believe they just place more stock in feeling instead of thinking.

Mind you, that is not aimed at you.  It is just my opinion and I don't really know if you are a liberal/progressive.  Some of your posts are not typical for a liberal/progressive so I couldn't really categorize what you believe and won't try to.

Media bias isn't a conspiracy either.  It is a mere fact.  When you have an overwhelmingly percentage of reporters and journalist who believe in the liberal/progressive worldview you are going to get that view presented to you.  I find it interesting that I am not allowed to point out the general liberal bias abundantly proven in the mainstream media yet you are allowed to point out Fox News in every other post.

As for divisiveness I pointed out that Kennedy tried to use foreign enemy leaders to affect an election.  In the 30's through the 60's calling your opponent a commie, starting homosexual rumors, saying they are controlled by the Pope, saying they were beholden to the Jews, or insinuating they accepted black/white marriage were quite common depending on your location.

These are just the times we live in and this is what is in front of our face.
Falkus
player, 1219 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 14:40
  • msg #513

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I just believe that liberalism and progressive thought run counter to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.

Yes; because as we all know, denying rights to homosexuals is a key element to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.

You can't have liberty, after all, without treating certain members of society as subhuman. Oh wait...
Tlaloc
player, 365 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 16:40
  • msg #514

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Falkus (msg #513):

quote:
Yes; because as we all know, denying rights to homosexuals is a key element to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.


Who is denying rights to homosexuals?  Obama has the same stance on gay marriage as the conservatives do.

I, however, don't.  I don't believe that government has any business endorsing marriage at all.  That is a religious construct.  All marriages should be civil unions with contracts and such involved.  Once again, libertarian here.

*reads back through recent posts*  Nope.  Don't believe I ever said that conservatives are perfect.

Now let's use your same statement but change one word into two:

quote:
Yes; because as we all know, denying rights to wealthy people is a key element to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.


There.  Now you have the liberals/progressives.

quote:
You can't have liberty, after all, without treating certain members of society as subhuman. Oh wait...


This is assuming that your stereotype of evil, racist conservatives is based on fact.  A bad assumption considering that your stereotype is wrong.  So yes, I will wait for you to think this one out.
Falkus
player, 1220 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 16:50
  • msg #515

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Who is denying rights to homosexuals?

In the United States, which group is more firmly in favor of homosexual rights as a whole? Liberal political groups or conservative ones? I'm not talking about individuals here.

There.  Now you have the liberals/progressives.

All I want is for the rich to be bound by the same laws that the rest of us are.

This is assuming that your stereotype of evil, racist conservatives is based on fact

How does this relate to a single thing I've posted? Where, precisely, have I stereotyped anybody? All I've done was imply that conservative political groups don't support equal rights for homosexuals; which is, as I'm sure we can all agree, a somewhat undisputed fact.
Falkus
player, 1221 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 16:53
  • msg #516

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I will admit that my language was somewhat confrontational, which I apologize for. I was somewhat upset at the time of my posting.
Tlaloc
player, 366 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 17:07
  • msg #517

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Falkus:
In the United States, which group is more firmly in favor of homosexual rights as a whole? Liberal political groups or conservative ones? I'm not talking about individuals here.


Why the Libertarian Party of course!

Homosexual rights or homosexual marriage?  The Conservatives will give homosexuals the same rights as all Americans.  It is the Liberals who like to classify and provide special rights depending on skin color and sexual preference.  If you are talking homosexual marriage then that is a different story.

quote:
All I want is for the rich to be bound by the same laws that the rest of us are.


Do you mean like the top 50% of wage earners paying 98% of the taxes?  I would say the rich are bound by the same laws.  You don't seem to be able to provide how the rich are not bound to the same laws.

quote:
How does this relate to a single thing I've posted?  Where, precisely, have I stereotyped anybody?


Oh, I thought you would consider classifying a group of people as subhuman as evil and/or racist.  I certainly do.  That would be where the stereotype comes in.

quote:
All I've done was imply that conservative political groups don't support equal rights for homosexuals; which is, as I'm sure we can all agree, a somewhat undisputed fact.


I would dispute it.  Conservatives, as a whole from what I have seen and read, do not want special rights for homosexuals.  That is an undisputed fact.  The marriage issue is a distinct disagreement based on what Conservatives believe the meaning of marriage is and the purpose it serves.  I also disagree with Conservatives and Obama on the issue but I understand that this does not make them akin to homophobes and I don't believe either considers them subhuman.

You should note that everytime a gay marriage ban bill passes that it is by such a margin that it would take both registered Democrats and registered Republicans to pass it.  It's like assuming that since a majority of Conservatives are anti-abortion that it automatically means that they hate women.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:08, Thu 23 June 2011.
katisara
GM, 5038 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 17:56
  • msg #518

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I myself lean libertarian, but I still feel like I have to chirp in here ...

Tlaloc:
Why the Libertarian Party of course! 


The 'libertarian' party/movement is still a very poorly defined thing. Most of it is an offshoot of the Republican party. Check out the '08 Libertarian presidential candidate, Bob Barr, who was a signatory on the Patriot Act. The Tea Party is also intended to be a libertarian, single-issue 'party', but it's attracting a lot of looneys and a lot of people who want anything BUT more freedom. Both of these organizations are struggling just to avoid being hijacked by neo-conservatives. Looking at organizations alone, I would not feel comfortable naming a libertarian party and saying it has a clear background of resisting undue restrictions on people. There's just too much political sabotage going on.

quote:
It is the Liberals who like to classify and provide special rights depending on skin color and sexual preference.


I'm assuming you're talking about things like affirmative action. This is a tough position, and I agree with your political position that affirmative action is ultimately destructive. However, it would be academic dishonesty to either claim it as a 'right', or to not recognize the difference between active and passive discrimination, and that while affirmative action is a form of active discrimination, it is intended to address a much more dangerous and self-perpetuating form of passive discrimination.

quote:
Do you mean like the top 50% of wage earners paying 98% of the taxes? 


When the rich make 90% of the income, it seems reasonable that they pay 98% of the taxes. Even with a flat tax, you should expect that sort of a cut (and our tax system is anything but flat; it's a hump, with the middle class paying the most. How come more people don't complain about the rights of the middle class?)

quote:
Oh, I thought you would consider classifying a group of people as subhuman as evil and/or racist.  I certainly do.  That would be where the stereotype comes in.


I have to admit, I don't recall this, at least not in recent history. Don't feel like you need to go searching for it to justify your statement, I'm just saying. It may not be warranted to sling quite so MUCH mud right now.
katisara
GM, 5039 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 17:56
  • msg #519

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I myself lean libertarian, but I still feel like I have to chirp in here ...

Tlaloc:
Why the Libertarian Party of course! 


The 'libertarian' party/movement is still a very poorly defined thing. Most of it is an offshoot of the Republican party. Check out the '08 Libertarian presidential candidate, Bob Barr, who was a signatory on the Patriot Act. The Tea Party is also intended to be a libertarian, single-issue 'party', but it's attracting a lot of looneys and a lot of people who want anything BUT more freedom. Both of these organizations are struggling just to avoid being hijacked by neo-conservatives. Looking at organizations alone, I would not feel comfortable naming a libertarian party and saying it has a clear background of resisting undue restrictions on people. There's just too much political sabotage going on.

quote:
It is the Liberals who like to classify and provide special rights depending on skin color and sexual preference.


I'm assuming you're talking about things like affirmative action. This is a tough position, and I agree with your political position that affirmative action is ultimately destructive. However, it would be academic dishonesty to either claim it as a 'right', or to not recognize the difference between active and passive discrimination, and that while affirmative action is a form of active discrimination, it is intended to address a much more dangerous and self-perpetuating form of passive discrimination.

quote:
Do you mean like the top 50% of wage earners paying 98% of the taxes? 


When the rich make 90% of the income, it seems reasonable that they pay 98% of the taxes. Even with a flat tax, you should expect that sort of a cut (and our tax system is anything but flat; it's a hump, with the middle class paying the most. How come more people don't complain about the rights of the middle class?)

quote:
Oh, I thought you would consider classifying a group of people as subhuman as evil and/or racist.  I certainly do.  That would be where the stereotype comes in.


I have to admit, I don't recall this, at least not in recent history. Don't feel like you need to go searching for it to justify your statement, I'm just saying. It may not be warranted to sling quite so MUCH mud right now.
Tlaloc
player, 367 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 18:56
  • msg #520

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
I myself lean libertarian, but I still feel like I have to chirp in here ...

The 'libertarian' party/movement is still a very poorly defined thing. Most of it is an offshoot of the Republican party. Check out the '08 Libertarian presidential candidate, Bob Barr, who was a signatory on the Patriot Act. The Tea Party is also intended to be a libertarian, single-issue 'party', but it's attracting a lot of looneys and a lot of people who want anything BUT more freedom. Both of these organizations are struggling just to avoid being hijacked by neo-conservatives. Looking at organizations alone, I would not feel comfortable naming a libertarian party and saying it has a clear background of resisting undue restrictions on people. There's just too much political sabotage going on.


And I would agree with you wholeheartedly.  The Libertarian Party, such as it is, will never be a force in politics until it can cure its Schizophrenia and produce a consistent party platform.  I also agree with the political sabotage.

That is why I find the Republican party better suited for voting purposes.  They have a great many flaws but the Democrat Party is far worse for a Libertarian.

quote:
I'm assuming you're talking about things like affirmative action. This is a tough position, and I agree with your political position that affirmative action is ultimately destructive. However, it would be academic dishonesty to either claim it as a 'right', or to not recognize the difference between active and passive discrimination, and that while affirmative action is a form of active discrimination, it is intended to address a much more dangerous and self-perpetuating form of passive discrimination.


You have assumed correctly.  But from what you are saying it is okay to discriminate when people merely "feel" they are being discriminated against.  I do not discriminate and yet why should I have a lower score in a job interview because I am white?  Governments cannot prevent the hidden prejudices of people.  Only time and proximity can do that.

Affirmative action is destructive and wrong.  You have lost some of that "leaness" by supporting it.

quote:
When the rich make 90% of the income, it seems reasonable that they pay 98% of the taxes. Even with a flat tax, you should expect that sort of a cut (and our tax system is anything but flat; it's a hump, with the middle class paying the most. How come more people don't complain about the rights of the middle class?)


Once again, why?  Why should you be penalized for making more money than another?  What harm are you causing?  In fact, it is those top earners that invest in this economy and cause it to grow providing the lower 50% with jobs.  Also, the wealthy do not put pressure on the resources of the government like the less wealthy do.

And no, you are absolutely wrong about the middle class paying the most.  The wealthy pay the most.  The top 25% pay 86% of the income taxes according to the IRS.  That is up from 84% in 2000.  In 1980 the top 1% paid 19% and the tax rate for them was 70%, now with the rate at 35% they pay 39%.  The wealthy create revenue for the IRS when not overburdened with taxation.  So please, do not try to make it out like they don't pay.

quote:
I have to admit, I don't recall this, at least not in recent history. Don't feel like you need to go searching for it to justify your statement, I'm just saying. It may not be warranted to sling quite so MUCH mud right now.


Falkus merely made the insinuation that Conservatives view homosexuals as subhuman.  It is an untrue statement as a whole.  I did not sling mud I was addressing a stereotype.  Much the way I would argue with someone who tries to stereotype homosexuals.
katisara
GM, 5040 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 19:44
  • msg #521

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
And I would agree with you wholeheartedly.  The Libertarian Party, such as it is, will never be a force in politics until it can cure its Schizophrenia and produce a consistent party platform.  I also agree with the political sabotage.

That is why I find the Republican party better suited for voting purposes.  They have a great many flaws but the Democrat Party is far worse for a Libertarian.


I can't comment on which is objectively worse, since that's value judgments. I think I've made my personal position clear. And ultimately, I think that's what it comes down to. Sure, you can claim that the democratic party is all backwards due to reasons X, Y and Z (and in fact, I encourage you to do so!) What you can't really say is that that is an objective fact and anyone who disagrees with you is lying or ignorant (because, again, it comes down to value judgments), or that the Republican/Libertarian Parties are above such things.

That's ultimately all Falkus is saying. He's pointed out, rightly, that the Republican Party is trying to push restrictions on people, which would seem to be contrary to the goal of freedom. He didn't say it, but I'm sure he could make a case for how the Tea Party and the Libertarian Party are similarly tied to freedom-limiting campaigns. And as much as I wish I could call him out as ignorant or a liar, frankly, I can't. He's right. Those parties are sort of sucking at that goal. If I had more faith in the government being able to help people, I'd probably be a democrat because, while the democrat party-line is to meddle in pretty much everything, it's with the intention of maximizing actual freedom, equality and happiness.

quote:
But from what you are saying it is okay to discriminate when people merely "feel" they are being discriminated against.


Not at all. I also agree with you, racial quotas and so on are wrong. But the reason I think they're wrong is because it seems like a case of 'sexing it to virginity'. I do understand the intention of affirmative action, and the intention is indeed right.

In a nutshell, affirmative action recognizes there's active discrimination ('you may not get into this college because you are white!') and passive discrimination ('you may not get into this college because you attended a poor public high school in a hostile environment with drunk parents, and thusly your grades have not met our stringent criteria'). Both of them, ultimately, reduce my freedom just about equally. If I'm born poor, I don't have the 'freedom' to go to an expensive private school, and thusly my ability to exercise my freedom to go to Harvard is greatly reduced. What makes this really dangerous is that means my freedom to get a great job and pay for my kids to go to a private school is squashed, thus repeating the cycle. I think we can all agree that this situation sucks, and if you don't have the freedom to be born rich (you don't) or to be a rich kid (you don't) you should at least have the opportunity to go to a rich college, work your butt off, and provide better for your kids.

And that's the idea behind affirmative action. It's brief (5+ decades) of active discrimination designed to turn back 2+ centuries of passive (and active) discrimination.

Is it a good idea? I don't know. Seems like it has some holes. But if we look at both sides of the equation, could I say it's a reduction of freedoms? Seems like you're losing a little here and gaining a little there, the whole thing is a mess and there are definitely losers, but it seems to add up, more or less to 0 (it might fall further one way or the other based on how successful it is, but again we're coming to value judgments, so for the sake of being objective, we just kind of have to let it go.)

quote:
Once again, why?  Why should you be penalized for making more money than another?


Imagine everyone paid a 30% income tax. Would the rich be paying more actual dollars? Of course. Because 30% of $2M is $600,000 and 30% of $20k is peanuts. At the same time, are they really paying more? No, they're paying 30%, just like everyone else. Of course, if 10% of the population is making 90% of the money, you should expect, with a flat tax, for them to be paying somewhere around 90% of the dollars of taxes. Why? Because every dollar is taxed equally.

I'm not sure what else you're suggesting. Should everyone pay $15,000 in taxes, regardless as to whether they make $20k or $200k? I don't think THAT would be fair (or realistic).

quote:
And no, you are absolutely wrong about the middle class paying the most.


I'm refering to percentages, not actual dollars. I'm not upset that Bill Gates pays $200k in taxes. I may be upset if he pays 10% tax rate while I pay 40%, though. And that's my point. Middle class pays more per dollar in taxes than anyone else. Everyone past a certain threshold should pay a certain percent per dollar, OR even a mildly progressive tax rate (the super rich pay 45%, middle class pay 40%, poor pay 35% and so on). Right now though, in practice, the rich pay something like 30%, the middle class 45%, the poor 25% and the super poor make a profit. That doesn't make sense.


quote:
Falkus merely made the insinuation that Conservatives view homosexuals as subhuman.  It is an untrue statement as a whole.  I did not sling mud I was addressing a stereotype.  Much the way I would argue with someone who tries to stereotype homosexuals.


Well ... I hate to turn it around on you, but some conservatives DO view homosexuals as subhuman. Of course, you can't categorize the entire group by that. It's just like any other demographics. You have some crazies and a bunch of normal people. I don't think the Republican PARTY really cares. They've already tied themselves to the Christian Right, who has made it clear they can't support homosexual marriage, so the Republican Party really can't cater to the activist homosexual community (although they don't lose anything by burning said community either, which fortunately hasn't come up as much as it could).
Tlaloc
player, 368 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 20:47
  • msg #522

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
I can't comment on which is objectively worse, since that's value judgments.


You can.  I don't mind.

quote:
I think I've made my personal position clear. And ultimately, I think that's what it comes down to. Sure, you can claim that the democratic party is all backwards due to reasons X, Y and Z (and in fact, I encourage you to do so!)


I have done many times.  I think my position is clear as well.

quote:
What you can't really say is that that is an objective fact and anyone who disagrees with you is lying or ignorant (because, again, it comes down to value judgments), or that the Republican/Libertarian Parties are above such things.


I do not believe I say any of these things other than there are some who disagree with me from a position of ignorance.  But lots of people here say it even if it is in a roundabout manner.

I actually turned in my Republican Party membership because of GW Bush and his bailout.  I will contribute to individuals but not the RNC who seems to like to act like Democrat Light.  No where do I claim the Republicans or Conservatives are perfect.  Just that they are more Libertarian and that is, I would argue, a fact.

quote:
That's ultimately all Falkus is saying. He's pointed out, rightly, that the Republican Party is trying to push restrictions on people,


And the Democrats aren't?  It is the type of restrictions that count.

quote:
which would seem to be contrary to the goal of freedom.


Some government has to exist.  I just place the Democrats as the ones who wish to control and restrict more.  Our economy, and people, are suffering due to Democrat-controled government.

quote:
He didn't say it, but I'm sure he could make a case for how the Tea Party and the Libertarian Party are similarly tied to freedom-limiting campaigns.


He could make a case but it wouldn't be correct.

quote:
And as much as I wish I could call him out as ignorant or a liar, frankly, I can't.


I actually won't because I don't believe him to a liar and I am pretty sure he is not ignorant.  Just ignorant of certain facts.  As we all are depending on the topic.

quote:
He's right. Those parties are sort of sucking at that goal. If I had more faith in the government being able to help people, I'd probably be a democrat because, while the democrat party-line is to meddle in pretty much everything, it's with the intention of maximizing actual freedom, equality and happiness.


What you have effectively done here is made the statement that you really don't care about results.  You have also dropped any pretense of being a "lean" Libertarian.  As long as you feel good about government intentions towards meddling with your life it is okay with you?  Not me.

By the way, how can the Libertarian Party and Tea Party suck if they haven't been in power?

quote:
Not at all. I also agree with you, racial quotas and so on are wrong. But the reason I think they're wrong is because it seems like a case of 'sexing it to virginity'. I do understand the intention of affirmative action, and the intention is indeed right.


So it is okay to discriminate if it makes you feel good.  Noted.

quote:
In a nutshell, affirmative action recognizes there's active discrimination ('you may not get into this college because you are white!') and passive discrimination ('you may not get into this college because you attended a poor public high school in a hostile environment with drunk parents, and thusly your grades have not met our stringent criteria'). Both of them, ultimately, reduce my freedom just about equally. If I'm born poor, I don't have the 'freedom' to go to an expensive private school, and thusly my ability to exercise my freedom to go to Harvard is greatly reduced. What makes this really dangerous is that means my freedom to get a great job and pay for my kids to go to a private school is squashed, thus repeating the cycle. I think we can all agree that this situation sucks, and if you don't have the freedom to be born rich (you don't) or to be a rich kid (you don't) you should at least have the opportunity to go to a rich college, work your butt off, and provide better for your kids.


Actually, all affirmative action does is say, "You need 10 blacks, 6 hispanics, and, hopefully, and Native American."  That's it.  It creates resentment in places where it is believed that you only got the job due to skin color.

Look at what happened to the black community and what they had done for themselves before affirmative action.  Then take a look at what happened to them after.  Welfare and affirmative action have decimated that community.

quote:
And that's the idea behind affirmative action. It's brief (5+ decades) of active discrimination designed to turn back 2+ centuries of passive (and active) discrimination.


So punish white people for the actions of some other white people 200+ years ago.  Sounds wonderful.

quote:
Is it a good idea? I don't know. Seems like it has some holes.


You mean like discriminating based on skin color?  Those kind of holes?

quote:
But if we look at both sides of the equation, could I say it's a reduction of freedoms? Seems like you're losing a little here and gaining a little there, the whole thing is a mess and there are definitely losers, but it seems to add up, more or less to 0 (it might fall further one way or the other based on how successful it is, but again we're coming to value judgments, so for the sake of being objective, we just kind of have to let it go.)


I don't give up my freedoms or tolerate discrimination in order to be objective.

quote:
Imagine everyone paid a 30% income tax. Would the rich be paying more actual dollars? Of course. Because 30% of $2M is $600,000 and 30% of $20k is peanuts. At the same time, are they really paying more? No, they're paying 30%, just like everyone else. Of course, if 10% of the population is making 90% of the money, you should expect, with a flat tax, for them to be paying somewhere around 90% of the dollars of taxes. Why? Because every dollar is taxed equally.

I'm not sure what else you're suggesting. Should everyone pay $15,000 in taxes, regardless as to whether they make $20k or $200k? I don't think THAT would be fair (or realistic).


I am suggesting that suggesting that the wealthy do not contribute or give back to society is patently false.  It is class warfare and based on envy and jealousy and serves no purprose other than to divide society and put idiot socialists in power.  I hope I am clear now.

Government should be minimal, it should be non-intrusive, and it should be Constitutional.  If it was then all of us would be far wealthier and our country would not be in the situation it is today.

quote:
I'm refering to percentages, not actual dollars. I'm not upset that Bill Gates pays $200k in taxes. I may be upset if he pays 10% tax rate while I pay 40%, though. And that's my point. Middle class pays more per dollar in taxes than anyone else. Everyone past a certain threshold should pay a certain percent per dollar, OR even a mildly progressive tax rate (the super rich pay 45%, middle class pay 40%, poor pay 35% and so on). Right now though, in practice, the rich pay something like 30%, the middle class 45%, the poor 25% and the super poor make a profit. That doesn't make sense.


Provide the ranges for your stats here.  What range is the middle class?

quote:
Well ... I hate to turn it around on you, but some conservatives DO view homosexuals as subhuman. Of course, you can't categorize the entire group by that. It's just like any other demographics. You have some crazies and a bunch of normal people. I don't think the Republican PARTY really cares. They've already tied themselves to the Christian Right, who has made it clear they can't support homosexual marriage, so the Republican Party really can't cater to the activist homosexual community (although they don't lose anything by burning said community either, which fortunately hasn't come up as much as it could).


Actually, I don't believe you do hate to turn it around on me.  But hey, you like it.  I like it.  It's a good thing.

Some Conservatives do view homosexuals as subhuman.  As do some Democrats.  As do Muslims.  As do <add group here>.  I said, "as a whole" and I also said based on my reading and my experiences.  A blanket stereotype is a far cry from pointing out a few crazies.

You will also recall, or you won't, that GW Bush admitted to his pastor that he couldn't judge homosexuals or hate them.  Only God can judge and that is the attitude I see amongst a great many Christians.

Here you go:

http://www.goproud.org/about/
silveroak
player, 1277 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 21:23
  • msg #523

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In terms of my positions:
Economically no, it isn't fair to put teh onerous tax rtes on those with teh most income in teh way it has been currently written. At the same time recognize that those who are really at the top income pay very little (ratio wise) in actual taxes because of tax shelters, write offs, and other complexities of the tax code that many people with less money either do not have the opportunity to take advantage of or do not have the professional assistance to find the loopholes.
First we need to simplify the taxes, then make them more egalitarian. Personally I prefer the idea of a sloepd combination welfare and income tax, such that each 'familly' should have an 'allowance' of about $15000+$10,000 per person that gets subracted from their effective income, then they should be taxed at (for now) 40% of that rate. So a familly of 3 earning $45,000 would have $0 in taxes, one making $25,000 a year would get $8000 from the government, while a lone executive making $120,000 a year with no familly would pay $38,000 a year in taxes.
Now when it comes to social minorities the primary right the Republicans seem willing to defend it is the right to discrimination. I have known quite a few Republicans, even some of them self-proclaimed libertarians, who believe I should not be entitled to civil rights because I am not Christian and this is a Christian country.
Which is teh predominant reason I am a registered democrat. nothing like people telling you to your face that they believe you are a second class citizen to really clarify the issues.
Tlaloc
player, 369 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 21:42
  • msg #524

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #523):

I am more of a flat tax guy.  Everyone pays the same rate.  What you suggest is already occuring.  People who don't pay in taxes get returns.

quote:
Now when it comes to social minorities the primary right the Republicans seem willing to defend it is the right to discrimination.


Even though the Democrat party has historically supported discrimination?  And still does through affirmative action?  Put your money where your mouth is and show me a discriminatory bill that Republicans fought for.

Congressional records show that Democrats were opposed to passing the following laws that were introduced by Republicans to achieve civil rights for African Americans:

Civil Rights Act 1866
Reconstruction Act of 1867
Freedman Bureau Extension Act of 1866
Enforcement Act of 1870
Force Act of 1871
Ku Klux Klan Act of 1871
Civil Rights Act of 1875
Civil Rights Act of 1957
Civil Rights Act of 1960

And during the 60's Democrats fought hard to defeat the

1964 Civil Rights Act
1965 Voting Rights Acts
1972 Equal Employment Opportunity Act

I believe I will stick with the Republican Party track record over the Democrat Party track record on racial rights.

quote:
I have known quite a few Republicans, even some of them self-proclaimed libertarians, who believe I should not be entitled to civil rights because I am not Christian and this is a Christian country.


Never heard that in my 42 years of life.  Not from a Republican Christian and not from a Democrat Christian.  If should point out the fact that a majority of Democrats claim Christian beliefs as well.

quote:
Which is teh predominant reason I am a registered democrat. nothing like people telling you to your face that they believe you are a second class citizen to really clarify the issues.


Nothing like being passed over for a job because you don't have the right racial/gender combination required by law either.  Yep.  That will teach us and engender better race relations!
Vexen
player, 464 posts
Thu 23 Jun 2011
at 22:25
  • msg #525

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I do think you're being a little unfair, Tlaloc. You have expressed several times in the past that you feel offended by silveroak and Falkus for making blanketed statements about Conservatives and the Republican party, and in many of those cases, that offense seems justified. However, at the same time, you make many, many blanketed statements about Liberals and the Democratic party. If you really feel that way about the Left, that's fine. That's your right. But, to be fair, it does sound like you're holding a double-standard to how you're treating the political philosophies.

For example, in message #522, you point to the example of George W. Bush in citing an instance of a Conservative who doesn't hate gay people, to defend the notion that Republicans as a whole don't hate homosexuals. It is taking a bit of a leap of faith in that it seems to represent the idea that one person can represent the entire party accurately, but if you truly believe that, so be it. However, in the very same post, you state that source of the philosophy of taxing the wealthy at a higher rate is "envy and jealousy" and that it serves solely to fuel class warfare. How is that not a blanketed statement, along the same lines of the ones you object to from the other side?

I'd rather not get into much of the current argument, if simply because it seems to border on a lot of resentful and disrespectful feelings, that which I don't feel is very condusive of debate, unless we prefer the variety of name-calling and emotional frustrations. If you wish to participate in such affairs, far be it from me to stop you, however.

However, I am rather curious. Say I buy your argument that taxing the wealthy at a higher rate is unfair, and that we should in fact have a flat tax rate. It does seem unfair at a face value, so I can accept that. And I do genuinely believe affirmative action is inherently unfair.

But, being born in a very poor family who can't afford to live in an affluent area where superior education is often available, who doesn't receive regular supplies, and who's time is divided amongst numerous siblings, doesn't seem very fair either, especially because the children themselves didn't do anything to deserve it, any more than children in wealthy families have earned their privileged of having a comfortable environment, more adequate materials, and to go to a private school that is better equipped to prepare them for success.

How, then, do we make that inquiry fair? It seemed to move your philosophy to undo the inequities of the rich, and that's legitimate. How, then, do we account for the inequities of the poor? If we just say "tough luck, the world isn't fair", can't we just say that to the rich in regards to taxing them as well?
This message was last edited by the player at 22:28, Thu 23 June 2011.
katisara
GM, 5041 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 24 Jun 2011
at 00:43
  • msg #526

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc:
quote:
I have known quite a few Republicans, even some of them self-proclaimed libertarians, who believe I should not be entitled to civil rights because I am not Christian and this is a Christian country.


Never heard that in my 42 years of life.  Not from a Republican Christian and not from a Democrat Christian.  If should point out the fact that a majority of Democrats claim Christian beliefs as well.


Are you suggesting this didn't happen, or that people in different regions oftentimes show different behaviors?
silveroak
player, 1278 posts
Fri 24 Jun 2011
at 00:49
  • msg #527

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Additionally there is the issue that we don't go fishing in the desert- we tax teh rich because they have the money.
And most jobs are actually produced by middle class entrepeneurs, not the rich.
Also I said *social* minorities, not racial minorities- which si people who are socially outside the mainstream. No party currently defends racial discrimination, though many Republicans have taken the old racial arguments and talked about them in terms of 'black culture' and 'latino culture', to the point that in kansas under Republican legislature it was mandataory for all public teachers to take a 'cultural sensitivity' class which was essentially explaining why minorities couldn't get ahead because of their cultures...
katisara
GM, 5042 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 24 Jun 2011
at 02:25
  • msg #528

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tlaloc, you really ... jump on a line and run with it. You seem to be all about trouncing me for positions I don't hold. There is a difference between understanding and believing something. I am trying to explain the other position so you understand. That doesn't mean I agree with it. I've never encountered someone before who, if I say 'those people believe X' says 'you are wrong for believing X!'


Tlaloc:
quote:
What you can't really say is that that is an objective fact and anyone who disagrees with you is lying or ignorant (because, again, it comes down to value judgments), or that the Republican/Libertarian Parties are above such things.


I do not believe I say any of these things other than there are some who disagree with me from a position of ignorance.


While I understand you haven't ever literally said it, the way you phrase your posts can be read such that it really, very heavily suggests it. If you are not trying to communicate this, I do recommend you reread your posts before posting with the understanding that other people, especially without the benefit of tone of voice and so on, may not read the same meaning you are intending to convey. (This is especially so because you come off as rather abrasive, so when talking with people, many of them will automatically be on the defensive and will assume you're writing an attack.) Just a thought, to help defuse unnecessary fights.


quote:
No where do I claim the Republicans or Conservatives are perfect.  Just that they are more Libertarian and that is, I would argue, a fact.


I wouldn't disagree with you -- and neither was Falkus. Falkus was just pointing out a point you yourself have agreed with; that the Republican Party has taken a very anti-libertarian position on homosexual marriage. So why are you beating him up for it? What are you defending?


quote:
Some government has to exist.  I just place the Democrats as the ones who wish to control and restrict more.  Our economy, and people, are suffering due to Democrat-controled government.


Firstly notice that important bit, "I just place". You are making a value judgment. Yet, you throw out your value judgment as though it's cold fact and people are wrong for disagreeing with it. Again, it's coming off as arrogant, insulting and confrontational. Is there a reason you are letting yourself come off as that? Is there some goal you can only reach by stomping on toes instead of just explaining your position?

Moving on, I would agree that they want to control more. However, I wouldn't say that they want to restrict [freedoms] more. I think democrats want just as much freedom as republicans, the difference is republicans think it can be achieved through either keeping the government out, or by using the government as a monolithic enforcer of Christian morality and empirialistic politics (depending on which side of the benc they're on). Democrats think it can be achieved by the government actively enforcing it. The purpose of gun control isn't to take away guns, it's to protect our right to life. Affirmative action isn't intended to take away your right to a job, but give someone else access to the lifestyle you currently enjoy. Do I personally disagree with the idea of 'the government can enforce freedom by putting people in jail'? Definitely. But we're not talking about effectiveness, we're talking about *motives*. Democrats do not *wish* to restrict freedoms.

In fact, if I compare Republicans to Democrats, I see a lot more movements on the part of the former to restrict freedoms just to restrict freedoms than I do with the latter. Think about it.

Democrats push for pro-choice. They push for pro-homosexual marriage. They push for affirmative action (to give more freedom to the underprivileged). They push for gun control (to protect our freedom to life). They push progressive tax rates (to again give more freedom to the underprivileged). They push for health care (to protect our freedom to health care). They push for public education (to protect our freedom to an education).

Compare that to the Republicans. They push for big military to, I guess, defend our freedoms from foreign invaders (not that that's been an issue since WWII0. They push for the Patriot Act for the same. They push to prohibit gay marriages to ... I don't know. They push for pro-life to protect the fetus's freedom to life. They push religious agendas to umm... Can't help you with that one either. War on Drugs which, well, no freedom-enhancing there.

I agree that the Republican one is more *EFFECTIVE* at protecting freedom. But it's not for want of good intentions on the part of Democrats. When I'm arguing with Tycho or whoever, we aren't arguing about whether freedom is good or not. We're arguing about the best way to get it.

quote:
quote:
He didn't say it, but I'm sure he could make a case for how the Tea Party and the Libertarian Party are similarly tied to freedom-limiting campaigns.


He could make a case but it wouldn't be correct.


I started making a case for it. Like I said, the Tea Party is picking up a lot of loonies, including Palin, who is more pro-religious than pro-freedom. Libertarian party picked up Bob Barr, who voted for the Patriot Act. You yourself agreed that both of those parties are suffering from sabotage and a PR war. So yes, it is correct that they've both been tied to freedom-limiting campaigns.


quote:
quote:
He's right. Those parties are sort of sucking at that goal. If I had more faith in the government being able to help people, I'd probably be a democrat because, while the democrat party-line is to meddle in pretty much everything, it's with the intention of maximizing actual freedom, equality and happiness.


What you have effectively done here is made the statement that you really don't care about results.  You have also dropped any pretense of being a "lean" Libertarian.


No, I really don't think I've said that.

What I said was, if I believed the government was effective (whether true or not), I'd vote democrat (i.e., to rely on the government more). I generally believe people do an okay job at policing themselves, but that's partially because I've never really seen circumstances where that was the case.

quote:
By the way, how can the Libertarian Party and Tea Party suck if they haven't been in power?


Is that a real question?

How can the Green Party suck even though it's never been in power?

Because it has questionable leadership and sometimes pushes for destructive ideas.

quote:
quote:
I do understand the intention of affirmative action, and the intention is indeed right.


So it is okay to discriminate if it makes you feel good.  Noted.


As I said above, there's a difference between understanding a position and believing it.


quote:
Actually, all affirmative action does is say, "You need 10 blacks, 6 hispanics, and, hopefully, and Native American."  That's it.  It creates resentment in places where it is believed that you only got the job due to skin color.

Look at what happened to the black community and what they had done for themselves before affirmative action.  Then take a look at what happened to them after.  Welfare and affirmative action have decimated that community.


Please see again the section on the difference between understanding a position and believing it.

quote:
quote:
And that's the idea behind affirmative action. It's brief (5+ decades) of active discrimination designed to turn back 2+ centuries of passive (and active) discrimination.


So punish white people for the actions of some other white people 200+ years ago.  Sounds wonderful.


The intention is not to punish them. And frankly, if the terrible punishment you're suffering is to be between jobs for an extra four months so someone who is trapped in a cycle of hand-to-mouth poverty can get an opportunity to work and provide for his family, well ...


quote:
I am suggesting that suggesting that the wealthy do not contribute or give back to society is patently false.  It is class warfare and based on envy and jealousy and serves no purprose other than to divide society and put idiot socialists in power.  I hope I am clear now.


I agree with your first line. I disagree with your second one.

I live in the city. Most of the people I see are literally living hand-to-mouth. Many of them work two or even three jobs, and are still struggling to make ends meet. These are good people who don't have time to see their own children because they're working two minimum-wage jobs to make rent. People who are at constant risk of violence in their homes, whose streets are filled with trash from people who literally dump it there. This is my day-to-day commute.

I don't hear these people talking about how they wish for this or that. They just want food and medicine. I don't consider 'I hope I can make my rent this month because it's awfully cold under the overpass' to be 'envy or jealousy' (or if it is, it's warranted). I don't disagree that BilL Gates has contributed significantly to our country. But whatever he's suffering due to his intense 50% tax rate is nothing compared to what these people are suffering. People are starving, and watching their children starve. You really think their goal is to put 'idiot socialists in power'? No. They just want to get food on the table, just like you do.


quote:
Provide the ranges for your stats here.  What range is the middle class?


There is no hard definition of middle class, but ballpark figures would be $45k-$100k. Above that you have access to accountants and loopholes and your effective tax rate steadies out or drops. Below that and you get more back than you put in.
silveroak
player, 1279 posts
Fri 24 Jun 2011
at 02:42
  • msg #529

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Actually i think freedom can best be achieved by a meeting of the midns between libertarians and democrats- use governemnt to achieve freedom but with minimum necessary exertion of power. Where Democrats fail it is from lack of understanding- they tend to think "we want to achieve X so lets just make a law mandating X" which of course works about as well as changing the tides by building fences.
Libertarians fail in believing that teh only thing governemnt needs to protect us from is violent crime and foreign governments, while we are on our second set of robber barons who have taken the country through economic takeover and essentially threatened the very infrastructure of freedom which enabled their own success.
Non-libertarian republicans tend to suffer from actually being diametrically opposed on principle to the goals that Democrats want to achieve. 'Freedom for all? No I want my privledges! We'll show those upity <insert minority here, or poor who unfortunately are not a minority> we'll campaign against their "special" rights movements to try and get what we have.'
spoonk
player, 52 posts
Sat 25 Jun 2011
at 03:16
  • msg #530

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I know not every one falls into this kind of category.  Though when I do think of liberals (not liberalists, there is a difference), this is what I think of as their planned perfect society.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sVG64etX1XI

Be advised, this video is legit, it was created by www.forumforthefutuer.org
This organization has many large businesses who funded them and back this message.
Bank of America
Pepsi Co
Eco-UK
Time Warner
Royal Dutch Shell and Motophone


Just to name a few.
silveroak
player, 1281 posts
Sat 25 Jun 2011
at 14:02
  • msg #531

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

And how does corporate backing make reading of augeries more or less legitimate?
The piece is absurd, regardless of where the funding comes from.
Tycho
GM, 3350 posts
Mon 27 Jun 2011
at 20:20
  • msg #532

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Saw this article in the BBC today, and thought it made some really good observations:
http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-13906274

In particular, I really thought this bit was right on:
BBC:
Too many Americans behave like the Alaskans: they think of themselves as rugged individualists in no need of state help, but they take the money anyway in health care and pensions and all the other areas of American life where the federal government spends its cash.

The Tea Party movement talks of cuts in spending but when it comes to it, Americans always seem to be talking about cuts in spending that affect someone else, not them - and taxes that are levied on others too.

And nobody talks about raising taxes.

That's perhaps the harshest bit of the article, but I think it's bluntness hits the nail on the head.
katisara
GM, 5047 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Mon 27 Jun 2011
at 20:33
  • msg #533

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I don't know. If someone offers me $20, I'll accept it. If someone asks me if giving $20 to strangers is a good policy, I'll tell you no. I don't think those two positions are contradictory. Turning down free money is a lot like voting in that, for the individual, it realistically has no gain. The difference is the former position has a serious penalty, and unlike voting, there isn't enough popular support for turning down benefits to have any real effect, plus that system rewards cheaters.

Now if you're talking about people who say we need to vote down all welfare systems (except those they themselves benefit from) then that's a different matter.
Tycho
GM, 3377 posts
Sun 17 Jul 2011
at 20:36
  • msg #534

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Just read that republican presidential candidate Herman Cain thinks that communities have the right to ban mosques.  He claims this isn't religious discrimination.

I was wondering what some of our conservative posters here thought of Cain.  Is he a serious candidate, or just someone who appeals to the fringe?  Is he someone you'd vote for if he won the republican nomination?  Are his views on Islam representative of republican thought on Islam, or is he way out on the fringe here?  Every time I hear anything about this guy, I think "is he just getting attention for being extreme, or is he really a serious candidate?"
katisara
GM, 5098 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Sun 17 Jul 2011
at 22:07
  • msg #535

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Right now the republican bandwagon is flush with people no one knows, and people who are known but actively rejected. There's a very real possibility the republicans will lose the race solely on the grounds that they can't field anyone credible (I'm sorry Ron Paul! I love you, but you are never going to win.)
spoonk
player, 69 posts
Sun 17 Jul 2011
at 22:16
  • msg #536

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Ron Paul only went that route in order to get funding for his campaign.  Last time he ran as an independent and couldn't come up with any funds.
Falkus
player, 1247 posts
Mon 18 Jul 2011
at 11:17
  • msg #537

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

That's the problem with the Tea Party; their influence has made it impossible for the Republican's to field more moderate candidates. And it's moderate candidates who get elected because, at the end of the day, to win an election, the people you truly have to get on your side are the undivided voters in the middle of the political spectrum.

Appealing to your core voters is all well and good, but if you alienate the people who haven't decided who to vote for and make them vote for the other side; you're going to lose.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:17, Mon 18 July 2011.
Falkus
player, 1248 posts
Mon 18 Jul 2011
at 11:23
  • msg #538

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
Right now the republican bandwagon is flush with people no one knows, and people who are known but actively rejected. There's a very real possibility the republicans will lose the race solely on the grounds that they can't field anyone credible (I'm sorry Ron Paul! I love you, but you are never going to win.)


Hmm, did Ron Paul sign that lunatic anti-gay marriage pledge Bachmann's been crowing about? I don't think so; but it's hard to tell from the news.
katisara
GM, 5099 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Mon 18 Jul 2011
at 12:43
  • msg #539

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Falkus:
That's the problem with the Tea Party; their influence has made it impossible for the Republican's to field more moderate candidates.


Looking at 2008, I don't know that the Republican Party has been bringing in a lot of moderate candidates in the first place.

Honestly though, my number one hope is that the Tea party reins in the neo-conservatives. The behaviors of Bush and Cheney may be well-intentioned, but they did a lot of damage. I fully expect it takes the party a cycle or two (or four!) to lose some of that edge and learn to compromise. It's unfortunate the adjustment period is NOW, though.

re: Ron Paul - he's voted against any attempt to 'define' marriage at the federal level and actually sponsored a bill to COUNTER the Defense of Marriage Act. He "supports letting gay couples marry, as long as they don't 'impose' their relationship on anyone else."
Tycho
GM, 3378 posts
Tue 19 Jul 2011
at 06:31
  • msg #541

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Interesting article.  Just wanted to point out that comments on it should probably go in the economy thread rather than this one. ;)
katisara
GM, 5102 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Tue 19 Jul 2011
at 10:32
  • msg #542

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I have no idea what you're talking about, Tycho.
Tlaloc
player, 425 posts
Tue 19 Jul 2011
at 14:02
  • msg #543

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
Looking at 2008, I don't know that the Republican Party has been bringing in a lot of moderate candidates in the first place.


McCain was a moderate wet dream.  He had more bile and venom towards his own party than he did for any Democrat.  How did that turn out?

quote:
Honestly though, my number one hope is that the Tea party reins in the neo-conservatives. The behaviors of Bush and Cheney may be well-intentioned, but they did a lot of damage. I fully expect it takes the party a cycle or two (or four!) to lose some of that edge and learn to compromise. It's unfortunate the adjustment period is NOW, though.


Less damage was done under Bush/Cheney than was done under just three years of Obama.

quote:
re: Ron Paul - he's voted against any attempt to 'define' marriage at the federal level and actually sponsored a bill to COUNTER the Defense of Marriage Act. He "supports letting gay couples marry, as long as they don't 'impose' their relationship on anyone else."


The guy is looking better and better.  I just don't like his isolationist stances.
silveroak
player, 1333 posts
Wed 20 Jul 2011
at 14:59
  • msg #544

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

McCain spent the election campaigning to his own party to gain suppport and heal the alienation his nomination had caused and wound up alienating the mainstream in the process.
When the 'moderate wet dream' is too right wing to win you know the whole party has a problem.
Tlaloc
player, 435 posts
Wed 20 Jul 2011
at 16:45
  • msg #545

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to silveroak (msg #544):

Oh please.  All McCain did, and his advisor's pushed for, was alienate the Conservative core of the Republican party.  He was all about capturing the moderate vote that seems to be SOP of so many RINOs these days.  It doesn't work.

The main problem the GOP had during 2008 was that they let the media choose the candidate.  I know a great many Conservatives who refused to vote for McCain or at all for that matter.  Surprisingly a few of them voted for Obama.
silveroak
player, 1336 posts
Thu 21 Jul 2011
at 01:48
  • msg #546

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

<sarcasm>Right, capture the moderate vote, that was why he picked Palin. Because she is so moderate.</sarcasm>
Tlaloc
player, 439 posts
Thu 21 Jul 2011
at 02:29
  • msg #547

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

And he spent his entire campaign hiding her from the public and playing down her aggressive style.  Not to mention his own advisors attacking Palin during the campaign.

I don't believe I ever said McCain had a chance nor do I say his campaign was run well.  It wasn't.  He didn't count on Palin being as outspoken as she was and she was the only reason anyone voted for the old RINO.

Anyway, McCain won me $200 in a bet with a woman who told me the US would never elect Obama because we are so very, very racist.  That was some sweet money.
silveroak
player, 1338 posts
Thu 21 Jul 2011
at 02:43
  • msg #548

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I know people who voted for McCain who did not like Palin... life long Republicas...
Falkus
player, 1251 posts
Thu 21 Jul 2011
at 13:01
  • [deleted]
  • msg #549

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

This message was deleted by the player at 13:05, Thu 21 July 2011.
spoonk
player, 75 posts
Thu 4 Aug 2011
at 22:15
  • msg #550

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I'm not pleased with the Super congress that has been created with the fear mongering pushed by congress to create it, in order to get the debt fixed.  6 hand pick members from the house, and 6 hand picked members from the senate.  The 12th spot will be filled by the president.
silveroak
player, 1358 posts
Fri 5 Aug 2011
at 02:24
  • msg #551

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

What?
6 from the house, six from the senate and the 12th spot is the president? The math doesn't quite work out there...
spoonk
player, 76 posts
Fri 5 Aug 2011
at 05:49
  • msg #552

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

13th, missed the 3 is all.
Tycho
GM, 3403 posts
Sat 6 Aug 2011
at 10:04
  • msg #553

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to spoonk (msg #550):

I'm not sure what to make of it yet, to be honest.  On the one hand, it seems entirely superfluous, bound to gridlock, set up to be full of partisan theatre, and unlikely to accomplish much.  On the other, the "trigger" items themselves, while undesirable politically for both parties are probably things that we should be doing anyway, and this may be the only way to get the parties to "agree" to do the hard cutting (by making it look like its the result of them not agreeing to do so).  It think the cuts will come at a bad time for the economy, and the focus on cutting now (rather than jobs) is a bad idea, but if we accept for the moment that congress has made the call to focus on cuts instead of the economy, this may be more likely to end up with successful cuts than any other method (because they can actually succeed in producing cuts by failing to come to an agreement in this case).

I expect republicans will try to "take hostages" again (I tried to avoid that terminology before, but they seem to have adopted it themselves, so no need to avoid that particular politically loaded terminology anymore, I guess), and I'm worried dems will roll over and give them everything they want again, but at least this time if they don't it doesn't ruin the global economy, it just forces both sides to accept tough (but probably necessary in the long run) cuts.
It won't be pleasant to watch, but I'm withholding judgement on just how bad it will be for the time being.  The question isn't really whether it will produce something bad (it probably will), but whether it will produce something better or worse than congress could do without the supercommittee, and on that I'm not yet sure.
Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk
player, 52 posts
Ad Majoram
Dea Gloriam.
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 02:17
  • msg #554

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Debate the debate: Go!
Doulos
player, 133 posts
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 04:36
  • msg #555

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Haha, yeah the recent conversation seemed to have drifted this way.

I don't vote and I pretty much feel politics is pretty much an insane past time, but then if it entertains people then it serves its purpose I suppose.
Revolutionary
player, 124 posts
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 04:57
  • msg #556

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Doulos (msg # 555):

Romney won.   As he is expected to.

Next debate, will be declared a tie.

Final debate Obama will win.  The Oligarchs can't do with a better guy than him.  A democrat has to destroy paid-insurance programs like Social Security.

So he will be the one to do it.
Doulos
player, 134 posts
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 05:20
  • msg #557

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I thought you were being facetious again, but after checking google you were talking about the debates.  Didn't realize they were on, but again, I don't follow such things.

Do the debates make a difference any more?

EDIT:  Just checked and I notice that they still have not changed to rules to allow anyone else to actually enter the debates unless they are ultra-trillionaires and have jumped through the 7800 hoops required.  Classic.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:24, Thu 04 Oct 2012.
Revolutionary
player, 125 posts
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 05:24
  • msg #558

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Doulos (msg # 557):

Yes, they're fundraising opportunities for the pickpockets.

If you mean do the make a difference in the world, ie are they real events, NO.
Doulos
player, 135 posts
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 05:26
  • msg #559

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Revolutionary:
In reply to Doulos (msg # 557):

Yes, they're fundraising opportunities for the pickpockets.

If you mean do the make a difference in the world, ie are they real events, NO.


I don't think any of it (politics) has a positive effect on the world, so I meant does the acting of the performers actually effect the outcome of the election statistically speaking?  I assume no.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:27, Thu 04 Oct 2012.
Revolutionary
player, 126 posts
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 05:29
  • msg #560

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

It does happen.  In a statistically significant way.  Because generally speaking elections are decided by people acting peoplish.
katisara
GM, 5372 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 10:51
  • msg #561

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Debates certainly had an impact previously. And I think it helps win some of those big-dollar backers, who go on to pay for advertising. It also definitely helps for the primaries, when the debates are between people of the same party. But at this point, there's some people who will vote R no matter what, and some people who will vote D no matter what, and some people who will vote based on the ads the see during Family Guy, and at the end of the day, only a handful of actual voters will be swayed by debates.
katisara
GM, 5374 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 19:09
  • msg #562

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I just finished watching the debates, and while I was impressed with both candidates, I think Romney really bagged it. Obama has done a lot in four years, but in this debate, he came off as being very muchso on the defensive, while Romney was full of strong ideas, and specific plans for improvement.

The debate also really surprises me again in regards to what Heath is saying, about Obama being a radical. The two candidates seem to agree on a lot. The particulars they disagree on aren't very surprising, and does seem to follow along the expected path of free market vs. government planning.
Doulos
player, 136 posts
Thu 4 Oct 2012
at 20:26
  • msg #563

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I just did some checking out of curiousity on who is expected to win.  I didn't realize that Obama is basically locked up as the next President already barring some sort of massive collapse by him and his legion.  Makes the dog and pony show seem even more frivolous and silly with that in mind.
Revolutionary
player, 127 posts
Fri 5 Oct 2012
at 02:34
  • msg #564

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Doulos, not so much actually.

There is a lot of voter suppression efforts out there and if it's close, it can be stolen.

Additionally, it's a sort of big oversight to pretend down ballot doesn't matter.

Now, all that being said, I'm more in your camp than not.  And all that looking about didn't factor in the debates, yet.  It will take a few days to integrate those details into the race.
Doulos
player, 137 posts
Fri 5 Oct 2012
at 05:16
  • msg #565

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Pretty much everything I had read that is even marginally non-partisan admits that Obama has already won.

Again, I don't care either way, but it would take some sort of truly epic collapse to change things.
katisara
GM, 5375 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 5 Oct 2012
at 10:08
  • msg #566

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I would tend to agree that Obama is just about in the bag, and in fact, was in the bag last year even. My expectation is that the GOP isn't making a serious thrust for 2012 (not to say Romney isn't a serious candidate); they're setting up for 2016, and to hold the house this year.
Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk
player, 57 posts
Ad Majoram
Dea Gloriam.
Wed 7 Nov 2012
at 05:24
  • msg #567

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

You are right on all counts, as the election results tonight bear out, Obama takes most of the key swing states, and the republicans hold the house, but lose ground in the senate.
Sciencemile
GM, 1709 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Wed 7 Nov 2012
at 05:36
  • msg #568

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

(Edit: Assuming an Obama Victory)

Well at least in 2016 we have a good chance of 2 completely "new" candidates from both sides (not new in that we've never heard of them before, but that they've never gotten past primaries).

Maybe Romney would run again, but I don't think the parties are so forgiving to the primaries they elect and fail to win (maybe I'm wrong).

Oh, and Ron Paul is 77, so it'll be exciting to see what happens to that movement in 4 years if old age catches up to him; will they continue under one of his understudies, will they be reabsorbed by one of the big parties or one of the other 3rd parties?  I'm definitely interested.

Hell, Lyndon Larouche is 90...when is he going to kick the bucket?
This message was last edited by the GM at 05:37, Wed 07 Nov 2012.
Alexei Yaruk-Mundhenk
player, 58 posts
Ad Majoram
Dea Gloriam.
Wed 7 Nov 2012
at 13:23
  • msg #569

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Isn't Larouche in prison for fraud?
Sciencemile
GM, 1715 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Wed 7 Nov 2012
at 13:57
  • msg #570

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Yeah he got 15 years for mail fraud and tax evasion, but he got out on parole in 1994 and completed his sentence in 2004.
katisara
GM, 5412 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Wed 7 Nov 2012
at 14:36
  • msg #571

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I believe Ron Paul said he isn't running. This year there was another fellow, Gary Johnson(?) who basically said "what Ron Paul says", so it wasn't much of a campaign.

The election was satisfactory to me. I'm not surprised about Obama, and I preferred him by far over Romney. We had some good and some bad local initiatives. I don't think the world is going to end (well, maybe in December with the Mayan calendar, but at least it won't be our fault).
Sciencemile
GM, 1716 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Wed 7 Nov 2012
at 21:57
  • msg #572

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

It's funny you say that; apparently according to my therapist, they were asking people questions regarding "Election Anxiety", to see if any of the clients felt they couldn't go on living if one person or another was elected president.  I had a feeling that they put you on suicide watch if you say yes.

It makes me think that people take the presidential elections way too seriously.  It's just one branch of the government.  Local elections are far more important to your everyday life.
Sciencemile
GM, 1717 posts
Opinion is the default
for most everything I say
Fri 9 Nov 2012
at 03:12
  • msg #573

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

http://www.libertarianrepublic...in-america-only.html

Uh, hmm.  I hope he boycotts the EBT places when I'm not around, because I don't think it'd end well if he started insulting people in line who use EBT.  That's like making really loud fake coughing sounds because you see somebody smoking, those people are annoying and I don't even smoke.
katisara
GM, 5416 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Fri 9 Nov 2012
at 12:23
  • msg #574

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

That guy's a goof. Firstly, all of the places he listed fall closer to either the socialism or fascism side of the spectrum. From what I've seen, the US is the MOST libertarian of nations (if there's one I'm not aware of, please prove me wrong), protecting individual rights against both government infringement, and infringement by 'the thug with the biggest gun'. If you want more libertarian than that, your choices are Sealand or Antarctica.

Secondly, Obama really is a right-winger in almost every respect. He's been fighting our wars better than Bush did, and investing heavily in military (which isn't a libertarian idea anyway), he hasn't touched gun rights, if anything he's acted against homosexual marriage issues, he hasn't seriously raised taxes, he provided more welfare for corporations than for individuals.

Thirdly, Romney is the contrary position from a Libertarian. And he wasn't seriously going to eliminate government departments. When's the last time a president did that? I don't even know if a president CAN do that. Making homosexual marriage illegal isn't libertarian, nor is a bigger military. Gary Johnson wasn't a serious contender. I can't comment on his senate or HoR candidates.

EBT CAN BE a libertarian tool. Most US libertarians believe that that includes just freedom from government interference (including taxation). But the classic liberal (meaning 'free', not 'left-wing') view includes a recognition that liberty is infringed by not just government, but other hostile forces, including financial hardship.

On the other hand, just short of 50% of Americans are dependent on government aid in one form or another. This does not bode well for American democracy. If the majority of Americans are dependent on government aid, those voters do not have the personal, financial liberty to vote what is best for their country. People will naturally vote for their own self-interest, and if your self-interest is 'more government giving me money', that, has the potential to core out the economy.

Overall though, the guy is a blowhard, not a libertarian. There wasn't a serious libertarian candidate in this race. And disengaging from society certainly won't help your cause. What he needs to do is take on a friendlier educational stance. Find better evidence to support your beliefs and create awareness. In the meantime, don't belly-ache about Obama; he's certainly no Clinton.
Tycho
GM, 3667 posts
Fri 9 Nov 2012
at 17:41
  • msg #575

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In reply to Sciencemile (msg # 573):

Wow, where did you find that guy?
Tycho
GM, 3729 posts
Mon 8 Jul 2013
at 08:17
  • msg #576

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Hey all.  I read a very short e-book recently that I thought some people here might enjoy, so am now passing on a bit of a review for it to you guys.  It's called "The three languages of politics" by Arnold King.

The basic premise is that progressives, conservatives, and libertarians use different linguistic short-cuts, which work well when communicating with their in-group, but which lead to people talking past each other when speaking to people in different groups.  King says liberals tend to use what he calls an "oppressor/oppressed" axis in their speech, in which those who are oppressors (or allow oppression) are the bad guys, and those who oppose it are the good guys.  By speaking this way, progressives indicate whose views can be ignored in a discussion, and who (in their view) should be listened too.  Similarly, conservatives tend to use what King calls a "civilization/barbarism" axis, and libertarians use a "enhance/restrict personal choice" axis. I agreed with him on all these, though the conservative "civilization/barbarism" one threw me at first, since he was using the words slightly differently than I tend to think of them when I hear/read them.  He meant that conservatives tend to view the "good guys" to be the ones who are defending/promoting/protecting traditional institutions that they consider to hold society together (civilization) and view the "bad guys" to be those who oppose such institutions, or who are willing to let them decay/weaken/etc (barbarism).  To me, "civilization" tends to carry connotations of large, urban places, and also modernity, which wasn't the sense King was using it, and likewise, barbarism to me carries strong connotations of violence, which wasn't necessarily implied in Kings usage.  But whatever the case, once I understood what Kind meant with the terms, I thought he was pretty much spot-on.

Going beyond that basic idea, King argues that we tend to use these separate languages to engage in "motivated" rather than "constructive" reasoning.  I think all of us here are pretty familiar with these ideas, even if we haven't heard them called that before.  King sums it up very nicely (in my opinion) when he says that constructive reasoning is what we do when we're acting like an idealized judge, trying to figure out, from a neutral position, what is right/true/best/etc.  Whereas motivated reasoning is what we use when we're acting like an idealized lawyer, picking one side, and accepting any and all evidence in favor of it, while scrutinizing all conflicting evidence with the harshest possible interpretation.  King says that once we reduce opposing views to those of the "bad guys" of our particular group, we can achieve closure.  We feel we no longer really need to address the points they bring up, and can just write them off as being unreasonable, or part of the problem ("oh, of course he'd say that!  He's one of them!").

King argues that we need all the view points in a functioning society, but that our current way of using the three languages is making this more difficult.  He makes what I thought was a very good point, in saying that the vast majority of political punditry/commentary is aimed almost entirely at getting people to not listen to the other side(s) of an issue.  Most people speaking to an audience about politics these days (whether on talk radio, news paper opinion columns, the internet, or whatever) are speaking to people in their own group, and are telling them why they can safely dismiss the views of the other group(s).  In other words, progressives will tell you you can ignore conservatives because they're oppressing someone, conservatives will tell you that progressives and libertarians should be dismissed because they're either destroying our society or letting it be destroyed, and libertarians will tell you that progressives and conservatives can be dismissed because they want to control your actions and limit your choices.  Instead of being a tool for helping us communicate and engage in constructive reasoning to reach the best solutions, the way we tend to use language is actually making it harder to do so, and making it easier for us to just ignore/dismiss the views of those who disagree with us.

King makes clear that he's not saying we shouldn't disagree, or shouldn't argue or debate things.  He admit's he's firmly in the libertarian camp.  He doesn't think all three groups are equally valid, and isn't trying to say that they are.  What he's saying is that we're cutting ourselves off from opposing views, which increases the chances of making mistakes, regardless of which group we're in.  He offers some helpful ideas on how to reduce this, which I'll mention here.

One is that all too often, we think we know what the "other side" wants better than they do, and that we're very quick to label other groups unreasonable.  He suggests that we're not in a position to evaluate whether anyone other than ourselves are being unreasonable.  It's fine to believe they are wrong, he says, but if we find ourselves thinking that they're being unreasonable, we're probably engaging in motivated reasoning, and not actually seeing the situation through their eyes.

Another is the idea of the "political turing test."  The idea being that of putting someone in a group of other people, and seeing if they can "talk the talk" of that group long enough to convince that group that they are "one of them."  For example, taking at libertarian and putting him in room full of conservatives, and having them talk politics for a while, and see if everyone figured the person was conservative.  He argued that if you can't do this well, you probably don't actually understand what the other side is actually saying/thinking.  You need to be able to speak their language, not because it will help change their minds necessarily, but because you won't be able to understand their points if you can't.

He gives an example from a libertarian's blog, saying something along the lines of "progressives want a nanny state where the government does everything for you, and conservatives want a police state, where the government keeps you line."  This, he said, would clearly fail the political turing test, because no progressive would say they want a nanny state, nor would a conservative say they want a police state.  When we say "the so-and-so's want X" but the people we're talking about would never say that, then we're engaged in motivated reasoning, and are explaining (to ourselves) why we can ignore them.  It can be fair to say that one groups choices might lead to X, but if we say the want X, we're probably trying to justify ignoring/dismissing them rather than evaluating their ideas constructively.

In short, I found it an interesting read, and one that certainly got me thinking about discussions here and elsewhere.  I'd recommend it to anyone interested in such topics.
katisara
GM, 5464 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Mon 8 Jul 2013
at 13:34
  • msg #577

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Interesting, and definitely some good points. I see this a lot with my friends, who are predominantly liberals. The big bad now is 'privileged', and as soon as someone is labeled with it, they're shut down and shouted out.

I definitely like the Turing test idea.  King is right; every view is grounded on some perceived need, and it behooves us to recognize our needs so we can address them well. That doesn't mean you have to agree with them, but you have to understand the complaint well enough to safely appraise it, and that isn't happening in the current environment.
hakootoko
player, 88 posts
Tue 9 Jul 2013
at 00:06
  • msg #578

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I think the worst bit of this is the way the people with the strongest views only communicate with those who share those views.

I actively try to to get away from that. I read a very liberal / left news site, and need to find a decently formatted conservative news site (I used to read Fox, until they screwed up the page layout so bad I gave up on it).

Does the author think individuals exclusively fall into only one of these three camps? Reading over his pairs, I can think of three different issues where I am respectively progressive, conservative, and libertarian.
Tycho
GM, 3730 posts
Tue 9 Jul 2013
at 06:43
  • msg #579

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

hakootoko:
Does the author think individuals exclusively fall into only one of these three camps? Reading over his pairs, I can think of three different issues where I am respectively progressive, conservative, and libertarian.

I don't recall him saying one way on the other or that, but I'd guess he'd say it's more of a tendency, rather than a set-in-stone, you're-always-one-or-the-other kind of thing.  I'd guess he'd say that when we're engaged in constructive reasoning, trying to figure things out for ourselves, we probably use a lot more of information, which would sort of be using all three.  But once we make our mind up, and try to convince others, we'd probably have a tendency to use just one.  It might also depend on who you're talking to.

To a degree, I guess your question wasn't what King was focusing on.  He was looking at how the groups each spoke; your question is more along the lines of what makes you part of one group or another.  I read a different book a while back that addressed that, I think by a guy named Haidt, but I'd have to go check that.  Anyway, his idea was that what made us liberal, conservative, or libertarian was how much weight we put on each of the six "moral pillars" he had identified.  He said we all used all six, but different groups viewed some as more important than did others.  King's idea fits pretty nicely on this, as the styles of speech he identified match up pretty well with the important pillars of each group.

I guess maybe it comes down to how do you view/think of the people who disagree with you on those three issues?  Do they seem to all be mistaken in the same/similar way to you, or in three different ways?  If the former (say, something like "they're all just trying to hold onto their power at the expense of the weak in each case") you might be more in one group, but if in each case you have a very different explanation of why people don't see things your way, you may not feel a strong affiliation to any of the three groups.  Based on the fact that you say you actively try to get away from the situation where people only talk to those they agree with, that seems entirely possible.

Which is all a very long-winded way of saying, "hmm, I don't know...good question!" ;)
hakootoko
player, 89 posts
Wed 10 Jul 2013
at 23:37
  • msg #580

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

I don't want to derail this into something else with my examples, so please don't follow up by bashing these :)

I put my abortion views in the liberal group, and see unborn children as oppressed. I find it very hard to be reasonable on this, because I see the role of the state as protecting the weak from the strong, and few are as weak as a baby. I understand that the other side sees this as a libertarian issue, and could probably "talk the talk" for awhile, but I don't see it leading to greater understanding.

I am conservative with respect to the principle of religious toleration. I respect other people's right to be any religion or none, but I see as "barbarians" (to use the book's term) those who mock or seek to destroy all religion. Criticism and questioning are fair, but mockery is an emotional attack on a person, not on a religious position. I don't think I could "talk the talk" on that one.

On the libertarian front, both positions can be seen as "good" on different issues (unlike the above terms, where "oppressor" and "barbarian" have inherent connotations of "bad"). I can oppose motorcycle helmet laws (libertarian) while being in favor of mandatory driver insurance (anti-libertarian), and see both as good. Nothing I can think of on the libertarian axis is a really strong view, and people could talk me out of it with statistics. If I held a libertarian view really strongly, I would be inclined to list it as a liberal view instead, and see those opposed to it as "oppressors".

Perhaps that's where his thesis falls apart. Don't strong-minded libertarians see their opponents as oppressors, and turn into liberals?
Tycho
GM, 3731 posts
Thu 11 Jul 2013
at 18:22
  • msg #581

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

On the libertarians 'becoming' liberals if they viewed the government as oppressive, I guess it would depend on the language they used.  The book was less about how people felt about things, and more about how they talked about them.  If a libertarian said the government was oppressive because it was taking away personal choice, that would still seem to fit into the 'language' of libertarians, I think.  To slip into the progressive language, they'd need to be speaking more about the government being too strong, and the people too weak, or something like that, I'd guess.

I should probably stress that the two word descriptors of the three languages probably don't full encompass what he's trying to get across in each case.  And (as he points out himself), since he's a libertarian, he's probably done a better job describing the languages of libertarians than of progressives or conservatives.  So its possible there's a better pair of words to describe the progressive language than oppressor/oppressed.
katisara
GM, 5466 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Thu 11 Jul 2013
at 18:55
  • msg #582

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

hakootoko:
I put my abortion views in the liberal group, and see unborn children as oppressed. I find it very hard to be reasonable on this, because I see the role of the state as protecting the weak from the strong, and few are as weak as a baby. I understand that the other side sees this as a libertarian issue, and could probably "talk the talk" for awhile, but I don't see it leading to greater understanding.


This is a very interesting point. 90% of the pro-choice arguments I've seen have been really libertarian arguments about the right of women to make health decisions free of government legislation (and these arguments have been made almost wholly by liberals). However, I agree with you that in this power relationship, the woman may be somewhat oppressed by the government, but no one is as oppressed as the fetus. The libertarian view would be 'the woman chooses what she wants', but the liberal view should be 'the fetus's right to life must be protected'. (Most of the libertarians I know are pro-life.)

I hate to say it, but I wonder if this is evidence of people naturally being stuck in their own viewpoint. "I believe in sticking up for the oppressed, as long as it doesn't impact my ability to enforce my will on others."
Tycho
GM, 3732 posts
Fri 12 Jul 2013
at 16:53
  • msg #583

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
This is a very interesting point. 90% of the pro-choice arguments I've seen have been really libertarian arguments about the right of women to make health decisions free of government legislation (and these arguments have been made almost wholly by liberals).

Really?  That's sort of interesting to me, as most of the liberal arguments from the pro-choice side seem to fit more into the oppressor/oppressed language, I think.  It seems like a more natural fit in the libertarian language, but it usually actually seems to be about someone with power trying to keep someone without it down (eg, "white men trying to keep women barefoot and pregnant").  I usually hear them trying to demonize the people pushing for anti-abortion laws rather than demonize the government.  It does seem like there's a lot of overlap between the libertarian language and the progressive language when people view the government as the one doing the oppressing, but I think there's still a bit of difference.

katisara:
The libertarian view would be 'the woman chooses what she wants', but the liberal view should be 'the fetus's right to life must be protected'. (Most of the libertarians I know are pro-life.)

I hate to say it, but I wonder if this is evidence of people naturally being stuck in their own viewpoint. "I believe in sticking up for the oppressed, as long as it doesn't impact my ability to enforce my will on others."

hopefully without derailing the thread, I think it's important to keep in mind that the pro-choice side doesn't really view a fetus as something that can be oppressed.  It's not that they think it's being oppressed, but don't care, it's that they don't think it's actually capable of being oppressed.  Its similar to how the vast majority of people don't think fish are being oppressed right now.  It's not that they wouldn't think it's oppression to round up humans and eat them, it's just that they don't view fish as things capable of being oppressed.  I don't view liberals who eat fish as putting aside their objections to oppression.  Likewise, I think it's somewhat unfair to characterize liberals who are pro-choice that way.  You can argue that they should view fetuses as capable of oppression, but I think once you view them as sharing that view with you and just throwing their morals out the window for convenience then you're falling into the kind of trap that King talks about.  By viewing them as immoral/irrational by their own standards, rather than trying to figure out how their reason works, you're justifying to yourself why you don't need to take their view seriously, rather than coming up with something that will actually change their point of view (or potentially cause you to rethink your own).  As King puts it, it's okay to think someone is wrong, but if we conclude their being irrational, we're probably engaged in motivated reasoning, and not actually understanding their position.
hakootoko
player, 90 posts
Tue 16 Jul 2013
at 22:06
  • msg #584

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

(Apologies for switching your points around, Tycho. It works better that way)

Tycho:
katisara:
The libertarian view would be 'the woman chooses what she wants', but the liberal view should be 'the fetus's right to life must be protected'. (Most of the libertarians I know are pro-life.)

I hate to say it, but I wonder if this is evidence of people naturally being stuck in their own viewpoint. "I believe in sticking up for the oppressed, as long as it doesn't impact my ability to enforce my will on others."

hopefully without derailing the thread, I think it's important to keep in mind that the pro-choice side doesn't really view a fetus as something that can be oppressed.  It's not that they think it's being oppressed, but don't care, it's that they don't think it's actually capable of being oppressed.  Its similar to how the vast majority of people don't think fish are being oppressed right now.  It's not that they wouldn't think it's oppression to round up humans and eat them, it's just that they don't view fish as things capable of being oppressed.  I don't view liberals who eat fish as putting aside their objections to oppression.  Likewise, I think it's somewhat unfair to characterize liberals who are pro-choice that way.  You can argue that they should view fetuses as capable of oppression, but I think once you view them as sharing that view with you and just throwing their morals out the window for convenience then you're falling into the kind of trap that King talks about.  By viewing them as immoral/irrational by their own standards, rather than trying to figure out how their reason works, you're justifying to yourself why you don't need to take their view seriously, rather than coming up with something that will actually change their point of view (or potentially cause you to rethink your own).  As King puts it, it's okay to think someone is wrong, but if we conclude their being irrational, we're probably engaged in motivated reasoning, and not actually understanding their position.

</quote>

I also think katisara went a bit too far there in attributing knowing oppression to those who are pro-choice. I have met very few people who say "the fetus is a person, and I have a right to kill it anyway"; most deny that the fetus is human.

I think in general very few people will imagine themselves as oppressors. Everyone wants to think of themselves as good.

Tycho:
katisara:
This is a very interesting point. 90% of the pro-choice arguments I've seen have been really libertarian arguments about the right of women to make health decisions free of government legislation (and these arguments have been made almost wholly by liberals).

Really?  That's sort of interesting to me, as most of the liberal arguments from the pro-choice side seem to fit more into the oppressor/oppressed language, I think.  It seems like a more natural fit in the libertarian language, but it usually actually seems to be about someone with power trying to keep someone without it down (eg, "white men trying to keep women barefoot and pregnant").  I usually hear them trying to demonize the people pushing for anti-abortion laws rather than demonize the government.  It does seem like there's a lot of overlap between the libertarian language and the progressive language when people view the government as the one doing the oppressing, but I think there's still a bit of difference.


Aren't you falling here into the same trap you warned katisara about? You're assuming that pro-life people are lying about their motives and are really "trying to keep women barefoot and pregnant".
Tycho
GM, 3733 posts
Wed 17 Jul 2013
at 06:31
  • msg #585

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

hakootoko:
Aren't you falling here into the same trap you warned katisara about? You're assuming that pro-life people are lying about their motives and are really "trying to keep women barefoot and pregnant".

Sorry, should have been more explicit that that wasn't intended to be read as an argument I was making, but rather an example of the kind of arguments made by pro-choice advocates.  I wasn't saying "this is how it is," but rather "this is how they think it is."
katisara
GM, 5467 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Wed 17 Jul 2013
at 13:31
  • msg #586

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

In the abortion debate though, pro-choice people tend to accept the fetus is not a person as an a priori assumption (and, judging by the rhetoric, that a 9-month-old fetus is not a person). This is used to support the argument that a woman's choice trumps that of the child's. I've never seen a pro-choice argument that goes 'well the fetus also has a right to life, but ...'

The pro-life side accepts the fetus is a life as their thesis, and the choice vs. life argument is the conclusion.

Of course I'm speaking in generalizations, and based on my own experiences. But I'd have a lot more respect for the pro-choice side if I saw more rhetoric that actually addressed the pro-life side's concerns; that the fetus is a life. As it stands, the two sides seem to be talking past each other; pro-choice says a woman should have sovereignity over her own body, pro-life says that murder is wrong. Both sides fundamentally AGREE with the other, but they aren't tackling the actual point of conflict; is a fetus a person who is then murdered during an abortion?

(I think most reasonable people would agree that a person's control of their own body does not extend to the point that they are permitted to kill another person. Of course, if that's not the case, then at least the topic should be 'am I allowed to kill another person when it infringes upon my personal sovereignity?' which is another discussion I just don't see coming up.)

The point I'm coming around to is, ultimately, people are selfish and want to be accepted by their peers. I don't see the liberal argument here being one of protecting some oppressed minority, but of protecting their self-interest. (I don't see the conservative argument as some great charitable gesture either though, but there's no claim that it is.) I expect most liberals would support increased rights for group X until it came to significant costs to themselves (which is likely why so few corporate magnates are also on the social welfare bandwagon). And most conservatives will only support 'the way it was' until it begins to harm them.
Tycho
GM, 3734 posts
Wed 17 Jul 2013
at 17:30
  • msg #587

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

katisara:
Of course I'm speaking in generalizations, and based on my own experiences. But I'd have a lot more respect for the pro-choice side if I saw more rhetoric that actually addressed the pro-life side's concerns; that the fetus is a life. As it stands, the two sides seem to be talking past each other; pro-choice says a woman should have sovereignity over her own body, pro-life says that murder is wrong. Both sides fundamentally AGREE with the other, but they aren't tackling the actual point of conflict; is a fetus a person who is then murdered during an abortion?

I'd agree with this pretty much 100%.  Though, I despair of much chance of making any progress even if they did discuss it, since both sides take their position by assumption, so there's not much chance of changing either of their views.  I've brought up an alternative view here before (and we can touch on it again if we like, but I'm not sure we have much new to add just now) that's somewhere in between, but neither side seemed to view it favorably.  Seemed like anything other than their starting assumption (whichever side they were on) was viewed as impossible from the get-go.

katisara:
(I think most reasonable people would agree that a person's control of their own body does not extend to the point that they are permitted to kill another person. Of course, if that's not the case, then at least the topic should be 'am I allowed to kill another person when it infringes upon my personal sovereignity?' which is another discussion I just don't see coming up.)

Somewhat ironically, I think most pro-choice people would agree that control of your own body doesn't let you kill someone, but most pro-life people would.  The issue being self-defense, and when/if you can kill someone who's threatening you.  But that's largely an aside, and misses the point, since, as you point out, the question in the abortion case isn't whether it's okay to kill a person who's controlling your body (both sides tend to agree that it's not), but rather whether the fetus is a person (where the two sides can't agree).

katisara:
The point I'm coming around to is, ultimately, people are selfish and want to be accepted by their peers. I don't see the liberal argument here being one of protecting some oppressed minority, but of protecting their self-interest.

I think it's important, in the context of the discussion, though, to separate the argument from the language.  King's book was about the language, not about the reasoning they actually use.  When I hear liberals talk about abortion rights, I very much hear them talking about being oppressed.  Whether they legitimately are oppressed (and the degree to which that would even matter) is something we could debate, but sort of misses the point of this particular discussion (we can re-open the abortion discussion if we want to go into that, though).  Pro-choice advocates, whether correctly or not, do seem to view themselves as victims of oppression, and do seem to view the pro-life side as people who want to take away the rights of women.  The degree to which they are or aren't correct about that is sort of besides the point when considering whether King is right in his assessment of how groups talk.  Does that makes sense?  I feel like we're sort of discussing two different but related things at once, and that it might be confusing things a bit.  The issue of whether progressives view women as oppressed, and speak about them that way, in the context of the abortion debate is, to a degree, independent of whether or not women are actually oppressed.  I feel a bit like you're focusing on the latter issue, while I'm more looking at the former.

katisara:
I expect most liberals would support increased rights for group X until it came to significant costs to themselves (which is likely why so few corporate magnates are also on the social welfare bandwagon). And most conservatives will only support 'the way it was' until it begins to harm them.

Perhaps, but again, this is sort of a different issue than what King is discussing.  Even if you are correct, Kings model could still be completely valid.  For example, if, as you say, liberals would stop supporting more rights for X up until the point where doing so caused costs to them, they could still frame their position in terms of oppression--particularly by claiming to be the oppressed groups themselves.  Likewise, conservatives might stop supporting "the way it was" once doing so begins to harm them, but they could still use the civilization/barbarism language to describe their position.  The fact that their position has changed doesn't necessarily mean that they'll change the type of language they use to describe the new position.  They might still feel they're trying to uphold civilized society and defend it against those who seek to tear it down, even as they themselves are the ones proposing a change to the way things work.
katisara
GM, 5468 posts
Conservative human
Antagonist
Wed 17 Jul 2013
at 18:43
  • msg #588

Re: US Politics II--return of the shouting

Tycho:
I think it's important, in the context of the discussion, though, to separate the argument from the language.  King's book was about the language, not about the reasoning they actually use.


That's a good point that I totally missed, thank you.
Sign In